The Hungarian Historical Review The Hungarian Historical Review The Hungarian Historical Review

Login

  • HOME
  • Journal Info
    • Journal Description
    • Editors & Boards
    • Publication ethics statement
    • Open access policy
    • For Publishers
    • Copyright
    • Submission Guidelines
    • Subscribe
    • Recommend to Library
    • Contact
  • Current Issue
  • All Issues
  • Call for Articles
  • Submissions
  • For Authors
  • Facebook
Published by: Institute of History, Research Centre for the Humanities, Hungarian Academy of Sciences

2025_1_Gal

The Administrative Elite of King Louis I in Croatia-Dalmatia  pdf

Judit Gál

HUN-REN Research Centre for the Humanities, Institute of History

This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.

Hungarian Historical Review Volume 14 Issue 1 (2025): 30-64 DOI 10.38145/2025.1.30 

This study examines the administrative elite that governed Croatia-Dalmatia under King Louis I of Hungary (1342–1382), focusing on the royal officials, urban leadership, and the mechanisms through which the king exercised authority in the region. Follow­ing the war between Hungary and Venice (1356–1358), King Louis I asserted control over Dalmatian cities, significantly altering governance structures by reducing urban autonomy and introducing new royal institutions. The study explores the composition of his administrative network, including the bans of Croatia-Dalmatia, royal admirals, municipal leaders, and royal knights drawn from local noble and patrician families. It also considers the fluidity of officeholding, the interplay between local and foreign administrators, and the integration of Italian and Hungarian officials into the region’s political framework. This paper provides insights into the strategies employed by King Louis I to consolidate power, the socio-political mobility within his realm, and the broader implications of Angevin rule in Dalmatia. The findings contribute to our understanding of medieval governance and territorial administration in Central and Southeastern Europe.

Keywords: medieval administration, King Louis I, Croatia-Dalmatia, Kingdom of Hungary, urban governance

During the reign of King Louis I (1342–1382), Hungary was in many respects in its golden era, having expanded its territories to an unprecedented extent. The king of Hungary, also referred to as the knight-king, led almost annual military campaigns, one of the most significant of which was the Hungarian-Venetian war of 1356–1358, which was fought for control of the Adriatic Sea and the possession of Dalmatia. Reclaiming the territories that had fallen into Hungarian hands in the early twelfth century and then had come under the rule of Venice in the first third of the fourteenth century had been one of Louis’ main objectives from the beginning of his reign, but his intrigues and campaigns for the throne in Naples prevented him from being able to take serious action in the 1340s. Between 1356 and 1358, the cities that had been in Hungarian hands in the twelfth and thirteenth centuries, during the Árpád era, again were brought under the Hungarian king’s control.1 When King Louis I of Hungary defeated Venice in 1358 and the peace treaty was concluded in Zadar on February 18 of that year, the Kingdom of Hungary not only regained control of the Dalmatian territories previously under Hungarian control, but was also able to expand its territory (compared to the territories held in the Árpád era) to southern Dalmatia.

In the territories occupied by the king of Hungary, the settlement of the relationship between the royal power and the cities, which was sometimes not without conflict, began after the end of the war.2 The main source of tension in the settlement of power relations was the fact that, while in the twelfth and thirteenth centuries the Hungarian royal presence in the region was less noticeable and the cities enjoyed a high degree of autonomy, during the reign of Louis I, the Hungarian king intervened directly in the life and governance of local com­munities, significantly reducing urban autonomy.3 Louis introduced new royal institutions, hitherto known only in the narrowly defined Hungarian territories, and the presence of the royal power became much more visible, due in part to the officers delegated by the king, including the local, municipal leadership, which he appointed. Whereas in the Árpád era royal power had been represented in the region by practically a single royal official, the ban of Slavonia, and the archbishop of Split and the local prelates had been the most influential representatives of the monarch,4 in the second half of the fourteenth century a new stratum of leadership was formed, which ensured direct control of the region. After 1358, the newly established Hungarian financial administration, the leaders of the Hungarian naval fleet, and the municipal leaders appointed by the Hungarian king were added to the ban in the leadership structure, which ensured the sovereign’s power. Moreover, in the prime of the era of knightly culture, King Louis conferred knighthoods on a number of persons from Croatia and Dalmatia, making them directly part of the his household, the closest circle of the monarch. This paper will examine who constituted this layer of officials, or royal knights, through whom the king governed Croatia-Dalmatia and secured his power. It will focus on the urban communities and consider the overlaps among the various offices and the various forms of mobility between this region and the other territories ruled by the king of Hungary.

Composition of the Croatian-Dalmatian Administrative Leadership of King Louis I

The most important member of king Louis’ Croatian-Dalmatian administrative leadership was the ban of Croatia-Dalmatia, who traditionally governed the territory on behalf of the kings of Hungary from the beginning of their rule in in the region.5 Until the last third of the twelfth century, the power of the bans extended only to the territory of Croatia and Dalmatia, but by the end of the century, almost all of Slavonia was included in the Banate,6 so essentially with a few exceptions the territories beyond the Drava River under the rule of the kings of Hungary belonged to the governance of the bans. While the territory of the bans of Slavonia covered the area beyond the Drava River, for practical reasons, they occasionally appointed deputies who were solely responsible for Croatia-Dalmatia. These deputies were the bans of the Maritime Region.7 The ban’s power had already been divided between Slavonia and Croatia-Dalmatia during the Árpád era,8 and in the mid-fourteenth century, the Trans-Dravanian territory was divided into two banates (Slavonia, Croatia-Dalmatia).9 The bans of Croatia-Dalmatia governed the province in the name of the king, they were in charge of jurisdiction, financial administration, judiciary, military affairs, and they could appoint the local, royal officials. . The title of ban of Croatia-Dalmatia was one of the most important offices in the Kingdom of Hungary, and its holders were mostly Hungarian barons.10 In the period under study, the bans were John Csúz (1357–1358), Nicholas Szécsi, who held the office three times after 1358 (1358–66, 1374–1375, 1376–1380), and Charles of Durazzo, Duke of Slavonia, who also held the office of the ban twice (1372–74, 1376). Kónya Szécsényi (1366–67), Emeric Lackfi (1368), Simon Meggyesi (1369–71), Stephen Lackfi (1371), and Emeric Bebek (1380–83) also held the office at one time during this period.11 The bans of Croatia-Dalmatia, as will be shown in the following analysis, not only held national office in the period under study but also governed certain cities.

Alongside the bans, new royal officers also appeared in the region due to the establishment of royal institutions after 1358. Immediately after the end of the Hungarian-Venetian war, the Hungarian king assumed the monopoly of the salt trade and introduced a new tax, the tricesima or thirtieth, in Croatia and Dalmatia. The Treaty of Zadar also brought about the establishment of the Dalmatian-Croatian Salt and Thirtieth Tax Chamber. The exact timing of this occurrence remains uncertain due to the lack of sources, but it must have taken place shortly after Hungary took control of the region, since a charter from Trogir dated August 5, 1359 makes clear reference to the payment of the thirtieth and the ways in which salt was traded. The chamber continued to function until the beginning of the fifteenth century, ceasing to operate only with the capture of the city of Zadar by Venice in 1409. It is likely that the chief administrator of the Zadar Chamber was also the chief administrator of the entire Dalmatian-Croatian Salt and Thirtieth Chamber.12 Unfortunately, due to a lack of sources, very little information has survived on its functioning. The royal officials who were the heads of the chambers in the Dalmatian towns often leased out the chambers. The first known chief administrator (exactor) of the chamber was Baldasar de Sorba,13 who held the title in 1366, while also holding another royal office, that of admiral, also created in 1358.14 He was followed by Frison de Protto, the vicar of Senj, in 1367 who served until 1369 when Archdeacon Stephen of

Krk followed him. By 1372, the chamber was headed by George de Zadulino, a patrician from Zadar. However, by the mid-1370s, control of the chambers, particularly the chamber of Zadar had shifted to Florentine merchants,15 who, gradually overtook the positions of the Zadar merchants. They were heavily involved in trade in Dalmatia, particularly in the trade of salt.16

During the war against Venice between 1356 and 1358, the king of Hungary had probably already organized his naval fleet in 1357, and on February 10, 1358, the title of admiral was used for the first time to describe the leader of the king’s naval fleet. The first admiral was Jacob Cesamis, who held the title from 1358 until his death, and he was followed during the reign of Louis by Baldasar de Sorba (1366–1370). Baldasar served King Louis until around 1370, when probably he left the royal court to join King Louis’ ally, Prince Philip II of Taranto17 to serve as his bailli of the Principality of Achaea.18 While he returned to Croatia-Dalmatia after the death of Philip in 1373, but he didn’t become admiral again. In the admiral office, a fellow Genoese, Simon Doria (1373–1384) and Nicolaus Petracha (1373), who was from Split followed him.19 The admirals of the navy also held the title of comes of two islands, Hvar and Brač, from the beginning of the institution, and only later was the title of comes of the island of Korčula added to the offices that went with the title of admiral, presumably because Louis only occupied that island later, during the Hungarian-Venetian War.20

In addition to the aforementioned officers, there was also a completely new layer of high-ranking royal officials compared to the Árpád era through whom King Louis governed the region. After 1358, the heads of the Dalmatian cities, the comes, were formally elected by the cities, but in practice, the king decided the fate of the titles, except in the case of the city of Dubrovnik.21 How did this situation arise in regard to the autonomy of the cities? In the Árpád era, the autonomy of Hungarian cities was guaranteed by royal privileges. In Dalmatia, the Hungarian royal privileges of Trogir and Split were the basis for urban privileges and liberties for the cities in the region. These privileges guaranteed the cities the free election of a secular leader, who was the comes, and, if there was one, of an archbishop or bishop of the city.22 Except for a brief period during the reign of King Béla IV, there is no evidence of any direct interference by kings in the decisions of the cities.23 How did this landscape change during the reign of Louis I? In the course of the Hungarian-Venetian War between 1356 and 1358, the king recaptured a number of Dalmatian cities and cities which had previously been under Hungarian rule and confirmed their privileges at the request of the local cities and cities during the war. In August 1357, after Trogir and Split had come under Hungarian rule, Louis confirmed the former privileges of both cities. In the case of both cities, the confirmation of the privileges was done in a similar way: the representatives of the two cities presented their existing privileges, which the king confirmed without any changes. The privilege of Split was a charter issued on August 8, 1357, requested by a delegation from Split upon the formal submission of the city to the Hungarian king.24 The privilege of Trogir, dated August 30, 1357, can be described in a similar way to the charter of Split.25 The two charters were both clearly issued during the war. It was in the interests of the cities to confirm their privileges, and they sent envoys to King Louis, whose primary aim was to subjugate the cities, and he confirmed their charters without any reservations or qualifications. In 1357, king confirmed the privileges of Šibenik, which differed slightly from those of the two cities mentioned above.26 First, the charter, which was dated December 14, 1357, was issued to the city not by the king but on his behalf by the ban of Croatia-Dalmatia, John Csúz, after an envoy had been sent to the official in Nin. The privilege included confirmation of the privileges already enjoyed by the city, as well as details not seen in the previous Hungarian privileges of Šibenik, which reflected the contemporary needs of the city and included new obligations towards the monarch, such as the obligation to provide accommodation for the king. As the war drew to a close, a royal privilege was granted to Zadar by King Louis I of Hungary on February 10, 1358 guaranteeing, among other things, the preservation of the privileges of the city.27

Although the abovementioned privileges included the right of the cities to freely elect their authorities, in practice, the fate of the comes of the cities, who were the secular leaders of the urban communities, depended on the decisions made by the king, as his approval was required for the elected persons to take office.28 Approval meant that the king had his own candidate for the office, and he refused to support candidates proposed by anyone else. An example of this is the case of Split, where in 1367 the ban of Croatia-Dalmatia was to be elected comes, but the king refused to accept this and instructed the city to make the knight of the court, John de Grisogonis of Zadar, the comes.29 The heads of the cities can therefore be considered local officials of the monarch and can be included in the king’s local leadership layer.

In addition to the royal officers and the leaders of the cities appointed by the king, a special group of Croatian nobles and selected citizens of the cities were formed, who had been granted knighthoods by Louis in the second half of the fourteenth century. The number of knights increased dramatically during Louis’ reign in Hungary, and this was particularly true in Croatia and Dalmatia, where a remarkably large number of Zadar citizens were awarded this distinction.30 The knights were part of the king’s inner circle, and they often accompanied him on military campaigns, having been assigned military or diplomatic duties or serving as ambassadors and liaisons between the Croatian-Dalmatian territories and the royal court. Many of them were citizens of Zadar who, in addition to their ad hoc duties, also held leadership positions in certain Dalmatian cities or other royal offices.

Royal Officials in Charge of Local Administration

The most significant change from the previous Hungarian royal policy, apart from the introduction of new institutions, was the acquisition of direct control over the cities during the reign of Louis I. The king’s influence and will was directly exercised through his officials in the cities of Dalmatia. In Croatia, the Hungarian system of counties had not been established, so the discussion of local administration will focus on the management of the royal castles. In the case of the cities, the analysis will focus on those settlements where adequate sources are available to identify the holders of the title of comes in the period. Those settlements are Zadar, Nin, Šibenik, Trogir, Split, Omiš, Hvar, Brač and Korčula, Rab, and the castles for which we have some information from the period and which were owned by the king.31 Excluded from the study are cities or islands that belonged to another landlord, such as settlements in the hands of the Counts of Krk, such as Senj,32 and the islands of Krk or Pag, which belonged to the city of Zadar, as well as Lastovo, where the election of the comes was the right of Dubrovnik, according to the decision of Louis I. Likewise, I have not considered the settlements, administrative units, or royal castles for which we do not have adequate data from the period. Of the castles, I have examined the royal castles and castles that were under the jurisdiction of the bans for which we have considerable data from the period. These included Klis, Knin, Novigrad, Obrovac, Omiš, two castles in the Croatian-Dalmatian area similarly called Ostrovica, Počitelj, Rmanj, Skradin, Sokol, Srb, Stog, Unac, and Zvonigrad.33

Among the cities, Zadar was the political center of the Dalmatian territories under Hungarian control during the reign of Louis, and already in the twelfth and thirteenth centuries, when the territory was under Hungarian rule, the royal court considered this city its primary center.34 During the reign of Louis, Zadar became the economic and commercial center of the Kingdom of Hungary in Dalmatia. After 1358, Zadar became the center of the Dalmatian-Croatian Royal Salt and Thirtieth Tax Chamber, the Hungarian economic institution that was established in Croatia-Dalmatia that was mentioned earlier in this study.35 Then, Louis sought to boost trade between the Dalmatian territories and Hungary by offering privileges and concessions, such as exemptions from customs duties to merchants from Pozsony (Bratislava, Slovakia), Buda, Szeben (Sibiu, Romania), and Brassó (Brasov, Romania) to participate in Dalmatian trade based in Zadar.36 The political centrality of Zadar is attested to not only by the ties between the Hungarian administration and the local administrations but also by the fact that when Charles of Durazzo was granted the title of Duke of Slavonia in 1371, he held his court in Zadar, where his son was born, the future claimant to the Hungarian throne, Ladislas. During the Árpád era, when the city was briefly in Hungarian hands, the local comeses occasionally received the title of ban of the Maritime Region37 and, with it, command of the Hungarian army. After King Louis I took the city, this situation was reversed, and the ban of Croatia-Dalmatia acquired the title of comes of Zadar. As a look at the names of the comes of the period at the beginning make clear, the ban of the given year was at the head of the city. The list of the comeses of Zadar under King Louis begins at the end of November 135838 with Ban Nicholas Szécsi,39 who presumably received both offices at the same time. He was last mentioned as ban of Croatia-Dalmatia on August 9, 1366,40 but he was still listed as comes in the notarial records of Zadar at the end of November 1366.41

He was followed by Kónya Szécsényi, who was first mentioned in the sources as a ban on November 20, 1366,42 and one sources suggests that in December, 1366 he was the comes of Zadar.43 The last time his name appears in the sources in the office of the ban was on November 4, 1367,44 and the last time he appears as a comes of Zadar was in April 1368.45 While Emeric Lackfi was mentioned in the documents as a ban as early as January 30, 1368,46 the first mention of him as a comes of the city occurred only at the beginning of April 1368.47 He held the title of comes until the end of February 1369,48 but he probably left his office as ban of Croatia-Dalmatia at the end of October 1368.49 He was succeeded in both offices by Simon Meggyesi,50 who held the office of ban until around March 1371, when he was probably succeeded by Stephen Lackfi.51 However, Ban Simon was not succeeded as comes of Zadar by Lackfi but rather by Pietro Bellante in April 1371,52 who from 1367 was lord of two royal castles in Croatia, Ostrovica, Počitelj, and later was the lord of Obrovac.53 He became the first comes in Zadar after 1358 not to hold the title of ban. It cannot be ruled out that Stephen Lackfi’s and Pietro Bellante’s connections may have contributed to the granting of the office, since according to the contemporary chronicle of Domenico da Gravina, in the Neapolitan Wars54 Pietro was among the advisers of the commander of the Hungarian army, Voivode Stephen Lackfi of Transylvania, and he probably received the title of comes of Zadar around the same time of Lackfi’s tenure of office as ban of Croatia-Dalmatia in 1371.55

The year of 1371 can be considered a landmark in the history of the territories beyond the Drava River in the era of Louis, as it was then that Charles of Durazzo received the title of Duke of Slavonia (Croatia-Dalmatia) from the Hungarian king, what he held until 1376, and he established his own court in Zadar.56 From that moment on, the intertwining of the office of comes of Zadar and the office of the ban was loosened. During the dukedom of Charles, he himself bore the title of the ban of Croatia-Dalmatia on two occasions as well, and he was the first known ban of the region after the end of Stephen Lackfi’s tenure in 1371. For the first occasion, he was mentioned as the ban of Croatia-Dalmatia between October 1, 1372 and December 21, 1373,57 and he held the title of ban for the second time around between January and May 1376.58 Duke Charles did not hold the office of comes of Zadar during this period, nor was the connection between the office of ban and the title of comes evident in the case of other bans during his dukedom until the end of Louis’ reign. Pietro Bellante, who held the office of comes of Zadar in 1371, was mentioned in the sources as comes until March 1372, and he was not replaced by the ban of Croatia-Dalmatia after the end of his tenure.59

In addition to Charles of Durazzo, who did not hold the title of comes of Zadar during any of his terms of office until the end of his dukedom in Croatia-Dalmatia in 1376, there was one more known ban appointed in the period of his dukedom. Between November 1374 and February 1375, Nicholas Szécsi was mentioned as ban of Croatia-Dalmatia again, when he held the title for the second time, and later between May 1376 and December 1380, he was known to served once again as ban of Croatia-Dalmatia, for the third time (after 1358).60 He was followed by Emeric Bebek, who concluded the list of bans of Croatia-Dalmatia under the reign of Louis I.61 Bebek held the title after the death of the king until June 1383. Of the two, only Bebek held the office of the comes of Zadar during his entire tenure as ban,62 while Nicholas Szécsi was only mentioned as the comes of Zadar after the end of the dukedom of Charles of Durazzo between June 1378 and December 1380.63

After the end of Pietro Bellante’s tenure in office, which came to a close in 1372, for at least six years the bans were not elected as the comes of Zadar. After Bellante, it was not Charles of Durazzo or Nicholas Szécsi who took over the administration of the city but two brothers from Piacenza, Bishop John de Surdis of Vác (1372)64 and Rafael de Surdis (1372–1378).65 With their arrival in Croatia-Dalmatia from Hungary in 1372, a special legal situation arose for a short time in the region, as Charles of Durazzo was the duke Slavonia and the ban of Croatia-Dalmatia, and from 1372 to 1373, there was also a vicarius generalis (governor) authority in Croatia-Dalmatia, due to a mandate issued by the two de Surdis brothers. Shortly after Charles was given the title of Duke of Slavonia, in 1372, Bishop John de Surdis of Vác became vicarius generalis to the duke in the territories beyond the Drava River.66 In the spring of 1373, he was succeeded in this office by his brother Raphael,67 who is listed in the sources in this role until May 7, 1373.68 The vicarius generalis acted as governor of the province, as the ban of Croatia-Dalmatia had before. In the 1350s and 1360s, in (the Banate of) Slavonia, the vicarius generalis sometimes governed the province, but in these periods, there was no bans of Slavonia.69 The situation was different in Dalmatia and Croatia, where after 1372 there was a ban who served alongside the vicarius generalis, but this ban was none other than Charles of Durazzo, so the apparent contradiction between the coexistence of the two governing offices can be resolved, as the vicarious generalis was the deputy of Charles. This could also explain why the de Surdis brothers held the title of the comes of Zadar during their time in office as vicarius generalis. Since the title of comes of Zadar had previously been held by the ban, as primary deputy of the king, during the dukedom of Charles, the office of comes was held by the vicarius generalis, as primary deputy of the duke who governed the region. However, the presence of the office of vicarius generalis ended in the spring of 1373, and from 1374 until 1378, with a short term interruption when Duke Charles held the office of ban in 1376, there was again a ban of Croatia-Dalmatia at the head of the region. Despite the changes, the titleholder of comes of Zadar did not change in 1373, and the office was continuously held by Raphael de Surdis until 1378,70 probably by royal decree.

The city of Nin is located just 15 kilometers to the north of Zadar, and after Louis I took power in 1358, the first comes of the city was a royal knight from Zadar, John de Grisogonis, who held the post between 1359 and 1369.71 After 1369, the Croatian nobleman and royal knight Novak Disislavić of the Mogorović clan, who served the king in several campaigns and gained offices in Croatia, Dalmatia, and Hungary,72 had been given the title of comes of Nin three times by 1382 (1370–1371, 1373, 1381).73 In addition to Novak, John Rosetti (1373),74 John de Surdis (1373),75 and Rafael de Surdis (1375)76 were at the helm of Nin during the reign of Louis I, of whom the latter two both served as comes of Zadar during their tenure in office.

Moving southwards, in the city of Šibenik, like Zadar, the bans of Croatia-Dalmatia also held the title of comes, parallel to their country office after King Louis took over the territory. In the months following the Treaty of Zadar in February 1358, until the first half of 1359, no comes were elected in the city. The sources reveal only the names of the rectors, who were elected from among the local population and rotated on a monthly basis. The first comes during the reign of King Louis was Ban Nicholas Szécsi, who appeared in the sources as the comes of Šibenik between 1359 and 1362.77 He may have held this title throughout his entire term in office, but due to the lack of sources, we cannot confirm this. We have scattered data on other officials of the period, but it is certain that Kónya Szécsényi held the title in 136778 and Simon Meggyesi in 1370,79 both during their tenures in office as bans. Although we do not have such a richly detailed data set as in the case of Zadar, in my opinion, the developments in the case of Šibenik suggest that before 1371 the office of comes in this city also “belonged” to the holder of the office of the ban, as was true in the case of the title of comes in Zadar. This system also disappeared when Charles of Durazzo assumed the position as duke. The first known comes of the city from this period was Galeaz de Surdis from 1375,80 a relative of Raphael de Surdis and John de Surdis, who arrived to Dalmatia with John and Raphael, and was also the judge of the royal court of appeal in the Dalmatian cities in 1373.81 After him, no other is mentioned in the sources on the city until the death of Louis I.

In Trogir, the situation was quite different. After 1358, there was no presence of the bans of Croatia-Dalmatia among the leaders of the city. An almost unprecedented length of tenure in the Dalmatian cities was granted to the citizen and royal knight Francis de Georgiis of Zadar.82 The knight from Zadar was first mentioned in November 1358 as holding the latter office, which he held (with the exception of a one-year hiatus) until his death in 1377.83 When he had to leave office for a short period between 1373 and 1374, the title of comes remained in the family. King Louis had ordered Francis to Zadar because of the war with Venice,84 and in his place, the king appointed Francis’ son Paul, who was also a royal knight.85 After the death of Francis, the office of comes was given to another citizen of Zadar, Jacob de Raduchis, who was close to the royal court and had obtained a doctorate in law in Padua.86 He distinguished himself before the king in the 1370s and was, among other things, Louis I’s envoy at the negotiations concerning the Treaty of Turin in 1381.87 Between 1379 and 1382, the title was held by Baldasar de Sorba of Genoa, who was former admiral of the Hungarian fleet.88

Split was perhaps the most varied in terms of choice of comes compared to the previous cities. After February 1358, there was a transitional period following the Hungarian takeover. A podesta was appointed head of the city first, then from 1359 until 1363, as in Zadar and Šibenik, the office of comes was given to Nicholas Szécsi, the ban of Croatia-Dalmatia,89 who was succeeded by a royal knight from Zadar, John de Grisogonis, who was at the head of Split until from 1363 until 1369.90 He was succeeded in the city office by Raphael de Sorba, a royal knight, citizen of Zadar and son of the former admiral Baldasar. Raphael de Sorba held this position until 1372.91 After the Genoese comes, the title was held for two years by Giberto Cornuto, who is believed to have been related to the priors Peter and Bandon Cornuto of Vrana. 92 In 1374, another royal knight of Zadar, Maffeus Matafaris, became the head of the city,93 followed in 1379 by the then Croatian-Dalmatian ban Nicholas Szécsi for a short period,94 who probably received this title in connection with the war with Venice. In 1382, he was followed in the office by Jacob Szerecsen (Saracenus),95 who was sent as a royal visitor to Dalmatia and Croatia in 1370 and a year later received the islands of Cres and Osor as a royal gift.96

For Rab, we do not as many or as detailed sources from the period after 1358 as we do for the larger cities above.97 The first comes we know of from the reign of Louis is Gregory Banich, who is first mentioned as a comes of Rab in 1363,98 but presumably he could have been given this title as early as 1358.99 Gregory was the youngest son of the former Ban of Croatia, Paul Šubić,100 and he probably held the title until his death in 1374.101 After his death in 1374, Gregory was succeeded by Ban Nicholas Szécsi102 and then, around 1376, by the royal knight John Besenyő of Nezde,103 who from the 1370s onwards was shown to have been given more and more offices in Croatia and Dalmatia.104 He was succeeded that same year by Paul de Georgiis, who held the position until 1378.105 In 1381 and 1382, Count Stephen of Krk held the office.106

The fates of the leadership of the islands of Brač, Hvar, and Korčula were closely linked during the reign of King Louis. It is assumed that at the time of the establishment of the office of admiral or after the two islands had fallen into Hungarian hands the title of comes of Hvar and Brač was attached to the office of the head of the Hungarian fleet. During the reign of Louis, the admirals were systematically at the head of the two islands.107 The destiny of Korčula in the period under study was quite similar to that of the two islands above, with a few differences. After the island fell into Hungarian hands, the title of comes did not immediately pass to the admirals but was held by the royal knight Stephen de Nosdrogna at least in 1358.108 From 1361, the title was held by Jacob Cesamis, royal knight and admiral, recorded until 1364, probably until his death.109 He was succeeded in office by Admiral Baldasar de Sorba from 1366, who held the title until his retirement as admiral in 1370.110 He was briefly succeeded in 1372 by John de Surdis, vicarius generalis,111 and then by Admiral Nicolo de Petracha of Split (1373)112 and, after him, by Admiral Simon Doria of Genoa, who was comes of Korčula until 1384, when he was succeeded in his office as admiral and comes by Matheus de Petracha of Split.113

Less information is available about the leaders of Omiš. Only three comes are known from the reign of Louis I. In 1358, a royal knight from Zadar, Stephen de Nosdrogna,114 became the first to hold this position, followed by two royal admirals, Nicola de Petrache of Split (1373)115 and Baldasar de Sorba from Genoa (1369–1370), who held the office of comes, in addition to similar titles in Korčula, Hvar, and Brač.116 After them, no records of a comes of Omiš are known until the early fifteenth century. In the absence of sources, we can only speculate, but it is striking that two admirals were also comes of Omiš during their tenure, and we cannot rule out the possibility that this was also the case for the other admirals. The assumption of a connection between the office of admiral and the title of comes of Omiš is strengthened by the fact that, as in the case of Korčula, which later became the admirals’ estate, the first known comes of Omiš during the period of Louis’ reign was the royal knight Stephen de Nosdrogna (1358-1360). The connection of the office of admiral with the islands of Korčula, Hvar, and Brač and the city of Omiš is mainly due to the strategic location of this region for transport and trade on the Adriatic Sea, and it is no coincidence that it was the center of piracy on the Adriatic Sea for many centuries. As the area was crucial for safe navigation in the Adriatic, the evidence suggests that the granting of the titles of comes to admirals was a means of ensuring control of the sea.

After the analysis of the cities, we should briefly touch upon the question of the royal estates in Croatia, examining who were the heads of the royal castles. In Croatia, during the reign of Louis I, the royal castles were Knin, Klis, Unac, Srb and Počitelj, Ostrovica (Luka), Ostravica (Bužan), Omiš Castle, and Skradin Castle, Novigrad (after 1358), Zvonigrad (between 1363 and 1377), Amanj, Sokol, Peć (after 1368), and Obrovac (after 1379).117 These castles be­longed to the honor of the bans of Croatia-Dalmatia and were therefore mostly headed by the ban’s men and familiars, making this layer less relevant for the study of the local elite of the ruler, since their relationship with the monarch was indirect. However, some names are worth highlighting, namely two individuals who established a strong foothold in Croatia-Dalmatia: Pietro Bellante and John Besenyő of Nezde. Both Bellante and Nezde had impressive careers in the region independent of the bans. They held leading offices in the cities as well as on the royal estates. John Besenyő, who was a royal knight, had an impressive career, though he did not gain influence beyond the Drava River until the late 1360s, after which he held important posts in the Dalmatian cities and Croatian territories. In 1374, for the preparation for Charles of Durazzo’s travel, the king sent Besenyő to Zadar.118 He was castellan of Obrovac in 1379 and comes of Bužan in 1380, but he may have held offices in the region earlier, as he is recorded as comes of Rab already in 1376, but given the lack of sources, we cannot arrive at a more complete picture of his career in Croatia-Dalmatia.119 John Besenyő of Nezde found his place in the region very well, as is indicated by the fact that later, after the death of Louis I, Queen Elizabeth sent him to Zadar and the Dalmatian cities to calm the troubled local society.120 Pietro Bellante was decorated in King Louis’ Neapolitan wars and in other conflicts in which he took part on the side of the king.121 As noted in the discussion above, the first records of Bellante’s presence in Croatia and Dalmatia date from the late 1360s, when he was counts of Bužan and Počitelj between 1367 and 1371, before becoming comes of Zadar. He had a flourishing career in Croatia-Dalmatia and in other parts of the Kingdom of Hungary.

The situation for the deputy heads of cities was similar to that for the heads of royal castles regarding their relevance to the royal administrative elite in Croatia-Dalmatia. The relationship between these deputies and the ruler was most of the time indirect with a few exceptions, since they were not appointed by the king or the duke of Slavonia, and their appointment and the office they held were usually determined by the comes, local political conditions, and practical considerations, and sometimes the comes even leased the office they held.122 Instead of a more detailed examination, it is worth noting a few trends that can be observed in the period between 1358 and 1382 in relation to the deputies regarding how the families of the royal officials were involved in the royal administration on a lower level. In the case of Zadar, the first deputy we know was Nicholas Debrői, a familiar of the Croatian-Dalmatian ban Nicholas Szécsi, whose name is mentioned in the sources in 1359.123 After the beginning of the dukedom of Charles of Durazzo, the records multiplied, and among the vicars, we find Nicolo Aldemarisco,124 who probably came from Naples with Duke Charles in 1371, and Galeazzo de Surdis, a relative of the then comes of Zadar, Raphael de Surdis,125 who took office in 1373, who had settled in Zadar and held other offices in Dalmatia, and Raymundus de Confalonieri, also of Rafael’s circle, who was of Piacenza origin and who was deputy between 1373 and 1375.126 In Split, we also find examples of the deputy role of the relatives of the comes, as Andrew de Grisogonis held this position between 1366 and 1367,127 when John de Grisogonis was the comes of the city. The phenomenon of deputies from among the relatives of the comeses can be traced in almost all the cities. For several years, Francis de Georgiis, who held the office of comes in Trogir for nearly two decades, had his son Paul,128 who himself briefly became the head of the city in 1373, as his deputy. We find examples of similar situations in the case of the royal admirals, with two of Baldasar de Sorba’s relatives replacing him as deputy in the office of the comes of Hvar and Brač, which was administered by the admiral: Raphael Rouere (de Sorba)129 in 1366130 and Nicolo de Sorba in 1367.131 Admiral Simon Doria’s deputy was Thomas Doria on the island of Korčula in 1375–1376,132 and Augustinus Doria was his deputy on Hvar in 1374133 and 1375,134 and the latter held the deputy post on Brač in 1381.135

Royal Knights from Dalmatia and Croatia as Officials of the King

During the reign of Louis, the king’s circle of local leadership was reinforced by a particular group, a narrow circle of people. They were the citizens and nobles from Croatia and Dalmatia who had been knighted by Louis during his reign. The reign of Louis was the heyday of chivalric culture in Hungary,136 and the number of royal knights increased dramatically, even more spectacularly than the national increase in Croatia and especially in Dalmatia, due to the large number of citizens mostly from Zadar who received this honorable title.137 Two members of the de Georgiis family from the city of Zadar were among the knights of the court. The name Francis is mentioned in sources from 1345 as a member of the Zadar delegation that sought military assistance against Venice,138 and his son Paul is first referred to by this title in the sources from 1377.139 Jacob Cesamis’ family was among the first to be given this title by Louis I. He was first mentioned in the sources as a knight of the court in 1358, before the Peace of Zadar, when, together with Daniel de Varicasso and George de Georgio, he came before Louis I as a delegate from Zadar to ask the king to confirm the old privileges the city had enjoyed. 140 Stephen de Nosdrogna is mentioned as royal knight in a source from 1358.141 John de Grisogono was a member of the Zadar delegation that sought out King Louis in 1357 and asked him to put the city under his protection.142 One can plausibly assume that he was granted the title in connection with the role he played as part of this delegation. Paul de Grubogna first appeared before the king as a figure of some influence in 1345, when, together with Francis de Georgio, he too went as part of the aforementioned delegation to the Hungarian king’s court. Unlike his predecessors, Mafej de Matafaris did not catch the attention of the king in the 1340s and 1350s, as he was too young to have done so. He was first mentioned in the sources as a knight in 1376.143 Jacob de Varicasso is first mentioned in the sources from 1357, when he appeared before the king as a member of the aforementioned delegation from Zadar, and presumably, like John de Grisogono, he was knighted at the time, though in the sources, he was only referred to by this title in 1363.144

In addition to the citizens of Zadar, other royal knights from the region are also known. Among them, one of the major players among the royal officials was Novak from Lika, a member of the Mogorović clan.145 While his fellow knights of Zadar served mainly locally, Novak’s name is also found in Hungary in the king’s entourage. He took part in the royal hunt at Zólyom (present day Zvolen) in 1353, where, according to the chronicle of the Anonymus Minorite, his intrigues prevented John Besenyő, who had actually rescued the king, from receiving a reward.146 He is also known for his literary activities. He received titles both in Hungary, as castellan of Salgó,147 and in Croatia-Dalmatia, including the count of Nin multiple times. Novak was rewarded by the Emperor with the title of Royal Knight by 1351 at the latest, and in 1352, he and his two brothers, John and Gregory, were granted land near Počitelj.148 The charter mentioned that his father had fought and fallen on the king’s side against the Venetians, probably in the siege of Zadar in 1345, where Novak himself was seriously wounded, but he was also wounded in the king’s campaign in Naples, and he even marched on the king’s side against the Lithuanians to take the castle of Belz, which was probably the direct reason for the grant.149

To be awarded a knighthood, those who received this honor had to distinguish themselves personally before the king. Most of their achievements were either diplomatic missions or military deeds, therefore it can be assumed that most of the citizens of Zadar were awarded the title for their actions during the siege of Zadar in 1345–1346 and the Hungarian-Venetian war from 1356 to 1358. In 1345, Francis de Georgiis and Paulus Grubogna were members of the Zadar envoy delegation that asked King Louis for help against Venice. Jacob Varicassis and John de Grisogonis were also ambassadors to the royal court in 1357. Jacob Cesamis commanded ships against Venice during the siege of Zadar, and was later imprisoned for a long time. The royal knights, who were drawn from the local burghers and nobles, were also supported the monarch in the management of the local administration and served as a link between the region and the court. In addition to his offices in Hungary, Novak served as comes of Nin three times, John de Grisogonis was comes of Nin (1359–1369) and Split (1363–1369), the latter city being also governed by Mafej de Matafaris (1374–1379), Stephen de Nosdrogna was in charge of Omiš (1358) and Korčula (1358), Francis de Georgiis family was in charge of Trogir (1358–1373, 1374–1377), his son Paul was also comes of Rab (1376–1378) and Trogir (1373), and, as can be seen, their family members and relatives were deputies in the administration of the Dalmatian cities alongside them or alongside other comeses. Examples of this are the cases of Andrew de Grisogonis in Split (1366–1369) and Paul de Georgiis in Trogir (1363–1370). Royal knights were often found as envoys of the king, in times of war and peace. In 1359–1360, Jacob Cesamis and John de Grisogonis acted as ambassadors alongside Nicholas Szécsi in negotiations with Venice.150 In 1368, Stephanus de Nosdrogna was ambassador to Pope Orban V on behalf of the king,151 and Mafej Matafaris and Paulus de Georgio were involved in the conclusion of the war with Venice and the peace of Turin in 1381, as was Jacob Raduchis, who did not hold the title of knight but enjoyed the king’s favor.152 The knights played a liaison role between the region and the court, as exemplified by the request of the rector, councilors, and magistrates of Dubrovnik to Francis de Georgiis to inform the city through their envoys of the details of the king’s visit to Dalmatia and to signal the city when the monarch was on his way to Zadar.153

Mobility between Various Parts of the Country

During the reign of Louis I, the Dalmatian-Croatian the king’s local, adminis­t­­rative leadership consisted basically of two groups: local Croatian nobles and Dalmatian burghers, who were chosen by the king, and others from Hungary and Italy who came from outside Croatia-Dalmatia. The question is the degree of mobility between Croatia-Dalmatia and the rest of the Kingdom of Hungary. In the case of the burghers who belonged to the elite of Louis, the main characteristic we have seen in their careers is that they often played leading roles in the local administration and they were involved in political affairs affecting the region, provided a link between Croatia-Dalmatia and the royal court, but they did not participate in national politics and did not hold country-level offices. There are a number of explanations for this. First, the ruler needed a certain stratum of people who were familiar with local and regional social and political circumstances to govern the newly acquired territories. The nucleus of the king’s local, administrative elite was formed in the 1340s and 1350s, during the siege of Zadar and the Hungarian-Venetian war.154 It consisted of the royal knights of Zadar who, either through their military actions or otherwise, had distinguished themselves personally before the king. Louis’s Croatian-Dalmatian administration was based on the use of reliable, small numbers of local royal knights in the management of the region. The members of this local elite were completed by royal officials coming from Hungary or Italian towns with similar roles compared to the local knights, thus forming the king’s local administrative leadership, among whom were also several royal knights, such as Baldasar and Raphael de Sorba of Genoa, or John Besenyő of Nezde.

This system was not unprecedented. In the Kingdom of Naples in the thirteenth and fourteenth centuries, almost exclusively knights were employed as district judges (giustiziariato), often sent to the peripheries of the kingdom. The choice of these officers who governed these border areas was made deliberately and combined local members with those from other parts of the country, particularly Provence. These individuals were responsible for representing the king’s interests in the territory and for keeping the peace, and they were also given military, judicial or even financial tasks. The people chosen to govern these areas were expected to be loyal rather than to have special knowledge, and could hold a variety of offices during their term of duty. The royal officers sent to the peripheries were also assigned to various types of duties beyond the country’s borders, mainly military or diplomatic.155 A fundamentally similar phenomenon can be observed during the Angevin rule of the England in the thirteenth century, where royal local royal were trusted with judicial role.156

The officers of local origin of King Louis, whether they were royal knights or other patricians who had not received such recognition, do not appear to have been involved in affairs in other parts of the Kingdom of Hungary, but only in foreign policy matters affecting the region. Only those royal knights who belonged to the local nobility and who were able to support the royal campaigns with soldiers were able to achieve national recognition and were rewarded with offices. Novak was a member of the king’s retinue, and he took part in his wars and campaigns, thereby acquiring his own privileges in Hungary. During the reign of Louis I, there was probably no royal will to bestow offices and privileges on the urban knights in Hungary, and only the period of political turmoil and throne struggles in the later decades gave the opportunity for descendants of former royal knights from Dalmatian cities (and some members of their families) to gain a foothold in Hungary. Among the royal knights of Zadar who had won this title during the reign of Louis, one family managed to gain a foothold among the Hungarian nobility later. The Zubor family of Földvár and Pataj were descendants of the Nassis and Cesamis families from Zadar.157 Jacob Cesamis was the grandson of Admiral Jacob Cesamis and son of the royal knight and admiral Matthew Cesamis. He used the name Jacob Zubor Pataji instead of Cesamis, presumably because of the estate of Pataj (now Dunapataj), which he received as a royal grant.158 Zoilo and John Nassis, who were related to Jacob Zubor of Pataj on their mother’s side, had even more spectacular careers. They established themselves among the Hungarian national elite, but much later, during the reign of King Sigismund.

From Hungary and other provinces of Louis’s kingdom the entrance to Dalmatia and Croatia was open. There were two main groups of people who arrived in the region, those coming directly from Italy and those coming from Hungary. The latter included persons of Hungarian and Italian origin the vast majority of whom belonged to the Italian group, who could easily integrate into an environment, economic structures, and society that was not unfamiliar to them. Among those from Hungary, the Croatian-Dalmatian bans, vicarius generalis, and their familiars were temporary “guests” in the region, since their role in local institutions and their offices lasted as long as they held the high office of the kingdom, but once they had lost it, they did not retain any other offices in Dalmatia. An exception to this was Raphael de Surdis, who was vicarius generalis and also comes of Zadar in the spring of 1373 but who remained in Dalmatia after his mandate as governor had ended and was referred to in the sources as the comes of Zadar and the comes of Nin until 1378. Among the officials of the Hungarian monarch, the admirals of the fleet were in a very different position compared to the bans. They were not from the Hungarian nobility. They were either local men skilled in naval warfare, such as the royal knight Jacob Cesamis or Nicholas de Petracha of Split, or experienced Genoese sailors, such as Baldasar de Sorba and Simon Doria, who settled comfortably in the region.

Among those who arrived from outside of Croatia and Dalmatia, there was a strikingly large number who had come directly from Italy or were of Italian origin but had already had impressive careers in Hungary. Many of them had put down roots in the region, and they were involved in local trade and economic life, in addition to the roles they played in their offices. These people were sometimes the link between the Kingdom of Hungary and the cities of Italy. An excellent example of this is the case of Florence, when in 1365 the city asked Baldasar de Sorba, the officer of the king in Dalmatia, to recommend the Florentines to the favour of the king.159 This tendency could be observed in the management of the Hungarian salt and thirtieth tax chamber offices in Dalmatia, where Florentine merchants and financiers took over the administrative leadership from the 1370s.

Among the leaders of the administration of the Hungarian king in Dalmatia and Croatia of Italian origin, the de Surdis of Piacenza brothers occupied a prominent place, due to the fact that these two men held the office of vicarius generalis successively.160 In addition to John and Raphael de Surdis, who were in charge of the administration of the region, other relatives and presumably also members of their circle from Piacenza arrived with them, such as Galeaz de Surdis and Raymond Confalonieri. We do not know why Louis I entrusted the office of vicarius generalis and other offices in Croatia-Dalmatia to the de Surdis family. John de Surdis, who himself had had a close relationship with the Hungarian king through another bishop from Piacenza, Jacob of Zagreb, was the king’s envoy to the papal court in Avignon on several occasions in the 1360s, so it is clear that he was one of the king’s confidants. To all this we might add that they were not the first members of the de Surdis family to play a significant role in the region. Francis de Surdis, the son of Manfred, had been notary in Zadar from 1349 to 1350161 and then in Split (1356–1358)162 and finally in Dubrovnik in 1360.163 This may not have had any influence on John’s or Raphael’s appointment as vicarius generalis, but it is possible that they were better acquainted with local affairs through their kinship. Although the family had initially settled in Zadar, they eventually won Lipovec as a donation from Louis I, and the donation included his brothers and the son of an unnamed brother. The family’s history was then mainly connected with the county of Zagreb and their estate.164

From among the arrivals from outside of Croatia-Dalmatia, the members of the de Sorba and Doria families of Genoa settled in Dalmatia as well. Baldasar de Sorba and Simon Doria were in command of Louis I’s fleet. The former was also involved in the chamber of salt and thirtieth tax in Dalmatia and Croatia, and both families were active in trade and finance. The emergence of the two Genoese admirals was due to the close alliance between the Hungarian king and Genoa, from where experienced leaders came to head the Hungarian fleet. Baldasar de Sorba may have arrived in Dalmatia in the early 1360s, settling in Zadar, and then becoming a royal shipbuilder, head of the Dalmatian-Croatian salt and thirtieth chamber, and royal admiral from 1366. He left this post around 1370 and was Philip II of Taranto’s governor in the Principality of Achaea during his dukedom until 1373. Baldasar and the de Sorbas were not disconnected from Zadar, as he is believed to have returned to Dalmatia after 1373 and was appointed by the king as comes of Trogir between 1379 and 1381. The de Sorbas became part of the Zadar citizenry, Baldasar was joined in the region in the 1360s by his brother Nicolo, who was Baldasar’s deputy in 1367 on the island of Hvar. Also related to Baldasar was Raphael Rouere (de Sorba), who was the admiral’s deputy on the islands of Hvar and Brač in 1366. Baldasar’s greatest aid and companion in the region was his own son Raphael, who also served as comes of Split during the period, and after the death of Louis he also held the office of comes of Šibenik (1384) and was given offices in Zadar, including being elected rector and judge on several occasions.165

The members of the Genoese families were easily integrated into Dalmatian urban society and local trade, as evidenced by the numerous records of their activities.166 Among the members of the Doria family, in addition to Simon, his brothers Bartol and Hugolin were engaged in trade, and Augustinus Doria is found as the deputy of the admiral in Hvar. The later admiral of the naval fleet of King Sigismund was Hugolin Doria, but he no longer lived in Zadar, as the city was in Venetian hands, and he established his headquarters in Trogir.167 In addition to the royal officers, the Genoese presence in the region was significant during the reign of Louis I. This was due not only to the fact that royal officials from Genoa were present, but also to the fact that Genoese merchants enjoyed trade privileges in Hungary that the Florentines could only have wished for in the 1370s.168 Beside the de Sorbas and Dorias, the Spinola family, which was one of the most important in Genoa at the time,169 was represented in the region thanks to their commercial activities.170

Apart from those from Piacenza and Genoa, the presence of the Neapolitans among Louis I’s Dalmatian-Croatian leaders is most notable. Pietro Bellante, who distinguished himself as an adviser to the Hungarian king in his campaign in Naples in 1349 and acquired a patrimony in Transylvania in the 1360s, then acquired positions of leadership in Počitelj, Bužan, and Obrovac as well as the office of Zadar. Although Nicolo Aldemarisco was not a comes of any Dalmatian city, he was deputy comes of Zadar after 1371, probably due to Charles of Durazzo. His relative Luigi Aldemarisco later became admiral to Charles’ son, Charles of Naples, who was fighting for the Hungarian throne. From among those who came from the Hungarian territories, two are worth mentioning: John Besenyő of Nezde and Jacob Szerecsen of Padova, who were appointed to the leader­ship of Dalmatian cities without holding a national office in Croatia-Dalmatia. The royal knight Besenyő and Szerecsen, who played the most prominent roles in the management of the Hungarian financial administration in the 1370s, had not only a distinguished career in Hungary in the narrow sense of the word (i.e. not only in the territories of what at the time would have been considered Hungary proper) but also in Croatia-Dalmatia. Besenyő was the only Hungarian nobleman who was comfortably and securely settled in Croatia-Dalmatia, but his example illustrates that there was a door for mobility.

Archival Sources

Nadbiskupski Arhiv u Splitu [Archbishopric Archive in Split] (NAS)

Rukopisna građa Ivana Lučića MS 528, 531–542

Magyar Nemzeti Levéltár Országos Levéltára [Hungarian State Archives] (MNL OL)

Diplomatikai Fényképgyűjtemény [Diplomatic photo collection] (DF)

Diplomatikai Levéltár [Diplomatic archive] (DL)

Državni arhiv u Zadru [State archive in Zadar] (DAZd)

Curia maior ciuilium (CMC)

Korčula (KA)

Spisi zadarskih bilježnika [Documents of Zadar Notaries] (SZB)

Petrus Perençanus (PP)

Vannes condam Bernardi de Firmo (VBF)

Nacionalna i sveučilišna knjižnica, Zagreb [National and University Library, Zagreb] (NSK)

Bibliography

Printed sources

ADE = Magyar diplomácziai emlékek az Anjou-korból. Acta extra Andegavensia I–III [Hungarian diplomatic records from the Angevin era]. Edited by Gusztáv Wenzel. Budapest: MTA, 1874–1876.

Anjou oklt. = Anjou-kori oklevéltár I–XV., XVII–XXXVIII., XL., XLII., XLVI–XLIX., L. [Charters of the Angevine era]. Edited by Gyula Kristó et al. Szeged–Budapest: Szegedi Középkorász Műhely, 1990–2020.

B. Halász, Éva, and Ferenc Piti. Az Erdődy család bécsi levéltárának középkori oklevélregesztái 1001–1387 [The medieval charter registers of the Erdődy family’s Vienna archive 1001–1387]. Budapest–Szeged: Magyar Nemzeti Levéltár Pest Megyei Levéltára, 2019.

CDCr = Codex diplomaticus regni Croatiae, Sclavoniae et Dalmatiae. Vols. 1–18. Edited by Tadija Smičiklas. Zagreb: JAZU, 1904–1934.

Krekich, Antonio. “Documenti per la storia di Spalato (1341–1414).” Atti e memorie della Società Dalmata di Storia Patria 3/4 (1934): 57–86.

Listine = Listine o odnošajih izmedju južnoga Slavenstva i Mletačke Republike [Documents on the relations between the Southern Slavs and the Republic of Venice]. Vols. 1–10. Edited by Šime Ljubić. Zagreb: Albrecht, 1868–1891.

Rački, Franjo. “Notae Joanni Lucii.” Starine JAZU 13 (1881): 83–124.

Serie dei Reggitori di Spalato. Bullettino di archeologia e storia dalmata 10 (1887): 198–99; Bullettino di archeologia e storia dalmata 11 (1888): 62–64, 76–77, 94–96.

Šišić, Ferdo. “Ljetopis Pavla Pavlovića Patricija Zadarskoga.” Vjesnik Kr. Hrvatsko-Slavonsko-Dalmatinskog Zemaljskog Arkiva 6 (1904): 1–59.

Spisi splitskog bilježnika = Grbavac, Branka, and Damir Karbić, and Arijana Kolak Bošnjak. Spisi splitskog bilježnika Albertola Bassanege od 1368. do 1369. godine. Zagreb: Hrvatska akademija znanosti i umjetnosti, 2020.

UGDS = Urkundenbuch zur Geschichte der Deutschen in Siebenbürgen. Vols. 1–7. Edited by Gustav Gündisch et al. Hermannstadt–Bucharest: Franz Michaelis, Georg Olms. 1892–1991.

Varjú, Elemér. Oklevéltár a Tomaj nemzetségbeli Losonczi Bánffy család történetéhez [Charter collection for the history of the Losonczi Bánffy family of the Tomaj clan]. Budapest: Hornyánszky Viktor Könyvnyomdája, 1908.

Velika bilježnica = Karbić, Damir, Maja Katušić, and Ana Pisačić. Srednjovjekovni registri Zadarskog I Splitskog kaptola (Registra Medievalia Capitulorum Iadre et Spalati). Vol. 2, Velika bilježnica Zadarskog kaptola (Quaternus magnus Capituli Iadrensis). Zagreb: Croatian State Archives, 2007.

Vuletić Vukasović, Vid. Catalogo dei Conti, Vicari e Rettori che si succedettero nel governo di Curzola (Dalmazia) dall’ anno 998–1796. Dubrovnik: n.p., 1900.

Secondary literature

Albini, Giuliana. “Piacenza dal XII al XIV secolo: reclutamento ed esportazione dei podestà e capitani del Popolo.” In I podestà dell’Italia comunale: Reclutamento e circolazione degli ufficiali forestieri (fine XII sec.-metà XIV sec.), edited by Jean-Claude Maire Vigueur, 405–45. Rome: École française de Rome, 2000.

B. Halász, Éva. “Generalis congregatiók Szlavóniában a 13–14. században” [General congregations in Slavonia in the thirteenth and fourteenth centuries]. Történelmi Szemle 59 (2017): 283–98.

Bartulović, Anita. “Integracija došljaka s Apeninskog poluotoka u zadarskoj komuni (1365.–1374.)” [Integration of immigrants from the Italian peninsula in the Zadar commune (1365–1374)]. Radovi Zavoda za povijesne znanosti HAZU u Zadru 61 (2019): 135–77.

Bećir, Ante. “Plemstvo kasnosrednjovjekovnoga Trogira: politička zajednica, frakcije i dinamika konflikta” [The late medieval nobility of Trogir: political community, fractions and dynamics]. PhD diss., Zagreb, Hrvatsko katoličko sveučilište, 2022.

Bettarini, Francesco. “Notai-cancellieri nella Dubrovnik tardo medievale.” Italian Review of Legal History 7 (2021): 691–718.

Botica, Ivan, and Antun Nekić. “A Feather or a Sword? About Count Novak and His Glagolitic Missal.” Konštantinove Listy 17 (2024): 36–46.

Brătianu, George. “Les Vénitiens dans la mer Noire au XIVe siècle, après la deuxième guerre des Détroits.” Revue des études byzantines 33 (1934): 148–162.

Brković, Milko. “Ugovor o sklopljenom miru u Zadru 1358. između Ludovika I Venecije” [Treaty on peace concluded in Zadar in 1358 between Louis and Venice]. In Humanitas et litterae: Zbornik u čast Franje Šanjeka, edited by Lovorka Ćoralić, and Slavko Slišković, 205–22. Zagreb: Kršćanska sadašnjost, 2009.

C. Tóth, Norbert. A kalocsa-bácsi főegyházmegye káptalanjainak középkori archontológiája [The medieval archontology of the chapters of the Kalocsa-Bács archbishopric]. Kalocsa: KFL, 2019.

C. Tóth, Norbert. Az esztergomi székes- és társaskáptalanok archontológiája 1100–1543 [Archontology of the Cathedral and Collegiate Chapters of Esztergom 1100–1543]. Budapest: MTA, 2019.

Confalonieri, Giuseppe. Monografia della nobile famiglia Confalonieri di Piacenza. Firenze: Stab. Ramella, 1923.

Csákó, Judit. “A padovai krónikák, Nagy Lajos és a guerra dei confine” [The Padua chronicles, Louis the Great, and the guerra dei confini]. Világtörténet 13 (2023): 251–77.

Csukovits, Enikő. Az Anjouk Magyarországon. Vol. 2, I. Nagy Lajos és Mária uralma (1342–1395) [The Angevins in Hungary. Vol. 2, The reign of King Louis I the Great and Queen Mary, 1342–1395]. Budapest: MTA Történettudományi Intézet, 2019.

Dokoza, Serđo, and Mladen Andreis. Zadarsko plemstvo u srednjemu vijeku [The nobility of Zadar in the Middle Ages]. Zadar: Sveučilište u Zadru, 2020.

Draskóczy, István. “András Kapy: Carrière d’un bourgeois de la capitale hongroise au début du XV e siècle.” Acta Historica Academiae Scientiarum Hungaricae 34 (1988): 119–57.

Engel, Pál. Magyarország világi archontológiája 1301–1457. Budapest: História, MTA Történettudományi Intézete, 1996.

Fabijanec, Sabine Florence. “Pojava profesije mercator i podrijetlo trgovaca u Zadru u XIV. i početkom XV. stoljeća.” Zbornik Odsjeka za povijesne znanosti Zavoda za povijesne i društvene znanosti Hrvatske akademije znanosti i umjetnosti 19 (2001): 83–125

Fekete Nagy, Antal: A magyar-dalmát kereskedelem [Hungarian-Dalmatian trade]. Budapest: Egyházmegyei Könyvnyomda, 1926.

Gál, Judit. “The Roles and Loyalties of the Bishops and Archbishops of Dalmatia (1102–1301).” Hungarian Historical Review 3 (2014): 343–73.

Gál, Judit. “Zadar, the Angevin Center of the Kingdom of Croatia and Dalmatia.” Hungarian Historical Review 11, no. 3 (2022): 570–90. doi: 10.38145/2022.3.570

Gál, Judit. “The Changes of Office of Ban of Slavonia after the Mongol Invasion in Hungary (1242–1267).” In Secular Power and Sacral Authority in Medieval East-Central Europe, edited by Suzana Miljan, and Kosana Jovanović, 37–48. Amsterdam: Amsterdam University Press, 2018.

Gál, Judit. Dalmatia and the Exercise of Royal Authority in the Árpád-Era Kingdom of Hungary. Budapest: Research Centre for the Humanities, 2020.

Gerő, Győző. “II. ker. Fő utca 82–84. sz.” [Budapest, II district, Fő utca 82–84.] Budapest Régiségei 19 (1959): 266.

Grbavac, Branka. “Notari kao posrednici između Italije i Dalmacije: studije, službe, seobe između dvije obale Jadrana.” Acta Histriae 16, no. 4 (2008): 503–26.

Grbavac, Branka. “Prilog proučavanju životopisa đenoveškog i zadarskog plemića Baltazara de Sorbe, kraljevskog admirala” [Contribution to the study of the biography of the Genoese and Zadar Nobleman Baltazar de Sorba, royal admiral] In Humanitas et literae: Zbornik u čast Franje Šanjeka, edited by Lovorka Čoralić, and Slavko Slišković, 227–40. Zagreb: Kršćanska sadašnjost, 2009.

Grbavac, Branka. “Prilog proučavanju životopisa zadarskog plemića Franje Jurjevića, kraljevskog viteza” [Contribution to the study of the biography of the Zadar nobleman Franjo Jurjević, royal knight]. Zbornik Odsjeka za povijesne znanosti Zavoda za povijesne i društvene znanosti Hrvatske akademije znanosti i umjetnosti 22 (2004): 35–54.

Grbavac, Branka. “Zadarski plemići kao kraljevski vitezovi u doba Ludovika I. Anžuvinaca” [Nobles of Zadar as royal knights in the era of Louis I]. Acta Histriae 16 (2008): 89–116.

Györffy, György. “Szlavónia kialakulásának oklevélkritikai vizsgálata” [Source criticism and analysis of the emergence of Slavonia]. Levéltári Közlemények 41 (1970): 223–40.

Jacoby, David. “Rural Exploitation and Market Economy in the Late Medieval Peloponnese.” In Viewing the Morea: Land and People in the Late Medieval Peloponnese, edited by Sharon E.J. Gerstel, 213–76. Washington, DC: Dumbarton Oaks Research Library and Collection, 2013.

Janeković-Römer, Zdenka. Višegradski ugovor temelj Dubrovačke Republike [The Visegrád treaty as the foundation of the Republic of Dubrovnik]. Zagreb: Golden Marketing, 2003.

Jékely, Zsombor. “A magyarországi Anjou-kori elit műpártolása” [The patronage of the Angevin elite of Hungary]. In Az Anjou-kor hatalmi elitje, edited by Csukovits Enikő, 291–316. Budapest: Magyar Történelmi Társulat, 2019.

Juhász, Ágnes. “A raguzai tisztségviselők a XIV. század közepén” [Officers of Dubrovnik in the mid-fourteenth century]. In Középkortörténeti tanulmányok 5, edited by Éva Révész, and Miklós Halmágyi, 41–53. Szeged: Szegedi Középkorász Műhely, 2007.

Juhász, Ágnes. A késő Anjou-kori dalmát és magyar tengeri hajózás az 1381 és 1382-ből származó oklevelek alapján [Dalmatian and Hungarian shipping in the late Angevine Era according to charters from 1381 and 1382]. Szeged: JATE, 2006.

Karbić, Damir, and Suzana Miljan. “Knezovi Zrinski u 14. i 15. stoljeću između staroga i novoga teritorijalnog identiteta” [The Zrinski Counts in the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries: Between old and new territorial identity]. In Susreti dviju kultura: Obitelj Zrinski u hrvatskoj i mađarskoj povijesti [Encounters of two cultures: The Zrinski family in Croatian and Hungarian history], edited by Sándor Bene, Zoran Ladić, and Gábor Hausner, 15–43. Zagreb: Matica hrvatska, 2012.

Karbić, Damir. “Horvát főurak, nemesek és a Magyar Korona a kései Árpád-kor­ban és az Anjou királyok idején” [Croatian barons, nobles and the Crown of Hungary in the late Árpádian and the Angevin kings]. In A horvát–magyar együttélés forduló­pontjai, edited by Pál Fodor, and Dénes Sokcsevits, 119–25. Budapest: MTA Bölcsészettudományi Kutatóközpont, 2016.

Klaić, Nada, and Ivo Petricioli. Zadar u srednjem vijeku do 1409 [Zadar in the Middle Ages until 1409]. Zadar: Filozofski fakultet, 1976.

Klaić, Vjekoslav. “Hrvatski hercezi i bani za Karla Roberta i Ljudevita I. (1301–1382).” Rad Jugoslavenske akademije znanosti i umjetnosti 142 (1900): 126–218.

Klaić, Vjekoslav. “O knezu Novaku (1368)” [On Count Novak]. Vjesnik Arheološkog muzeja u Zagrebu 4 (1900): 177–80.

Klaić, Vjekoslav. “Admirali ratne mornarice hrvatske godine 1358–1413” [The admirals of the Croatian navy 1358–1413]. Vjestnik Kr. hrvatsko-slavonskogdalmatinskog zemaljskog arkiva 2 (1900): 32–40.

Klaić, Vjekoslav. “Hrvatski bani za Arpadovića. (1102–1301.)” [Bans of Croatia under the Árpáds, 1102–1301]. Arhivski vjestnik kraljevsta hrvatsko-slavonsko-dalmatinskog zemaljskog arkiva 1 (1899): 129–38.

Kolanović, Josip. Šibenik u kasnome srednjem vijeku [Šibenik in the late Middle Ages]. Zagreb: Školska knjiga, 1995.

Kosanović, Ozren. “Potknežin i vikar kao službenici knezova Krčkih u Senju (od 1271. do 1469. godine)” [Vicecounts and vicars as officers of the Counts of Krk in Senj from 1271 until 1469]. Zbornik Odsjeka za povijesne znanosti Zavoda za povijesne i društvene znanosti Hrvatske akademije znanosti i umjetnosti 31 (2013): 1–20.

Kristó, Gyula. A feudális széttagolódás Magyarországon [Feudal territorial division in Hungary]. Budapest: Akadémiai Kiadó, 1979.

Kurcz, Ágnes. A lovagi kultúra Magyarországon a 13–14. században [The culture of chivalry in Hungary in the thirteenth and fourteenth centuries]. Budapest: Akadémiai Kiadó, 1988.

Ladić, Zoran. “Last Will: Passport to Heaven. Urban Last Wills from Late Medieval Dalmatia with Special Attention to the Legacies pro remedio animae and ad pias causas.” Zagreb: Srednja Europa, 2012.

Lővei, Pál. “Mittelalterliche Grabdenkmäler in Buda.” In Budapest im Mittelalter. Aus­stellungs­katalog, edited by Gerd Biegel, 351–65, 527–30, 538. Braunschweig: Braun­schweigisches Landesmuseum, 1991.

Lővei, Pál. “Oklevelek, jegyzékek, városok, épületek [könyvismertetések]” [Charters, registers, cities and buildings. (book reviews)]. Művészettörténeti Értesítő 59 (2010) 123–35.

Majnarić, Ivan. “Personal Social and Legal Statuses in Eastern Adriatic Cities: Norms and Practices of Zadar in the Mid-14th Century.” In Towns and Cities of the Croatian Middle Ages: The City and the Newcomers, edited by Irena Benyovsky Latin and Zrinka Pešorda Vardić, 127–45. Zagreb: Hrvatski institut za povijest, 2020.

Mályusz Elemér. “Az izmaelita pénzverőjegyek kérdéséhez” [On the issue of Ishmaelite mint marks]. Budapest régiségei 18 (1958): 301–11.

Mlacović, Dušan. Građani plemići: Pad i uspon rapskoga plemstva [Noble citizens: the decline and rise of the Rab nobility]. Zagreb: Leykam International, 2008.

Mladen Ančić. “Rat kao organizirani društveni pothvat: Zadarski mir kao rezultat rata za Zadar” [War as an organized social undertaking: The Treaty of Zadar as a result of the war for Zadar]. In Zadarski mir: Prekretnica anžuvinskog doba, edited by Mladen Ančić, and Antun Nekić, 39–136. Zadar: Sveučilište u Zadru, 2022.

Morelli, Serena. “Társadalom és hivatalok Dél-Itáliában a 13–15. században” [Society and offices in Southern Italy in from the thirteenth until the fifteenth century]. In Az Anjou-kor hatalmi elitje [The elite of the Angevine era], edited by Enikő Csukovits, 15–40. Budapest: Magyar Történelmi Társulat, 2020.

Novak, Grga. Povijest Splita [The history of Split]. Vol. 1. Split: Matica hrvatska, 1957.

Papp, Róbert. “A Raguza város és I. Lajos magyar király között 1358-ban létrejött megállapodás kapcsán keletkezett oklevelek regesztái” [The summaries of the charters that were issued in connection with the agreement between Dubrovnik and King Louis I of Hungary in 1358]. Belvedere Meridionale 29 (2017): 101–8.

Petti Balbi, Giovanna. “Gli Spinola nel 12° secolo. Nascita di un’aristocrazia urbana.” Atti della Società Ligure di Storia Patria 57 (2017): 5–65.

Popić, Tomislav. “Službenici zadarskoga Velikoga sudbenoga dvora građanskih sporova iz druge polovice 14. stoljeća” [The officials of the Zadar high court of civil disputes in the second half of the fourteenth century]. Acta Histriae 22 (2014): 207–24.

Popić, Tomislav. Krojenje pravde: Zadarsko sudstvo u srednjem vijeku (1358.–1458.) [Tailoring justice: the Zadar judiciary in the Middle Ages (1358–1458)]. Zagreb: Plejada, 2014.

Pór, Antal. De Surdis II. János esztergomi érsek [Archbishop John II de Surdis of Esztergom]. Budapest: Szent István Társulat, 1900.

Pór, Antal. Nagy Lajos: 1326–1382 [Louis the Great 1326–1382]. Budapest: Magyar Történelmi Társulat, 1892.

Raukar, Tomislav. “I fiorentini in Dalmazia nel secolo XIV.” Archivio Storico Italiano 153 (1995): 657–80.

Raukar, Tomislav. “Zadarska trgovina solju u XIV i XV stoljeću” [The salt trade of Zadar in the fourteenth and fifteenth century]. Radovi Filozofskog fakulteta: Odsjek za povijest 7–8 (1970): 19–79.

Šišić, Ferdo. Pregled povijesti hrvatskoga naroda [An overview of the history of the Croatian nation]. Zagreb: Matica hrvatska, 1962.

Skorka, Renáta. “Érdekházasságok, kényszermátkaságok: A dinasztikus megállapodások politikai, gazdasági és jogi jellemzői a 14. századi Magyar Királyságban” [Marriages of convenience, forced marriages: Political, economic and legal features of dynastic arrangements in the fourteenth-century Kingdom of Hungary]. Századok 155 (2021): 1181–208.

Spreti, Vittorio. Enciclopedia storico-nobiliare italiana. Vol. 2. Milano: Ed. Enciclopedia Storico-Nobiliare Italiana, 1929.

Stjepović, Stijepo. “Habitatores et forenses Arbi: Identitet stranaca i doseljenika u srednjovjekovlju” [Habitatores et forenses Arbi: identity of foreigners and settlers in the Middle Ages]. Europa Orientalis 37 (2018): 273–87.

Szakálos, Éva. “A százdi templom XIV. századi falképei” [Fourteenth century murals of the church of Százdi]. In Adalékok a szlovákiai magyarok nyelvéhez és kultúrájához [Contributions on the language and culture of the Hungarians in Slovakia], edited by Judit Gasparics, and Gábor Ruda, 201–15. Pilisvörösvár: Argumentum Kiadó, 2016.

Szőcs, Tibor. “Az Anjou elit kormányzati feladatai” [The role of the Angevin elite in the government]. In Az Anjou-kor hatalmi elitje [The elite of the Angevine era], edited by Enikő Csukovits, 165–88. Budapest: BTK TTI, 2020.

Teke, Zsuzsanna. “Firenzei üzletemberek Magyarországon 1373–1403” [Florentine businessmen in Hungary 1373–1403]. Történelmi Szemle 37 (1995): 139–150.

Virágh, Ágnes. “Egy itáliai krónika interpretációs lehetőségei: a magyar hadi vezetők Domenico da Gravina krónikájában” [Possibilities of interpretation of an Italian chronicle: the Hungarian military leaders in Domenico da Gravina’s chronicle]. Hallgatói Műhelytanulmányok 5 (2021): 159–71.

Vitale, Giuliana. “Nobiltà napoletana dell’età durazzesca.” In La noblesse dans les territoires angevins à la fin du Moyen Âge, edited by Noël Coulet, and Jean-Michel Matz, 363–421. Rome: École Française de Rome, 2000.

Weisz Boglárka. “A szerémi és pécsi kamarák története a kezdetektől a XIV. század második feléig” [The history of the Szerém and Pécs chambers from their beginnings to the second half of the 14th century]. Acta Universitatis Szegediensis: acta historica 130 (2009): 33–53.

Weisz, Boglárka. “Ki volt az első kincstartó? – A kincstartói hivatal története a 14. században” [Who was the first royal treasurer? – The history of the office of royal treasurer in the fourteenth century]. Történelmi Szemle 57 (2015): 527–40.

Wertner, Mór. “Földvári és pataji Zuborok.” Turul 26 (1908): 87–89.

Wertner, Mór. “Az Árpádkori bánok” [The bans of the Árpád era], Századok 43 (1909): 378–415.

Wertner, Mór. “Az esztergomi érsekek családi történetéhez” [To the family history of the archbishops of Esztergom]. Turul 30 (1912): 114–23.

Zsoldos, Attila. “’Egész Szlavónia bánja’” [The ban of whole Slavonia]. In Tanulmányok a középkorról, edited by Tibor Neumann, 271–86. Budapest: Argumentum, 2001.

Zsoldos, Attila. Magyarország világi archontológiája 1000–1301 [The secular archontology of Hungary 1000–1301]. Budapest: História, 2011.


  1. 1 On the war, see Ančić, “Rat kao organizirani društveni pothvat”; Csukovits, I. (Nagy Lajos), 63–69; Pór, Nagy Lajos, 321–35; Brković, “Ugovor.”

  2. 2 On the social tensions, see Novak, Povijest Splita, 222; Ančić, “Rat kao organizirani društveni pothvat,” 107–8; Bećir, “Plemstvo,” 135–67.

  3. 3 On the Árpád era royal policy, see Gál, Dalmatia, 98–116.

  4. 4 On the role of the prelates in the Árpád era royal policy, see Gál, “Roles.”

  5. 5 On the development of the institution of ban, see Zsoldos, “Egész Szlavónia”; Klaić, “Hrvatski bani za Arpadovića”; Wertner “Az Árpádkori bánok,”; Kristó, A feudális széttagolódás Magyarországon, 88–90;

  6. 6 Varasd and Verőce Counties, both south of Drava River, were not part of the Banate of Slavonia until the end of the Middle Ages.

  7. 7 On the bans of the Maritime Region, see Gál, Dalmatia, 132–33; Klaić, “Hrvatski bani za Arpadovića,” 243; Györffy, “Szlavónia kialakulásának oklevélkritikai vizsgálata,” 238; Šišić, Pregled povijesti hrvatskoga naroda, 242; Kristó, A feudális széttagolódás Magyarországon, 126–27.

  8. 8 In 1275, John, son of Henry of the Héder kindred and Nicholas son of Stephen of Gutkeled clan held the title of ban of Slavonia together, with the latter ruling Croatia and Dalmatia. In 1290, Paul Šubić took the title of ban of Croatia, governing the Croatian-Dalmatian territories. See Zsoldos, Világi archontológia, 48; Karbić, “Horvát főurak,” 122–25.

  9. 9 Engel, Világi archontológia, 38–39.

  10. 10 On the social background, power, and roles of the bans of Croatia-Dalmatia (and Slavonia), see Klaić, “Hrvatski hercezi”; Szőcs, “Az Anjou elit,” 174–75.

  11. 11 Engel, Világi archontológia, 39.

  12. 12 Raukar, “Zadarska trgovina,” 24.

  13. 13 It is possible that Baldasar de Sorba came into contact with the Hungarian king in the period of diplomatic contacts in connection with the Hungarian-Genoese alliance of 1352 or later in connection with the Hungarian-Venetian wars. The possible involvement of Baldasar de Sorba in diplomacy may be indicated by the fact that in the mid-1350s he was acting as an envoy between Genoa, the Genoese colony of Tana in the Crimea, and Venice. On his diplomatic mission, see Bratianu, “Les Vénitiens,” 150–151, 160. On Baldasar de Sorba in general, see Grbavac, “Baltazar de Sorba.”

  14. 14 Raukar, “Zadarska trgovina,” 25–26.

  15. 15 Ibid., 26–28.

  16. 16 Raukar, “I fiorentini.”

  17. 17 Prince Philip II of Taranto was part of the alliance that King Louis of Hungary formed against the Upper Bavarian-Luxembourg-Habsburg alliance around 1367. The alliance of the Hungarian king included the prince of Taranto, Prince Charles II of Durazzo (the later duke of Slavonia), and the Wittelsbachs. Prince Philip II married Elizabeth, the niece of King Louis I in 1370, and it can be assumed, that probably the wedding or the diplomatic events surrounding the formation of the alliance offered the opportunity for Philip and Baldasar to form connections. On the alliance and the wedding of Elizabeth, see Skorka, “Érdekházasságok,” 1197–99.

  18. 18 Jacoby, “Rural Exploitation,” 267.

  19. 19 On the admirals, see Klaic, “Admirali,” 35–40; Juhász, Tengeri hajózás, 6–8.

  20. 20 Vuletić-Vukasović, Catalogo dei conti, 19–21.

  21. 21 The foundations of the relationship between the city and the Kingdom of Hungary were laid by the treaties and royal privileges signed in Visegrád in May–June 1358. Dubrovnik was granted wide-ranging autonomy in practice, including the freedom to elect the rectors who governed the city. In the case of Dubrovnik, there was no royal control over the election of the city leaders, as was the case with the other Dalmatian cities. See: Janeković-Römer, Višegradski ugovor, 69–79; Papp, “A Raguza város,” 102; Juhász, “A raguzai tisztségviselők,” 42.

  22. 22 Gál, Dalmatia, 107–10.

  23. 23 Gál, “Office of Ban,” 41–44.

  24. 24 NAS, MS 538, fol. 204–210.

  25. 25 NAS, MS 540, fol. 1–8.

  26. 26 Kolanović, Šibenik, 13–14.

  27. 27 CDCr, vol. 12, 437–39.

  28. 28 Gál, “Zadar,” 581.

  29. 29 CDCr, vol. 14, 52.

  30. 30 See: Grbavac, “Prilog,” 35–54; Grbavac, “Zadarski plemići”; Kurcz, Lovagi kultúra, 290–97.

  31. 31 At this point, I would like to express my deep gratitude to Damir Karbić, who made his own collection on the medieval archontology of Dalmatian cities available to me, without which this paper would not have been complete.

  32. 32 For example on the leadership of Senj under the counts of Krk, see Kosanović, “Potknežin.”

  33. 33 Engel, Világi archontológia, 37.

  34. 34 Gál, “Zadar,” 576–78.

  35. 35 Raukar, “Zadarska trgovina,” 24.

  36. 36 Fekete, A magyar-dalmát, 52–53; MNL OL, DF 238 791; MNL OL, DF 238 835; UGDS, vol. 2, 337–39.

  37. 37 Gál, Dalmatia, 133.

  38. 38 November 11, 1358: NAS, MS 528. fol. 66.

  39. 39 The first record of Nicholas Szécsi’s office as ban of Croatia-Dalmatia originates from a document dated January 2, 1359, while the data from Zadar in 1358, preserved by the collection of Iohannes Lucius, suggests that he could have taken over the office of ban in November of that year. See NAS, MS 528. fol. 66. cf. Engel, Világi archontológia, 39.

  40. 40 Engel, Világi archontológia, 39; MNL OL, DL 103320.

  41. 41 November 17, 1358: CDCr, vol. 13, 586.

  42. 42 November 20, 1366: CDCr, vol. 13, 593; Engel, Világi archontológia, 39.

  43. 43 December 6, 1366: DAZd, SZB, PP, b. 1., fasc. 4., fol. 7–8.

  44. 44 October 28, 1367: MNL OL, DL 5538.

  45. 45 April 8, 1368: DAZd, SZB, PP, b. 1, fasc. 9, fol. 48.

  46. 46 Engel, Világi archontológia, 39.

  47. 47 April 14, 1368: DAZd, SZB, PP, b. 1, fasc. 9, fol. 49.

  48. 48 CDCr, vol. 14, 165.

  49. 49 Ibid.

  50. 50 CDCr, vol. 14, 175; Engel, Világi archontológia, 39.

  51. 51 Engel, Világi archontológia, 39.

  52. 52 Pietro Bellante distinguished himself in front of the king during the Neapolitan Wars in the 1340s. For his merits he probably received the estates of Pankota (today Pâncota, Romania) and Dézna (today Dezna, Romania) in Transylvania, and from 1367 onwards he is known as lord of two royal castles in Croatia. On the entering into office of Pietro Bellante: DAZd, SZB, VBF, b. 1, fasc. 1 / 4, fol. 44; for the Pankota and Dézna estates: Varjú, Oklevéltár, 244.

  53. 53 On Počitelj and Ostrovica: October 25, 1367: CDCr, vol. 14, 94; March 6, 1371: CDCr. vol. 14, 309–10; On Obrovac: B. Halász and Piti, Az Erdődy család, 271.

  54. 54 On King Louis I’s Neapolitan Wars, see Csukovits, I. (Nagy Lajos), 27–44.

  55. 55 On his role in the Neapolitan Wars: Virágh, “Egy itáliai krónika,” 167.

  56. 56 Csukovits, I. (Nagy Lajos), 66–67.

  57. 57 October 1, 1372: CDCr, vol. 14, 437; December 21, 1373: MNL OL, DL 6149.

  58. 58 January 25, 1376: MNL OL, DL 6320; May 6, 1376: MNL OL, DL 38492.

  59. 59 CDCr, vol. 14, 411.

  60. 60 Emeric Bebek arrived in Zadar on December 19, 1380 from where Nicholas Szécsi left on Decem­ber 25. Šišić, “Ljetopis Pavla Pavlovića,” 3. Cf. Engel, Világi archontológia, 39.

  61. 61 Engel, Világi archontológia, 39.

  62. 62 CDCr, vol. 16, 145; CDCr, vol. 16, 373.

  63. 63 DAZd, SZB, PS, b. 2, fasc. 12, fol. 1; Šišić, “Ljetopis Pavla Pavlovića,” 3.

  64. 64 John de Surdis was the bishop of Vác between 1363 and 1375, and later the archbishop of Esztergom between 1376 and 1378. He also held other prominent offices, including the royal treasurer from 1373 until 1375. On his career, see Pór, De Surdis; Weisz, “Kincstartó,” 534; C. Tóth, Az esztergomi, 166, C. Tóth, A kalocsa-bácsi, 83, 112. On his tenure of office in Zadar, see CDCr, vol. 14, 426, 470.

  65. 65 On his tenure of office in Zadar, see CDCr, vol. 14, 471; CDCr, vol. 15, 360.

  66. 66 CDCr, vol. 14, 426, 470.

  67. 67 CDCr, vol. 14, 502.

  68. 68 CDCr, vol. 14, 519–20.

  69. 69 B. Halász, “Generalis,” 287.

  70. 70 On his tenure of office in Zadar, see CDCr, vol. 14, 471; CDCr, vol. 15, 360.

  71. 71 CDCr, vol. 12, 629; Spisi splitskog bilježnika, no. 336.

  72. 72 On Novak, see Botica and Nekić, “Feather,” 36–46.

  73. 73 On his tenure of office in Nin, see NAS, MS 528, 52; CDCr Suppl. vol. 2, 334; CDCr, vol. 14, 501; CDCr, vol. 16, 171.

  74. 74 CDCr, vol. 14, 509.

  75. 75 CDCr, vol. 14, 501.

  76. 76 CDCr, vol. 15, 148

  77. 77 CDCr, vol. 12, 574–75; NAS, MS 540, fol. 65.

  78. 78 NAS, MS 528, 57.

  79. 79 NAS, MS 528, 57.

  80. 80 NSK, R 3931, 24.

  81. 81 On Galeaz de Surdis, see Popić, Krojenje pravde, 82.

  82. 82 CDCr, vol. 12, 528; CDCr, vol. 14, 504; NAS, MS 540, fol. 43.

  83. 83 NAS, MS 540, fol. 117.

  84. 84 CDCr, vol. 14, 504.

  85. 85 CDCr, vol. 14, 516.

  86. 86 NAS, MS 540, fol. 143.

  87. 87 Jacob Raduchis came from the Raduk clan of Senj, and his relatives included several city officials. He himself obtained a doctorate in law in Padua after 1367, and after his return, he held various positions in the Zadar city administration. Popić, Krojenje pravde, 80; Popić, “Službenici,” 213–14.

  88. 88 Rački, “Notae,” 243; NAS, MS 540, 162.

  89. 89 CDCr, vol. 12, 432, Krekich, “Documenti,” 84.

  90. 90 Serie dei Reggitori di Spalato, vol. 10, 199.

  91. 91 Spisi splitskog bilježnika, no. 101; CDCr, vol. 14, 391.

  92. 92 Serie dei Reggitori di Spalato, vol. 11, 62–63.

  93. 93 Serie dei Reggitori di Spalato, vol. 11, 64, 77, 94–95.

  94. 94 NAS, MS 528, fol. 50.

  95. 95 CDCr, vol. 14, 361.

  96. 96 Jacob Szerecsen (Saracenus) was a Padovan-born burgher and merchant from Buda who began his national career as a royal pharmacist. In 1352, he was appointed ispan of the chambers of mint of Pécs and Szerém, a post he still held in 1370. He visited Dalmatia and Croatia on a royal commission as a visitator, probably in connection with which he was granted the island of Osor and Cres by Louis I. After he died without an heir, Queen Mary granted the islands to his brother John. On Szerecsen, see Weisz, “Kamara,” 41–42; Csákó, “Padovai krónikák,” 258–59; Mályusz, “Az izmaelita,” 301–11; Jékely, “Anjou-kori elit,” 302; Szakálos, “Százdi templom,” 35–36.

  97. 97 Stjepović, “Forenses,” 285.

  98. 98 MNL OL DL 36286.

  99. 99 Miljan and Karbic, “Knezovi Zrinski”, 23.

  100. 100 CDCr, vol. 13, 312.

  101. 101 Between 1353 and 1361, Gregory Banich was also the landlord of Bužan, which he handed over to the Hungarian king in exchange for financial compensation. After that, the next known comes was Pietro Bellante, who was later also in charge of Zadar between 1371 and 1372.

  102. 102 CDCr, vol. 15, 42.

  103. 103 Mlacović, Građani plemići, 156.

  104. 104 We find John Besenyő of Nezde in the service of Denis Lackfi, in 1350 as deputy master of the horse, and in 1357 as castellan of the castle of Érsomlyó in Krassó County. Four years later, the first mention of his royal knighthood appears. In 1361, he was also the ispan of Moson and the castellan of the castle of Óvár with that title. In 1369, he appears in the sources as castellan of Fehérkő in Somogy. He founded the Pauline monastery of Streza (now Strezojevo, Croatia), less than 40 kilometers south of Zagreb. When the monarch died in 1382, the widowed Queen Elizabeth sent him to Zadar and the Dalmatian cities to calm the troubled local society. He reached the peak of his career afterwards, when in 1383 he was made ispan of the county of Veszprém. On Besenyő, see Botica and Nekić, “Feather,” 38–39; Engel, Világi archontológia, 56, 183, 270, 359, 440, 543.

  105. 105 Mlacović, Građani plemići, 156.; CDCr, vol. 15, 349.

  106. 106 CDCr, vol. 16, 259.

  107. 107 Jacob Cessamis (1358–1364): CDCr, vol. 12, 451; DAZd, SZB, PP, b. 1, fasc. 3, fol. 33; Baldasar de Sorba (1366–1370): CDCr, vol. 13, 569; CDCr, vol. 14. 275.; Nicola de Petracha (1372): CDCr, vol. 14, 415; Simon Doria (1373–1381): NAS, MS 528, fol. 69.

  108. 108 Vuletić-Vukasović, Catalogo dei conti, 16.

  109. 109 DAZd, KA, b. 1., fasc. 2, fol. 26; Vuletić-Vukasović, Catalogo dei conti, 17.

  110. 110 CDCr, vol. 13, 569; CDCr, vol. 14, 275.

  111. 111 Vuletić-Vukasović. Catalogo dei conti, 19–20; CDCr, vol. 14, 442.

  112. 112 Vuletić-Vukasović. Catalogo dei conti, 20.

  113. 113 Ibid., 21.

  114. 114 CDCr, vol. 12, 520–21.

  115. 115 NAS, MS 64, fol. 4.

  116. 116 NAS, MS 528, fol. 42.

  117. 117 Engel, Világi archontológia, 37.

  118. 118 ADE, vol. 3, no. 84.

  119. 119 See footnote no. 96; CDCr, vol. 16, 9–10; Velika bilježnica, 58.

  120. 120 1382: CDCr, vol. 16, 324.

  121. 121 As an envoy of the king in Avignon: Anjou oklt., vol. 36, no. 528.

  122. 122 Simon Doria’s deputy on the island of Korčula in 1272 and 1276 was shown to have been Grisogonus de Georgiis, who was given the island’s administration in exchange for 340 ducats a year. See Klaić and Petricioli, Zadar, 434.

  123. 123 In 1358, Nicholas Debrői was a familiar of Nicholas Szécsi, and from 1364, he was a knight of the queen. Kurcz, Lovagi kultúra, 67; For official records: DAZd, CMC, b. 4, fasc. 10, p. 165

  124. 124 Nicolo Aldemarisco was a relative of Luigi Aldemarisco, who later commanded the fleet of Ladislas of Naples, who fought for the Hungarian throne. The Aldemarisco was an old family from Calabria, Naples, whose members can be found in the service of the Angevins and in various local posts in the thirteenth and fourteenth centuries. Vitale, “Nobiltà napoletana,” 408–11; DAZd, CMC, b. 4, fasc. 10, p. 165; CDCr, vol. 14, 379.

  125. 125 Dokoza and Andreis, Zadarsko plemstvo, 533.

  126. 126 The Confalonieri family is an old noble family in Piacenza, whose members first appear in the city’s sources in the twelfth century. Members of the family were regularly in the service of the Bishop of Piacenza. Saint Conrad of Piacenza was also a member of the Confalonieri family. Spreti, Enciclopedia, 526; Confalonieri, Monografia; NAS, MS 541, fol. 179–79.

  127. 127 Serie dei Reggitori di Spalato, vol. 10, 198–99.

  128. 128 NAS, MS 540, fol. 73, 89.

  129. 129 On his relationship to the de Sorba family, see Bartulović, “Integracija,” 173.

  130. 130 CDCr, vol. 13, 569.

  131. 131 CDCr, vol. 14, 72.

  132. 132 Vuletić Vukasović, Catalogo dei conti, 19–20.

  133. 133 CDCr, vol. 14, 416.

  134. 134 NAS, MS 528, 69.

  135. 135 CDCr, vol. 16, 37–38.

  136. 136 Kurcz, Lovagi kultúra, 290–97.

  137. 137 Grbavac, “Prilog”; Gál, “Zadar,” 581–86.

  138. 138 CDCr, vol. 11, 260–61.

  139. 139 Grbavac, “Prilog,” 95.

  140. 140 CDCr, vol. 12, 451–52.

  141. 141 CDCr, vol. 12, 497.

  142. 142 Grbavac, “Prilog,” 103.

  143. 143 Ibid., 107.

  144. 144 Ibid., 109.

  145. 145 On Novak, see: Botica and Nekić, “Feather,” 38; Klaić, “Novak,” 177–80.

  146. 146 Kurcz, Lovagi kultúra, 211.

  147. 147 Engel, Világi archontológia, 459.

  148. 148 Botica and Nekić, “Feather,” 38.

  149. 149 CDCr, vol. 12, 142–44.

  150. 150 Listine, vol. 4, 17–20.

  151. 151 CDCr, vol. 14, 159.

  152. 152 Listine, vol. 4, 121.

  153. 153 CDCr, vol. 13, 308.

  154. 154 On the formation of the local elite of the king under the Hungarian-Venetian war, see Ančić, “Rat kao organizirani društveni pothvat.”

  155. 155 Morelli, “Társadalom.”

  156. 156 Coss, The Origins, 44–68.

  157. 157 On the Nassis family in Zadar, see Ladić, Last will, 57; Dokoza and Andreis, Zadarsko plemstvo, 410–28.

  158. 158 The proof of the provenance is the marble tombstone found during the renovation of the Király Baths in Budapest in 1958. The tombstone was probably transported from the Church of Saint Peter in Víziváros (a neighborhood in Buda) by the Ottomans when the bath was built. According to the inscription on the tombstone, Jacob, the son of the former royal admiral Mateus de Cezamis de Iadra, who was the lord of Pataj, was buried there. Gerő, “II. ker.,” 266; Lővei, “Buda,” 351, 355, 361; Draskóczy, “Kapy,” 122–23; Wertner, “Zubor,” 87–89. I am deeply grateful to Pál Lővei, who shared with me the details of the tombstone, which is still in the Király Baths, now located on the eastern side of the courtyard corridor.

  159. 159 Teke, “Firenzei,” 129–130.

  160. 160 The de Surdis family appeared in the sources of Piacenza in the twelfth century, and from the very beginning they were prominent in commercial and banking-financial activities. They were actively involved in the administration of the town and some members of the family also held offices alongside the bishop. See Albini, “Piacenza,” 438–39.

  161. 161 Majnarić, “Personal,” 134–35.

  162. 162 Grbavac, “Notari,” 513.

  163. 163 Bettarini, “Dubrovnik,” 699.

  164. 164 On the de Surdis family, see Pór, De Surdis; Wertner, “Az esztergomi érsekek,” 121–23.

  165. 165 Dokoza and Andreis, Zadarsko plemstvo, 530.

  166. 166 Fabijanec, “Pojava,” 100.

  167. 167 Klaic, “Admirali,” 39–40.

  168. 168 The city of Florence was probably trying to obtain privileges and the patronage of the king in Hungary for its merchants as early as the 1360s. In 1376, the city asked the king to grant the Florentine merchants a privilege similar to that of the Genoese and to lighten their financial and economic burdens. See Teke, “Firenzei,” 129–30.

  169. 169 On the Spinola family, see Petti Balbi, “Gli Spinola,” 5–65.

  170. 170 See Klaić and Petricioli, Zadar, 434–35.

2025_1_Sostaric_Baljkas

Emotional Responses to the Beginning and End of the Rulepdf of Louis I
in Dalmatia

Valentina Šoštarić and Krešimir Baljkas

University of Zadar

This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.; This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.

Hungarian Historical Review Volume 14 Issue 1 (2025): 3-29 DOI 10.38145/2025.1.3 

This paper presents a brief historical background of the rule of Louis I of Hungary in Dalmatia, followed by an analysis of the emotional reactions of the ruling circles in Zadar, Split, and Dubrovnik to two crucial events in 1358 and 1382, which marked the establishment and subsequent weakening of Angevin rule. Although the sociopolitical context of Louis’ rule is well established, the role of emotions during these critical moments has not received sufficient scholarly attention. This innovative problem-centered approach requires methodological clarification of the applications of the concept of emotions in historiography, as well as the possibilities and limitations arising from the nature of archival sources. The emotions expressed in these sources will be considered as a powerful tool with which to provoke tangible changes in the real world, specifically to motivate historical actors to take concrete actions. These rhetorical devices and narrative structures, understood here as expressions of emotion, will be scrutinized within the wider framework of sociopolitical, cultural, and religious interconnections. Through an analysis of primary sources, this study aims to offer insights concerning a possible range of emotions experienced by historical actors during the tumultuous political events surrounding the establishment of Angevin rule and the dissolution of the same after Louis’ death. Specifically, the paper interprets elements of the texts as expressions of emotions such as fear, insecurity, anxiety, envy, disappointment, dissatisfaction, happiness, love, and hatred in order to provide a deeper understanding of how these decisive moments were understood and presented by the authors at the time. This study aims to enrich our current understanding by emphasizing the significance of appeals to and expressions of emotional responses as a lens through which to examine political and social change.

Keywords: Dalmatia, Croatian history, Angevin dynasty, King Louis I, history of emotions

Research Topic: Issues and Possibilities

The establishment of Angevin rule in Dalmatian cities marked a significant turning point in the course of historical events along the eastern Adriatic coast. Having successfully concluded the conflict with Venice and adeptly pacified the influential nobility in the immediate hinterland, Louis the Great paved the way for the reintegration of coastal communities with their natural hinterlands. This harmonization unfolded within the new, strengthened political framework of the Hungarian and Croatian Kingdom. The triumphant culmination of decades-­long efforts by the new dynasty, formally crowned with the signing of the Zadar Peace Treaty in 1358, created the conditions for the social and economic development of the eastern Adriatic coastal region.1 Furthermore, the reaffirmation of royal authority in the immediate hinterland established the patterns of the structures upon which the social and political life of the Croatian nobility would now rest, and which would last until finally disintegrating under the Ottoman conquests.2 While extensive scholarly attention has been devoted to almost every facet of Louis’s ascension to power, including its repercussions for preexisting sociopolitical3 and economic dynamics,4 artistic evolution,5 and legal codification,6 scant scholarly interest has been given to the emotional responses of the ruling circles of Dalmatian cities, as expressed in the textual sources, following Louis’ triumph over the Venetians and during the years characterized by uncertainty in the aftermath of his demise.

Historians have typically confined the study of emotions to the field of psychology, and in the contemporary scholarship, neuroscience has come to the forefront.7 Emotions, long overlooked in historiography, started to gain attention in the mid-twentieth century8 and were made a central research topic within the social sciences and humanities by the end of the century.9 Within historiographical research, the “field of emotions”10 is frequently marked by conflicting theories, methodologies, and diverse perspectives on complex issues, and this has fostered its rapid development as a subject of study.11 The diversity of concepts, methodological approaches, and research questions posed has led to such an abundance of studies that contemporary researchers now refer to as a paradigm shift, often termed the “emotional/affective turn.”12

Considering the multitude of potential definitions of the term “emotions,”13 it is important to emphasize that, in this paper, they will be approached as sociocultural, situational, and relational constructs.14 Emotions play a significant role in shaping social interactions15 and decision-making processes, particularly within the sphere of high politics.16 Against this backdrop, this article aims to discern textual expressions of emotions in relation to the medieval system of dependency and power relations, the prevailing culture, and the influence of specific emotional responses on the course of historical events.

In part as an attempt to address the existing lacuna in the secondary literature, the interpretation focuses on the expression of specific emotions in the narrative and administrative records of the councils of Zadar, Split, and Dubrovnik in the context of the two aforementioned historical changes. This will be attempted primarily by referring to elements in the surviving sources on the basis of which hypotheses can be ventured concerning the collective emotions of the ruling elite of the eastern Adriatic urban centers. Since the councilors were not a homogeneous “emotional community”17 and they did not share the same political worldviews during the transitional moments analyzed in this paper, it is important to consider which individuals within these communities might have experienced certain emotions, and whether these emotions were genuinely felt or were they a part of a specific manipulative rhetorical strategy. While administrative sources are the product of meticulous consideration and extensive discussions, the complete suppression of any expression of emotions within these text seems to have been challenging. The places where these expressions of emotion appear are symptomatic and warrant scientific attention and interpretation. Some of these expressions of emotion can be recognized as recurring themes, while others seem to have been the result of sudden changes in the realm of high politics. On the other hand, chronicles were used to a lesser extent, and when evaluating them, it is important to consider authorship and the historical-temporal context of their creation.

To a certain extent, these examples reveal the existence of stereotypical emotions. There are several different models that explain how emotions arise and the possibilities for their use. For the purposes of the inquiry here, the most applicable model is a combination of cognitive and social constructivism. While the first theoretical approach argues that the choice of which emotions to express depends on whether these emotions would be perceived as useful or harmful,18 the second approach holds that expressions of emotions depend on language, expectations, values, cultural practices, moral beliefs, and rules according to which these expressions of emotion can be correctly decoded.19 In this sense, expressions of emotion can be consciously employed and manipulated in a specific context to provoke a desired effect.20 Although it is impossible for us today to answer the question of whether a specific emotional expression was truly felt or was simply a matter of textual, rhetorical performance and strategy, this is ultimately not important. What matters is that a given expression of emotion would have been recognized and accurately interpreted (interpreted as the author presumably wanted it to be) by its intended readership. Finally, it is crucial to detect how expressions of emotions are managed, considering the personal power and reputation of individuals or groups, as well as their status, origins, and the relationships among the interlocutors. In other words, it is of paramount interest to observe who gives expression to particular emotions, when and where they do so, and who they are addressing, much as it is also of interest to consider their possible reasons for giving expression to these emotions and how these emotions may have influenced the relationships among political actors and shaped their specific actions.

Establishment of Angevin Rule

The authorities in Dubrovnik21 were well aware of the establishment of Louis’ rule in Dalmatian cities. While some councilors expressed enthusiasm and excitement about Louis’ successes and the prospect of rejecting Venetian rule, others viewed these changes with concern and expressed fear and anxiety.22 The division within the ruling elite concerning loyalty to Venetian rule or the integration of their homeland into the community of the lands annexed to the Crown of St. Stephen led to the formation of two factions, one pro-Venice and the other pro-Hungarian.23 Even among the noblemen who favored claiming Louis as their new sovereign there was no consensus regarding the position of Dubrovnik in the new community. Nenad Vekarić, in his research, has demonstrated that in 1358 the Gundulić clan was dominant, with its two factions, the Gundulić faction and the Gučetić faction.24 Both factions were characterized by a pro-Hungarian orientation, but the Gundulić clan sought greater Ragusan autonomy, while the Gučetić faction supported less autonomy for the small maritime republic. A conflict arose between Marin Klementov de Gozze, the king’s confidant and a supporter of the Gučetić clan, and Marin Lukarov de Bona and Marin Junijev de Mençe, members of the Gundulić clan. This conflict led to Marin filing charges against the two aforementioned noblemen before the court of the Ban of Dalmatia and Croatia in 1361. Marin’s actions were prompted by previous accusations made by his opponents, who had cast doubt on Marin’s loyal service to the city in front of the Ragusan government.25

Nevertheless, the councilors promptly prevented the factional split of the nobility, as well as uprisings by the commoners, which were common in other Dalmatian cities during these turbulent years.26 The rigidity of the Ragusan ruling structures aimed at preserving, even nominally, internal harmony and consistency in foreign affairs. This is particularly evident if one compares the same mechanisms of internal control with other Dalmatian cities where they failed. Split, Trogir, and Šibenik were, one after another, shaken by the escalation of factional struggles among the city nobility at the time and immediately after the significant political changes. In contrast with Ragusa, in these cities, the final resolution of the internal divisions had to come “from outside,” or in other words, it had to be imposed by the intervention of royal representatives.27

The Ragusan councilors ultimately agreed to send their representatives promptly to Louis I in Visegrád to negotiate the most favorable terms for the city’s integration into the Archiregnum Hungaricum. Emotions tied to the aura surrounding the ambassadors sent to Hungary awoke suspicions among the authorities and prompted them to show caution, as they feared potential betrayal.28 These ambassadors, as privileged individuals enjoyed significant personal power, and some of them possessed inherited emotional capital from previous encounters with the king.29 In this context, it is noteworthy to mention the case of the king’s close confidant, Marin Klementov de Gozze, who faced an investigation in his hometown for surpassing entrusted authority and having made arbitrary decisions. Marin was ultimately released due to the king’s direct intervention in his favor.30 However, the authorities in Dubrovnik did not hesitate to protest, and they beseeched Louis to refrain from intervening in such a manner on Marin’s behalf or on the behalf of any other Ragusan noblemen.31 Dubrovnik was in something of a unique position after having become part of the Crown of St. Stephen. Apart from Zadar, it was the only city in Dalmatia with a notable number of noblemen among its denizens who had successfully established individual relationships with the ruler. Still, predominant position in the new regime belonged to the members of the Zadar’s nobility. Royal knights from the ranks of Zadar’s nobility, thanks to this accumulated symbolic and direct political capital, played a significant role in the political and social infrastructure of Angevin rule in Dalmatia, holding important positions in other Dalmatian cities.32

The Ragusans used sophisticated emotional strategies concerning the establishment of Louis’ rule in Dalmatia. Chronicler Junije Resti cautioned the Ragusan councilors to be wise in navigating between two equally dangerous forces. He warned them not to arouse Venetian jealousy toward Louis due to the loss of Dalmatia. Resti concluded his reflections by praising the emotional intelligence of the city’s authorities, contrasting it with the ruling elites of Zadar, who, lacking it, continually faced the consequences of Venetian military interventions.33

During the years it spent under the protection of a powerful yet distant sovereign, Dubrovnik enjoyed a security that allowed it to develop autonomously, ushering in its golden era.34 In the period following the recognition of Angevin rule, many Dalmatian cities expressed great disappointment with the royal house and its blatant violations of agreements it had reached with them. These frustrations led to conspiracies and rebellions. Dubrovnik, in contrast, was satisfied, in general, with the conditions according to which it had recognized Louis as its sovereign. It is thus not surprising that the authorities frequently emphasized their loyalty to the crown and king, often motivated by the privileges and various benefits he had granted them, such as the right freely to elect the city rector35 and also trade privileges with Serbia and Venice, even in the case of war between the Croatian-Hungarian king and one of these countries.36 Hence, it is unsurprising that the Ragusan authorities often expressed their “love” and “affection” for the crown and king.

While discussions among the Ragusan elite were primarily concentrated on the rights and obligations arising from having become part of the Angevin Archiregnum, events and circumstances in other Dalmatian communities were characterized by various expressions of a much greater range of emotions due to the distinctive political and geographical backdrops in each of these communities.37 With the systematic suppression of all forms of local autonomy by Venice and the introduction of a new administrative structure that excluded the local nobility, the perspectives and emotions of the Zadar elite became more challenging to discern.38 In other words, following the Venetian suppression of the rebellion in 1346, many members of the Zadar elite were physically removed from the city through forced internment in Venice, and many of them then escaped and fled to areas beyond the reach of the Venetian authorities. Nevertheless, despite the removal and the flight of the most prominent members of the Zadar elite, Venice, by all indications, was unable to pacify the rebellious city completely. During the war, specifically in 1357, lingering dissatisfaction with Venetian rule persisted. A conspiracy was hatched in the city, but it was discovered and thwarted.39 The continued presence of dissidents and “internal enemies” in Zadar, at least from the perspective of Venice, was confirmed by the turmoil, namely the looting and destruction of property, at the moment of the entry of the royal army.40

The political arena of the city of Split during the turbulent period of the establishment of Angevin rule and the immediate aftermath provides a dynamic and significantly more fruitful field for the study of the emotional states of factions within the city elite. After the upheaval had ended,41 the rebellion against Venetian rule had emerged triumphant, and the Angevin banner had been raised over the city.42 Nonetheless, the continued war and the advance of royal forces in Dalmatia were closely monitored by the leading circles of the Split commune. The news of the entry of the royal army into Zadar, announced to the Split Grand Council by the ambassador from Šibenik, was met with joy by the city nobility. Prompted by this news and “as a sign of joy and in honor of the royal highness and the commune of Split,” the Grand Council decided to present the envoy with new clothes.43 The broader context suggests that this act was not merely a matter of a pro forma gift but was in fact a sincere expression of the emotional state of the decision-making members of the Grand Council. Apart from the continuously empty city treasury,44 the Šibenik commune had, in the immediate aftermath of the upheaval in Split, participated in the Venetian punitive expedition against the Split held island of Šolta.45 The messenger from Šibenik was now, just a few short months later, generously rewarded at the municipal expense by the decree of the Split Grand Council. The generosity towards former enemies, especially emphasized by the unfavorable financial circumstances of the Split commune, can further be interpreted through those emotional states whose existence we can only glimpse indirectly. Besides, almost certainly, giving impetus to thoughts of the imminent end of the war,46 the news of the entry of royal forces into Zadar likely instilled a sense of relief among the members of the Split elite. Their choice during the recent coup, siding with the Angevin sovereign, had seemingly been vindicated.47 However, when shortly afterward the official news about the success of the royal arms at Zadar arrived in Split, this time conveyed by the envoy of the Ban John Csúz, knight Kónya, it is hard to escape the impression that the initial euphoria within the ranks of the Split elite has somewhat dampened. The invitation of the city podestà Gentilis for the Great Council of Split to act in accordance with the ban’s wishes and to appropriately reward his messenger is met with nominal approval, but this time without the overt expressions of joy. Furthermore, the decision was accompanied with a somewhat measured clause stating that the final value of the gift should not exceed, still not insignificant, sum of 40 ducats.48

A less easily traceable but undoubtedly more significant case of the cor­relation between the emotions and the concrete steps taken by political actors occurred in the middle of 1359. At the session of the Grand Council in July of that year, the main point of discussion was the question of how to proceed with the unnamed conspirators against the honor of “our lord the King.”49 While neither the names nor the social statuses of the conspirators (not to mention the ultimate goal of the conspiracy) are clear to us today, we can say much more about the disagreements and tensions between the Split commune and the royal authorities that preceded the conspiracy and therefore probably had a significant impact on its formation.

The period following the conclusion of the Peace Treaty of Zadar bore witness to the rapid shaping of a new administrative infrastructure through which the Angevin king intended to rule.50 While the position of Zadar was seemingly vindicated,51 it became increasingly apparent that the new power configuration was diametrically opposed to the desired, idealized vision of the postwar order inherited by the leading strata of the Split elite. Angevin control over the leading administrative functions in the city, demonstrated by the abolition of the position of the city podestà and the reaffirmation of the role of the city count,52 along with interference in the judicial autonomy of the com­mune,53 likely resulted in a growing sense of dissatisfaction among some of the city nobility.54 The existence of a certain level of dissatisfaction in the new periphery was apparently acknowledged even in the center of the kingdom. The charter granted by the royal commission to the neighboring city of Trogir in August 1359 explicitly states that economic benefits were provided with the aim of resolving issues or complaints.55 Taking into account the aforementioned actions of the political center, as illustrated by the example of Split, it is not unreasonable to assume that the charter issued by the royal commission was intended to achieve several different goals. Apart from alleviating the economic difficulties peculiar to Trogir,56 the charter likely represented a step towards mitigating the (presumably significantly broader) wave of complaints. Said complaints, which were apparently also being made in other Dalmatian cities, were evidently caused by both the administrative and the new economic policies implemented by the Angevin dynasty in Dalmatia.57

Did the dissidents in the region, who we can presume were there and were active on the basis of the Trogir charter, hide the unnamed participants in the failed conspiracy that was discussed in the Split Great Council in July 1359? Unfortunately, we cannot give a reliable answer to this question.58 Similarly unclear is whether, due to royal pressure on municipal autonomy, there had been a resurgence of the pro-Venice party.59 Alternatively, was the failed conspiracy an internally generated attempt to revise the existing political stratification of the Split commune at the moment of or, more precisely, immediately after a radical political change, similar to earlier examples in Trogir and Šibenik?60 Could we identify, as a factor in the final galvanization of accumulated dissatisfaction, the growing apprehension of the urban elite concerning its gradual loss of control over the local levers of power? Apprehension that was seemingly made manifest in the royal imposition of the Ban of Dalmatia and Croatia on the office of the city count? The sources do not permit us to offer clear answers to these questions.61 We can reasonably assume, however, that during the period that began with the establishment of royal authority over Split through the years following the end of the war, members of Split’s political and social elite gave expression to a relatively wide range of emotions. The victories of the royal forces in Dalmatia may very well have been met with shows of joy, enthusiasm, and relief. The consolidation of Angevin authority and especially the implementation of a new political and social order in the province, however, have led to a radical shift in the emotional state of the urban nobility. In stark contrast to the initial positive emotional responses to the establishment of Angevin rule, the consolidation of Louis’ reign nurtured feelings of dissatisfaction and disappointment among the Split nobility with the actions of the new ruler. These accumulated resentments would eventually find form in the ultimate sin on the medieval political stage: a conspiracy against the sovereign in July 1359.

Turmoil after Louis’ Death

The death of Louis in the autumn of 1382 in Nagyszombat (today Trnava, Slovakia) marked the end of an era.62 At that moment, love for the king was confirmed through the expression of posthumous honors and the organization of a memorial service. However, in Dubrovnik and, indeed, in the whole of Dalmatia unrest and uncertainty had taken hold. The first measure was to organize defense under these extraordinary circumstances.63 This was confirmed by the decision, voted on by Dubrovnik’s Great Council on September 25, 1382, pro dando salvamentum nobis et nostre civitati et rebus nostris occasione obitus domini nostri naturalis domini regis Ungarie.64 The commune of Dubrovnik was particularly afraid of the Bosnian ban Tvrtko, who planned to establish a competing salt market in Novi.65 The prevailing uncertainty in years that followed Loius’ death nurtured fears among the people of Dubrovnik, who sought to mitigate the turmoil caused by dynastic conflicts by forming an alliance with the people of Zadar against Venice. It is interesting to point out that the people of Zadar took the initiative to establish communication and cooperation among the Dalmatian cities against the expansionist ambitions of the Serenissima.66 On numerous occasions during that period, initiatives for the creation of an alliance of Dalmatian cities were put forward.67 Thus, fear seems to have functioned as a driving emotion in those uncertain times and resulted in collaboration and joint action among the Dalmatian cities.

Although the carefully maintained Angevin infrastructure on the periphery of the kingdom did not begin immediately begin to splinter after Louis’ death, it was not long before the first cracks started to appear in the rest of Dalmatia as well. Concern about the uncertain future on the threshold of a new era can be indirectly discerned from the previously mentioned hectic diplomatic activity of the commune of Zadar. One month after Louis’ death, in October 1382, the people of Zadar established “a bond of unity, brotherhood, and eternal friendship” with Count Butko Kurjaković, all the while pledging their “loyalty to our queens and to the Holy Crown of Hungary.”68 Although at first glance this information may seem insubstantial, the diplomatic move by the Zadar commune suggests a prevailing sense of insecurity that took hold in the immediate aftermath of the king’s death. This line of reasoning, or more precisely, the interpretation according to which one can see, in this diplomatic act, Zadar’s desire to acquire at least some semblance of security, even if it be only in the immediate hinterland, can be further underlined by the fact that previous attempts to connect political factors inside the territory of Angevin Dalmatia during Louis’ lifetime were stopped by the royal authorities.69 Judging by this diplomatic activity and from the presumed perspective of the city’s nobility, the task of preserving the city’s security, which before had been firmly placed in the hands of the Angevin ruler for a period of decades, had once again become the duty of the local elite. This would suggest that the recent developments had given rise to a sense of unease. The nobility of Zadar, previously firmly integrated into the Angevin administrative structure, felt the need to act independently under these new circumstances and to take care of the city’s security with their own resources.

Uncertainty about the development of events in Dalmatia and possibly also a certain degree of mistrust in the loyalty of the local political factors likely existed in the center of the kingdom as well. Queen Elizabeth therefore attempted to strengthen the loyalty of the urban centers on the east Adriatic coast, first indirectly by means of letters and envoys and then through a personal visit.70 The course of events that took place in Zadar provides us with a revealing, albeit borderline, indicator of broader sentiment in Dalmatia.71 Namely, the previously mentioned mistrust of the royal government with regards to the local authorities seemed to prove justified. In the middle of 1384, the city authorities in Zadar were forced to deal brutally with several conspirators against Angevin rule. In the immediate aftermath of the executions, local authorities were compelled to carry out once again the social ritual of swearing fealty in front of representatives of the crown.

Although the scant number of conspirators who were executed does not suggest that the plot had broader backing within the ranks of the city elite, the number of councilors listed at the ceremony in 1384 is revealing. The fact that only 23 councilors took the new oath of fealty, in contrast with the 75 councilors who had been present for the same ceremony in 1383, indirectly leads to the conclusion that there had been a discernible and clearly notable stratification among the ranks of the city nobility in terms of loyalty to the crown.72 In contrast to previous and somewhat united efforts to resist Venetian rule, the noble class of Zadar was by then presumably fractured with significantly more pronounced divisions than had been the case in previous times. Although we can determine neither the causes of the dissatisfaction that prompted the aforementioned conspiracy nor the actions that immediately preceded its open culmination, it is particularly significant to note that the betrayal occured in Zadar, a city that represented a stronghold of Angevin authority in Dalmatia.73 Given the particularities of the city and its elite within the Angevin administration, the events in Zadar still offer a valuable indicator of the possible sentiment present in other Dalmatian communes. In any case, the events in Zadar gradually began to match the pace of the unrest in the broader Croatian territory, thus offering an ominous prelude to future events.

Conclusion

A comparison of emotional reactions regarding the establishment of Louis’ rule in Dalmatia reveals noticeable sentiments of excitement and uncertainty, accompanied by divisions within the noble class. Recognition of Louis as their sovereign allowed the people of Dubrovnik to experience autonomous development under his protection. Provided with security and prosperity, Dubrovnik expressed a strong sense of loyalty towards the Crown. With the notable exception of Zadar, which would now come to enjoy a privileged position, with its nobility playing a significant role in the new regime, other cities in Dalmatia were added to the Crown of St. Stephen under less favorable conditions. These conditions were sometimes grossly violated, leading to expressions of dissatisfaction with and bitterness towards the authority of the individuals who worked in the king’s service. During Louis’ rule, the people of Split initially experienced joy and expressed enthusiasm for the new sovereign. However, as time went on, they began to express increasing disappointment and eventually open dissatisfaction, as their expectations regarding the strengthening of municipal self-governance remained unfulfilled. The imposition of a royal confidante who served in the role of the city count was a particularly great blow, as this figure was a foreign magnate who violated the old rights and customs of the city. Dissatisfaction with the actions of the new authorities eventually found expression in the unsuccessful rebellion against royal rule.

After Louis’ death, a sense of fear and uncertainty was felt in all Dalmatian cities, further amplified by Tvrtko’s and Venetian expansionist aspirations. The crisis, uncertainty, and vulnerability, along with the feelings of anxiety, insecurity, and fear that they fueled, could have either strengthened the internal cohesion of the ruling elites or ignited divisions among them. The tumult following Louis’ death caused internal dissension and disagreements among the nobility in Zadar. Meanwhile, the real and perceived threats united the ruling elite of Dubrovnik and made them act in unison. Divisions among the nobility of Zadar regarding the succession and the question of loyalty to the new queens resulted in an attempted rebellion, foretelling the significant turmoil that would affect the city in the coming years.

Another important consequence of the crisis was the creation of an alliance of Dalmatian cities, driven by the people of Zadar, which was a novelty compared to previous periods, when integration and cooperation among the cities on the eastern Adriatic coast were mostly absent. Similar efforts in the past, when attempted under the unifying banner of the royal crown, were halted in their infancy. The fact that then, after almost half a century of Angevin rule, there was a renewed need for and independent initiative aimed at collective protection reflects the atmosphere of uncertainty that prevailed on the kingdom’s periphery following Louis’ death.

Ultimately, it is evident that the various emotions expressed, whether enthusiasm, fear, satisfaction, disappointment, excitement, anxiety, love, or resent­ment, both originated in and actively influenced the relationship that a particular city had with its sovereign and communication between this city and the ruler. Only if we consider these emotions, as well as the causes behind them and the potential outcomes associated with them, from analyzing the significant historical changes which came with the establishment and end of Louis’ rule, are we in a position to provide a more comprehensive understanding and draw more complete conclusions about these, in many respects pivotal, events.

Archival Sources

Državni Arhiv u Dubrovniku [State Archive in Dubrovnik] (SAD)

Reformationes, ser. 2, vol. 18.

Bibliography

Primary sources

Dinić, Mihailo, ed. Odluke veća Dubrovačke republike, Knjiga I. [Decision of the Council of the Republic of Dubrovnik, Book 1]. Zbornik za istoriju, jezik i književnost srpskog naroda 15. Beograd: SANU, 1951.

Gelcich, Joseph, ed. Monumenta Ragusina: Libri reformationum. Vol. 2. Monumenta Spectantia Historiam Slavorum Meridionalium. Zagreb: Jugoslavenska akademija znanosti i umjetnosti, 1882.

Gelcich, Joseph, ed. Monumenta Ragusina: Libri reformationum. Vol. 3. Monumenta Spectantia Historiam Slavorum Meridionalium. Zagreb: Jugoslavenska akademija znanosti i umjetnosti, 1895.

Gelcich, József, and Lajos Thallóczy, eds. Diplomatarium relationum reipublicae ragusanae cum regno Hungariae. Budapest: Magyar Tudományos Akadémia, 1887.

Kostrenčić, Marko, ed. Diplomatički zbornik Kraljevine Hrvatske, Dalmacije i Slavonije. Codex diplomaticus Regni Croatiae, Dalmatiae et Slavoniae. Vol. 16, 1379–1385. Zagreb: Jugoslavenska akademija znanosti i umjetnost, 1976.

Lucii, Joannis. De regno Dalmatiae et Croatiae libri sex. Amsterdam, 1666.

Lucio, Giovanni. Memorie istoriche di Tragurio ora detto Traù [Historical testimonies about Trogir, now called Traù]. Venezia: Presso Stefano Curti, 1673.

Lučić, Ivan. Povijesna svjedočanstva o Trogiru I [Historical testimonies about Trogir I]. Split: Čakavski sabor, 1979.

Resti, Junije. Chronica Ragusina Junii Restii (ab origine urbis usque ad annum 1451) item Joannis Gundulae (1451–1484). Edited by Natko Nodilo. Monumenta Spectantia Historiam Slavorum Meridionalium. Zagreb: Ex Officina Societatis Typographicae, 1893.

Rismondo, Vladimir, ed. and trans. A Cutheis tabula. In Legende i kronike, edited by Vedran Gligo, and Hrvoje Morović. Split: Čakavski sabor, 1977.

Smičiklas, Tadija, ed. Diplomatički zbornik Kraljevine Hrvatske, Dalmacije i Slavonije. Codex diplomaticus Regni Croatiae, Dalmatiae et Slavoniae. Vol. 12, 1351–1359. Zagreb: Jugoslavenska akademija znanosti i umjetnost, 1914.

Ljubić, Šime, ed. Listine o odnošajih izmedju južnoga slavenstva i Mletačke Republike. Vol. 4, 1358–1403 [Charters regarding the relationship between South Slavs and Republic of Venice]. Zagreb: Jugoslavenska akademija znanosti i umjetnost, 1874.

Šišić, Ferdo. “Memoriale Pauli de Paulo patritii Iadrensis (1371–1408).” Vjestnik kr. Hrvatsko-dalmatinsko-slavonskog zemaljskog arkiva 6, no. 1–2 (1904): 1–59.

Zapisnici Velikog vijeća grada Splita / Libri maioris consilis civitatis Spalati 1352–1354, 1357–1359. Edited by Jakov Stipišić and Miljen Šamšalović. Zbornik Odsjeka za povijesne znanosti istraživačkog centra JAZU 12. Zagreb: Jugoslavenska akademija znanosti i umjetnosti, (1982): 63–266.

Secondary literature

Ahmed, Sara. The Cultural Politics of Emotion. London: Routledge, 2004.

Ajzen, Icek. “Attitudes, Traits, and Actions: Dispositional Prediction of Behavior in Personality and Social Psychology.” In Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, vol. 20, edited by Leonard Berkowitz, 1–63. San Diego: Academic Press, 1987. doi: 10.1016/S0065-2601(08)60411-6

Ančić, Mladen. Putanja klatna: Ugarsko-hrvatsko kraljevstvo i Bosna u XIV. stoljeću [The path of the pendulum: The Kingdom of Hungary–Croatia and Bosnia in the fourteenth century]. Zadar–Mostar: Zavod za povijesne znanosti HAZU u Zadru – ZIRAL, 1997.

Ančić, Mladen. “Rat kao organizirani društveni pothvat: Zadarski mir kao rezultat rata za Zadar” [War as organized social enterprise: The Zadar Peace Treaty as result of war for Zadar]. In: Zadarski mir: prekretnica anžuvinskog doba, eds.: Mladen Ančić and Antun Nekić, 39–136. Zadar: Sveučilište u Zadru, 2022.

Antoljak, Stjepan. “Vladarski dvor (palača) i kraljevske kuće u srednjovjekovnom Zadru (s posebnim osvrtom na doba Arpadovića i Anžuvinaca)” [The royal court and royal residences in medieval Zadar (with particular reference to the period of Arpad and Angevin dynasties)]. In Radovi Zavoda za hrvatsku povijest Filozofskoga fakulteta Sveučilišta u Zagrebu 17, no. 1 (1984): 55–76.

Antoljak, Stjepan. “Izumiranje i nestanak hrvatskog plemstva u okolici Zadra” [The extinction and the disappearance of Croatian nobility in the vicinity of Zadar]. In Radovi Instituta Jugoslavenske akademije znanosti i umjetnosti u Zadru, vol. 9, edited by Grga Novak, and Vjekoslav Maštrović, 55–115. Zadar: Institut Jugoslavenske akademije znanosti i umjetnosti u Zadru, 1962.

Bak, János M. “Roles and Functions of Queens in Árpádian and Angevin Hungary (1000–1386 A.D.).” In Medieval Queenship, ed. John Carmi Parsons, 13–24. New York: St. Martins Press, 1998.

Bećir, Ante. “Plemstvo kasnosrednjovjekovnog Trogira: politička zajednica, frakcije i dinamika konflikta” [The nobility of late medieval Trogir: Political community, factions and the conflict dynamics]. PhD diss., Hrvatsko katoličko sveučilište, Zagreb, 2022.

Bially Mattern, Janice. “A practice theory of emotion for International Relations.” In International Practices, edited by Emanuel Adler, and Vincent Pouliot, 63–86. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2011. doi: 10.1017/CBO9780511862373.006

Burkitt, Ian. “Social Relationships and Emotions.” Sociology 31, no. 1 (1997): 37–55.

Dixon, Thomas. “Emotion: One Word, Many Concepts.” Emotion Review 4, no. 4 (2012): 387–88. doi: 10.1177/1754073912445826

Crawford, Neta C. “The Passion of World Politics: Propositions on Emotions and Emotional Relationships.” International Security 24, no. 4 (2000): 116–56.

Ćirković, Sima. Istorija srednjovekovne bosanske države [The history of medieval Bosnian state]. Beograd: Srpska književna zadruga, 1964.

Dokoza, Serđo. “Struktura zadarske elite prije i nakon Zadarskog mira” [Structure of the Zadar elite before and after the Peace Treaty of Zadar]. In Zadarski mir: prekretnica anžuvinskog doba, edited by Mladen Ančić, and Antun Nekić, 137–70. Zadar: Sveučilište u Zadru, 2022.

Elliott, John Huxtable. “A Europe of Composite Monarchies.” Past and Present 137, no. 1 (1992): 48–71. doi: 10.1093/PAST/137.1.48

Engel, Pál. The Realm of St Stephen: A history of medieval Hungary, 895–1526. London–New York: I.B.Tauris Publishers, 2001.

Eustace, Nicole et al. “AHR Conversation: The Historical Study of Emotions.” American Historical Review 117, no. 5 (2012): 1487–531. doi: 10.1093/ahr/117.5.1487

Febvre, Lucien. “Sensibility and History: How to Reconstitute the Emotional Life of the Past.” In A New Kind of History: From the Writings of Febvre, edited by Peter Burke, 12–26. New York: Harper & Row, 1973.

Febvre, Lucien. “La sensibilité et l’histoire: Comment reconstituer la vie affective d’autrefois?” Annales d`historie sociale 3, no. 1–2 (1941): 5–20.

Foretić, Vinko. “Godina 1358. u povijesti Dubrovnika” [Year 1358 in the history of Dubrovnik]. Starine 50 (1960): 251–78.

Foretić, Vinko. Povijest Dubrovnika do 1808 [The history of Dubrovnik until 1808]. Vol. 1. Zagreb: Matica hrvatska, 1980.

Gollwitzer, Peter M. “Implementation Intentions: Strong Effects of Simple Plans.” American Psychologist 54, no. 7 (1999): 493–503. doi: 10.1037/0003-066X.54.7.493

Grbavac, Branka. “Zadarski plemići kao kraljevski vitezovi u doba Ludovika I. Anžuvinca” [Zaratin noblemen as royal knights in the period of Louis I of Anjou]. Acta Histriae 16, no. 1–2 (2008): 89–116.

Grbavac, Branka. “Prilog proučavanju životopisa zadarskog plemića Franje Jurjevića, kraljevskog viteza” [A contribution to the biography of Francis Jurjević, a noble­man of Zadar and a royal knight]. In Zbornik Odsjeka za povijesne znanosti Zavoda za povijesne i društvene znanosti Hrvatske akademije znanosti i umjetnosti, vol. 22, 35–54. Zagreb: Hrvatska akademija znanosti i umjetnosti, 2004.

Greve, Werner. “Traps and Gaps in Action Explanation: Theoretical Problems of a Psychology of Human Action.” Psychological Review 108, no. 2 (2001): 435–51. doi: 10.1037/0033-295X.108.2.435

Gruber, Dane. “Dalmacija za Ludovika I. (1358–1382)” [Dalmatia under Louis I, 1358–1382]. In Rad Jugoslavenske akademije znanosti i umjetnosti, vol. 166, 164–215. Zagreb: Jugoslavenska akademija znanosti i umjetnosti, 1906.

Gruber, Dane. “Borba Ludovika I. s Mlečanima za Dalmaciju (1348–1358)” [The struggle of Louis I with the Venetians for Dalmatia, 1348–1358]. In Rad Jugoslavenske akademije znanosti i umjetnosti, vol. 152, 32–161. Zagreb: Jugoslavenska akademija znanosti i umjetnosti, 1903.

Gruber, Dane. “Vojevanje Ljudevita I. u Dalmaciji s hrvatskim velmožama i Mlečanima itd. (1342–1348.)” [The campaigning of Louis I. in Dalmatia against the Croatian magnates and the Venetians]. Izvješće kralj. velike gimnazije u Požegi koncem školske godine 1887./1888, 3–101. Požega, 1888.

Halász, Éva B. “The congregatio generalis banalis in Slavonia in the thirteenth and fourteenth centuries.” In Reform and Renewal in Medieval East and Central Europe: Politics, Law and Society, edited by Suzana Miljan, Éva B. Halász, and Alexandru Simon, 283–98. Cluj Napoca–Zagreb–London, 2019.

Havrylyshyn, Oleh and Nora Srzentić. Economy of Ragusa, 1300–1800: The Tiger of the Medieval Mediterranean. Zagreb: Croatian National Bank, 2014.

Jakšić, Nikola. “Od hagiografskog obrasca do političkog elaborata – škrinja Sv. Šimuna, zadarska arca d’oro” [From a hagiographical pattern towards a political manifesto – Shrine of St Simenon at Zadar as a local arca d’oro]. Ars Adriatica, no. 4 (2014): 125–54.

Janeković Römer, Zdenka. “Priznanje krune svetog Stjepana – izazov dubrovačke diplomacije” [The recognition of St Stephen’s Crown – challenge for the Republic of Dubrovnik’s diplomacy]. In Zbornik diplomatske akademije, vol. 3, edited by Svjetlan Berković, 293–301. Zagreb: Diplomatic Academy of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs and European Integration, 1998.

Janeković Römer, Zdenka. Okvir slobode: dubrovačka vlastela između srednjovjekovlja i humanizma [The frame of freedom: The patriciate of Ragusa (Dubrovnik) between the Middle Ages and Humanism]. Zagreb–Dubrovnik: Zavod za povijesne znanosti Hrvatske akademije znanosti i umjetnosti u Dubrovniku, 1999.

Janeković Römer, Zdenka. Višegradski ugovor temelj Dubrovačke Republike [Visegrad privilege: Foundations of the Republic of Dubrovnik]. Zagreb: Golden marketing, 2003.

Kagan, Jerome. What Is Emotion? History, Measures, Cultural and Meanings. New Haven–London: Yale University Press, 2007.

Karbić, Damir. “Defining the position of Croatia during the restoration of royal power (1345–1361).” In …The Man of Many Devices, Who Wandered Full Many Ways… Festschrift in Honor of János M. Bak, edited by Balázs Nagy, and Marcell Sebők, 520–26. Budapest: CEU Press, 1999.

Klaić, Nada. “Značenje vladavine Anžuvinaca za hrvatske zemlje, napose za Dalmaciju” [The meaning of the Angevin rule for the Croatian states and especially for Dalmatia]. Radovi. Razdio društvenih znanosti 23, no. 10 (1984): 225–31.

Klaić, Nada, and Ivo Petricioli. Zadar u srednjem vijeku do 1409 [Zadar in the Middle Ages until 1409]. Zadar: Filozofski fakultet Zadar, 1976.

Klaić, Nada. Povijest Hrvata u razvijenom srednjem vijeku [History of Croats in the High Middle Ages]. Zagreb: Školska knjiga, 1976.

Kleinginna, Paul R., Jr., and Anne M. Kleinginna. “A Categorized List of Emotion Definitions, with Suggestion for a Consensual Definition.” Motivation and Emotion, no. 5 (1981): 263–91.

Kovačević, Marijana. “Ophodni križ – još jedan anžuvinski ex voto u Zadru?” [Processional cross – Another Angevin ex voto in Zadar?]. Radovi Instituta za povijest umjetnosti, no. 31 (2007): 29–42.

Kravar, Miroslav. “Oko toponima Ragusa za Dubrovnik” [Regarding the toponym Ragusa for Dubrovnik]. Folia onomastica Croatica (1994): 77–87.

Lebow, Richard N. “Reason, Emotion and Cooperation.” International Politics, no. 42 (2005): 283–313.

Lemmings, David, and Ann Brooks. “The Emotional Turn in the Humanities and Social Sciences.” In Emotions and Social Change. Historical and Sociological Perspectives, edited by David Lemmings, and Ann Brooks, 3–18. New York: Routledge, 2014.

Magaš, Damir. “Zadarski mir 1358.: geografski, geopolitički i geostrateški okvir” [Peace treaty of Zadar of 1358: Geographical, geopolitical and geostrategic framework]. In Zadarski mir: prekretnica anžuvinskog doba, edited by Mladen Ančić, and Antun Nekić, 173–96. Zadar: Sveučilište u Zadru, 2022.

Mahnken, Irmgard. Dubrovački patricijat u XIV veku [The patriciate of Dubrovnik in the 14th century]. Vol. 1. Beograd: Srpska akademija nauka i umetnosti, 1960.

Majnarić, Ivan. “The Title of New Donation and Its Role in Structuring the Society and Family in the Kingdom of Croatia (the 14th Century).” In Reform and Renewal in Medieval East and Central Europe: Politics, Law and Society, edited by Suzana Miljan, Éva B. Halász, and Alexandru Simon, 411–32. Cluj Napoca–Zagreb–London, 2019.

Majnarić, Ivan. Plemstvo zadarskog zaleđa u XIV. i XV. stoljeću [Nobility in the hinterland of Zadar in 14th and 15th centuries]. Zadar: Sveučilište u Zadru, 2018.

Majnarić, Ivan. “Kasnosrednjovjekovna obiteljska struktura hrvatskoga plemstva” [Late medieval family structure of the Croatian nobility]. Povijesni prilozi 34, no. 48 (2015): 7–31.

Majnarić, Ivan. “Niže i srednje plemstvo Lučke županije i širega zadarskoga zaleđa u radovima Stjepana Gunjače” [Lower and middle nobility in Lučka županija (the County of Luka) and the wider area of the hinterland of Zadar in the works of Stjepan Gunjača]. In Zbornik Stjepan Gunjača i hrvatska srednjovjekovna povijesno-arheološka baština 1: zbornik radova sa Znanstvenog skupa “Stjepan Gunjača i hrvatska srednjovjekovna povijesno-arheološka baština”: u povodu 100. obljetnice rođenja akademika Stjepana Gunjače, Split 3–6. studenog 2009, edited by Tomislav Šeparović, Nikolina Uroda, and Mate Zekan, 337–45. Split: Muzej hrvatskih arheoloških spomenika, 2010.

Mandressi, Rafael. “Le temps profond et le temps perdu: Usages des sciences et des sciences cognitives en histoire.” Revue d`histoire des sciences humaines, no. 25 (2011): 165–202.

Matković, Petar. “Prilozi k trgovačko-političkoj historiji Republike Dubrovačke” [Contributions to the commercial and political history of the Republic of Dub­rov­nik]. Rad JAZU 7 (1869): 180–266.

Matt, Susan J. “Current Emotion Research in History: or, Doing History from the Inside Out.” Emotion Review 3, no. 1 (2011): 117–24. doi: 10.1177/1754073910384416

Matt, Susan, and Peter N. Stearns, eds. Doing Emotions History (The History of Emotions). Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 2014.

Medini, Milorad. Dubrovnik Gučetića [Gučetić’s Dubrovnik]. Beograd: Srpska akademija nauka, 1953.

Munk, Ana. “Kraljica i njezina škrinja. Lik ugarske kraljice Elizabete, rođene Kotromanić (oko 1340–1387.), u historiografiji i na škrinji svetog Šimuna u Zadru” [The queen and her shrine: The representation of Hungarian queen Elizabeth, born Kotromanić, around 1340–1387, in the historiography and on the shrine of Saint Simeon in Zadar]. In Žene u Hrvatskoj, ženska i kulturna povijest, edited by Andrea Feldman, 77–104. Zagreb: Institut “Vlado Gotovac,” Ženska infoteka, 2004.

Novak, Grga. Povijest Splita I [History of Split I]. Split: Čakavski sabor, 1978.

Peričić, Eduard. “Zadar u doba prvih veza s Anžuvincima 1269–1280” [Zadar at the time of the first connections with the Angevin dynasty, 1269–1260]. Radovi. Razdio društvenih znanosti 23, no. 10 (1984): 251–56. doi: 10.15291/radovidru.2059

Plamper, Jan. The History of Emotions: An Introduction. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2015.

Plamper, Jan. “The History of the Emotions: an Interview with William Reddy, Barbara Rosenwein, and Peter Stearns.” History and Theory 49, no. 2 (2010): 237–65.

Popić, Tomislav. Krojenje pravde: Zadarsko sudstvo u srednjem vijeku (1358–1458) [Tailoring justice: Zadar’s Judiciary in the Middle Ages, 1358–1458]. Zagreb: Plejada, 2014.

Raukar, Tomislav. Zadar u XV. stoljeću: Ekonomski razvoj i društveni odnosi [Zadar in the fifteenth century: Economic development and social relations]. Zagreb: Sveučilište u Zagrebu - Institut za hrvatsku povijest, 1977.

Raukar, Tomislav. “Komunalna društva u Dalmaciji u XIV stoljeću” [Communal societies in Dalmatia in XIV century]. Historijski zbornik 33–34, no. 1 (1981): 139–209.

Raukar, Tomislav. “Hrvatske zemlje u doba bitke na Kosovu 1389” [Croatian lands at the time of the battle of Kosovo 1389]. Historijski zbornik 42, no. 1 (1989): 31–36.

Raukar, Tomislav. Hrvatsko srednjovjekovlje - prostor, ljudi, ideje [Croatian Middle Ages – land, people, ideas]. Zagreb: Školska knjiga, 1997.

Raukar, Tomislav. “Arpadovići i Anžuvinci na hrvatskom prijestolju” [The Árpáds and the Angevins on the Croatian throne]. In Povijest Hrvata, vol. 1, Srednji vijek, edited by Franjo Šanjek, 185–231. Zagreb: Školska knjiga, 2003.

Raukar, Tomislav. “Hrvatska u kasnom srednjem vijeku” [Croatia in the Late Middle Ages]. In Povijest Hrvata, vol. 1, Srednji vijek, edited by Franjo Šanjek, 321–70. Zagreb: Školska knjiga, 2003.

Raukar, Tomislav. Studije o Dalmaciji u srednjem vijeku: odabrane studije [Studies about Dalmatia in the Middle Ages: chosen studies]. Split: Književni krug, 2007.

Reddy, William M. The Navigation of Feeling. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2001.

Reddy, William M. “Against Constructionism: The Historical Ethnography of Emotions.” Current Anthropology 38, no. 3 (1997): 327–51. doi: 10.1086/204622

Rosenwein, Barbara H. Generations of Feeling. A History of Emotions, 600–1700. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2016.

Rosenwein, Barbara H. “Worrying about Emotions in History.” The American Historical Review 107, no. 3 (2002): 821–45. doi: 10.1086/ahr/107.3.821

Rosenwein, Barbara H. Emotional Communities in the Early Middle Ages. Ithaca: Cornell University Press, 2006.

Rosenwein, Barbara H. “Problems and Methods in the History of Emotions.” Passions in Context: International Journal for the History and Philosophy of the Emotions 1, no. 1 (2010): 1–32.

Ruberg, Willemijn. “Interdisciplinarity and the History of Emotions.” Cultural and Social History 6, no. 4 (2009): 507–16. doi: 10.2752/147800409X467631

Smith-Lovin, Lynn. “The Sociology of Affect and Emotion.” In Sociological Perspectives on Social Psychology, edited by Karen S. Cook, Gary Alan Fine, and James S. House, 118–48. Boston: Allyn and Bacon, 1995.

Stearns, Peter, and Carol Stearns. “Emotionology: Clarifying the History of Emotions and Emotional Standards.” The American Historical Review 90, no. 4 (1985): 813–36.

Šoštarić, Valentina. “Universitatis fidelium et dilectorum nostrorum civium de Ragusa: Političko prijateljstvo Dubrovčana i Anžuvinaca – čimbenik (ne)stabilnosti” [Universitatis fidelium et dilectorum nostrorum civium de Ragusa: Political friendship of Dubrovnik and the Angevins in the sphere of diplomacy – factor of (in)stability]. Paper presented at the scientific conference with international participation: Doba (dez)integracije: društveno političke strukture za vladavine Anžuvinaca, December 14 2022, University of Zadar, Zadar. Manuscript

Šoštarić, Valentina. “Dubrovački poklisari – posrednici između lokalne zajednice i anžuvinskoga dvora” [Ragusan ambassadors – Mediators between the local community and the Angevin court]. Zbornik radova Filozofskog fakulteta u Splitu, no. 15 (2022): 169–85. doi: 10.38003/zrffs.15.9

Vekarić, Nenad. Nevidljive pukotine: Dubrovački vlasteoski klanovi [Invisible fissures: Ragusan patrician clans]. Zagreb–Dubrovnik: Hrvatska akademija znanosti i umjetnosti, Zavod za povijesne znanosti u Dubrovniku, 2009.


  1. 1 Raukar, “Komunalna društva,” 140; Magaš, “Zadarski mir 1358,” 177–78.

  2. 2 According to Antoljak, the Ottoman advance serves as a plausible explanation for the disappearance of the Croatian nobility in the hinterland of Zadar: Antoljak “Izumiranje i nestanak,” 108–9. Differing perspectives on the nobility’s vanishing act, examined through the lens of contemporary social changes, are presented by Majnarić: “Niže i srednje plemstvo,” 341; Majnarić, Plemstvo zadarskog zaleđa, 14–15. Correlations between the Angevin restoration in Croatia and the new patterns of the social and political structures are shown in Majnarić, “Kasnosrednjovjekovna obiteljska struktura”; Majnarić, Plemstvo zadarskog zaleđa, 14, 44–55, 61. On the broader context of the establishment of Angevin rule in the cities of the eastern Adriatic region, see: Gruber, “Borba Ludovika I. s Mlečanima”; Gruber, “Dalmacija za Ludovika I. (1358–1382)”; Klaić and Petricioli, Zadar u srednjem vijeku; Klaić, Povijest Hrvata; Klaić, “Značenje vladavine Anžuvinaca”; Karbić, “Defining the Position of Croatia”; Engel, The Realm of St Stephen; Ančić and Nekić, Zadarski mir.

  3. 3 Ančić and Nekić, Zadarski mir; Halász, “The congregatio generalis banalis”; Karbić, “Defining the position”; Majnarić, “The Title.”

  4. 4 Raukar, “Arpadovići i Anžuvinci,” 231.

  5. 5 Antoljak, “Vladarski dvor (palača) i kraljevske kuće”; Jakšić, “Od hagiografskog obrasca”; Kovačević, “Ophodni križ,” 29–42; Munk, “Kraljica i njezina škrinja.”

  6. 6 See: Gruber, “Vojevanje Ljudevita I. u Dalmaciji.”

  7. 7 Mandressi, “Le temps profound.”

  8. 8 Febvre, “La sensibilité et l’histoire.” This essay has been published in English translation: “Sensibility and History.” For a concise overview of the historical development of emotions, see: Rosenwein, “Problems and Methods.”

  9. 9 For the impact of cultural studies on the natural and social sciences in the study of emotions and how their models, theories, and concepts can be used by historians, see: Ruberg, “Interdisciplinarity and the History of Emotions.”

  10. 10 A new field for studying the history of emotions is marked by the term “emotionology.” See: Stearns and Stearns, “Emotionology.”

  11. 11 Plamper, “The History of the Emotions”; Matt, “Current Emotion Research in History”; Eustace et al., “AHR Conversation”; Matt and Stearns, Doing Emotions History.

  12. 12 Lemmings and Brooks, “The Emotional Turn”; Lebow, “Reason,” 284.

  13. 13 The terminological plurality in the usage of emotions, feelings, and affects is clarified by Smith-Lovin, “The Sociology.” For an exploration of various concepts defining the term “emotions” see: Dixon, “Emotion.” Despite these efforts, consensus remains elusive regarding the triggers of emotions and the distinctions among emotions, feelings, sentiments, and affects, Kleinginna Jr. and Kleinginna, “A Categorized List”; Kagan, What Is Emotion?; Rosenwein, Generations of Feeling, 1–3.

  14. 14 Ahmed, The Cultural Politics.

  15. 15 Harré, The Social Construction. Some researchers believe that emotions arise and are shaped exclusively through human interactions, Burkitt, “Social Relationships.”

  16. 16 Emotions are not only a part of social interaction processes but also play a significant role in the sphere of high politics, Reddy, The Navigation, 124, 128; Reddy, “Against Constructionism,” 335.

  17. 17 Barbara H. Rosenwein defines the term “emotional communities” as “groups in which people respect and act according to the same norms that define the rules for expressing emotions and values, and evaluate or devalue the same or related emotions,” Rosenwein, Emotional Communities, 2.

  18. 18 Crawford, “The Passion of World Politics.”

  19. 19 Bially Mattern, “A practice theory.” For this concept and the accompanying literature, see also: Rosenwein, “Worrying about Emotions,” 834–37.

  20. 20 Ajzen, “Attitudes”; Gollwitzer, “Implementation intentions.” For contrasting viewpoints, see: Greve, “Traps.”

  21. 21 In this paper, the names Dubrovnik and Ragusa are used in parallel for the city. Alongside the Slavic name Dubrovnik, the city is also referred to in historical sources by the pre-Slavic term R(h)agusa or R(h)agusium/R(h)acusium. Miroslav Kravar proposes the Greek lexeme rhagoûs(s)a as the etymon of the name, a feminine adjective meaning ‘full of cracks, crevices, or karst formations’ (i.e., an island), which aptly corresponds to the coastal configuration of the site in question. For more on this and the course of research on the etymology of the name Ragusa and its variants, see: Kravar, “Oko toponima Ragusa,” 77–87.

  22. 22 Gruber, “Borba Ludovika I. s Mlečanima,” 142–43; Medini, Dubrovnik Gučetića, 19–39; Gelcich, Monumenta Ragusina, vol. II, 155, 168.

  23. 23 Vekarić discerns the disunity within the Ragusan noble class through the division into the Bobaljević, Gučetić, and Gundulić clans. He defines them as groups of mutually favorable families with politically recognizable activities, established and maintained on the principles of strong family tradition. On the clan division in this crucial period, see: Vekarić, Nevidljive pukotine, 35–84, and for the Hungarian supporters: 54–67.

  24. 24 Vekarić, Nevidljive pukotine, 37–38.

  25. 25 Gelcich, Monumenta Ragusina, vol. III, 110, 114, 175; Šoštarić, “Dubrovački poklisari,” 170–71.

  26. 26 Resti, Chronica Ragusina, 136; Gelcich, Monumenta Ragusina, vol. II, 207–8, 210–11, 219, 234, 244; Gruber, “Dalmacija za Ludovika I. (1358–1382),” 171, 180–81; Gruber, “Borba Ludovika I. s Mlečanima,” 84–86.

  27. 27 In addition to the upheaval that brought the city centers of Dalmatia under the rule of the Angevin sovereign, the existence of divisions within the ranks of the city nobility becomes apparent through revolts that ensued during the initial phase of subjugation to royal authority. This occurred in a period characterized by the instability of the new political order, which had not yet stabilized, making it susceptible to further changes. The rebellion in Trogir, though briefly mentioned, serves as a poignant illustration of these internal challenges: Lucii, De regno, 384; Rismondo, A Cutheis tabula, 198–99. On the upheavals in Trogir in December 1357 and also for a brief report on the rebellion in Šibenik in June 1358, see: Lucio, Memorie istoriche, 265–71; Lučić, Povijesna svjedočanstva, 596–607. The resolution of disagreements in Trogir was imposed through the intervention of the Ban John Csúz, Bećir, “Plemstvo,” 145–46. The situation in Šibenik had to be addressed by the new Ban Nicholas Szécsi. Klaić believes that the unrest in Šibenik was caused by conflicts between the pro-Hungarian or noble faction and the pro-Venice or popular faction, Klaić, Povijest Hrvata, 176. Of course, the question arises whether the case in Šibenik was truly a “class conflict” or if the common people were merely mobilized by one of the conflicting noble factions. The circumstances under which factional struggles in the local political scene are prone to escalation and the correlation of conflict intensity with the degree of influence of external political factors, as well as the events in the timeframe considered here, have been discussed in detail, for example, in the case of Trogir: Bećir, “Plemstvo,” 135–67.

  28. 28 The fear of the Dubrovnik authorities regarding the connection of its subjects with foreign rulers is evident in a series of regulations which, under the threat of severe penalties, prohibited individuals from accepting possessions, privileges, and titles from foreign political entities. Similar apprehension was expressed towards individuals who held high positions at foreign courts, Janeković Römer, Okvir slobode, 32–35, 87–88, 249; Janeković Römer, Višegradski ugovor, 102–3.

  29. 29 Šoštarić, “Dubrovački poklisari,” 173–75.

  30. 30 Janeković Römer, Višegradski ugovor, 103–8; Vekarić, Nevidljive pukotine, 54–56; Šoštarić, “Universitatis fidelium,”

  31. 31 SAD, Reformationes, ser. 2, vol. 18, f. 89r (23.8.1361); Gelcich, Monumenta Ragusina, vol. III, 114–15.

  32. 32 Concerning the royal knights emerging from the Zadar nobility, see: Grbavac, “Prilog”; Grbavac, “Zadarski plemići.” Regarding the circumstances and contacts through which the Zadar nobility established connections with representatives of royal authority in the prewar period, laying the groundwork for subsequent privileges, see: Ančić, “Rat kao organizirani društveni pothvat,” 87–97.

  33. 33 Li Zaratini, che avevano continua inclinazione verso il re d’ Ungaria, non volendo maneggiar il fatto con destrezza (come li Ragusei), s’ erano, la settima volta, alienati dai Veneziani, i quali però avevano mandato un grosso esercito per ricuperar quella città. Resti, Chronica Ragusina, 130.

  34. 34 Havrylyshyn and Srzentić, Economy of Ragusa, 22–23.

  35. 35 Medini, Dubrovnik Gučetića, 72–80; Mahnken, Dubrovački patricijat, 244–47; Janeković Römer, “Priznanje,” 296; Janeković Römer, Višegradski ugovor, 83, 145.

  36. 36 Janeković Römer, Višegradski ugovor, 83.

  37. 37 Here, we particularly mean the relative geographical proximity of the two opposing state centers, namely the fact that the Dalmatian cities were precisely the (albeit only one) battleground where Angevin and Venetian interests were in armed conflict. On the divergence of proclaimed war goals, mastery of Dalmatia, and those actually realized, see: Ančić, “Rat kao organizirani društveni pothvat.”

  38. 38 The imposition of a new administrative system aimed at the systematic political demobilization of those members of the city nobility who had escaped deportation to Venice, Klaić and Petricioli, Zadar u srednjem vijeku, 311–12; Dokoza, “Struktura zadarske elite,” 138–40, 143–45. Despite the efforts of Venetian authorities, the exiled Zadar nobility played a significant role in the Angevin conquest of the city, as demonstrated by Ančić: Ančić, “Rat kao organizirani društveni pothvat,” 120–24.

  39. 39 Gruber, “Borba Ludovika I. s Mlečanima,” 130, 131.

  40. 40 Ančić, “Rat kao organizirani društveni pothvat,” 95–97. This certainly does not mean that Venetian rule did not have its supporters among the ranks of the Zadar nobility. For more or less certain Venetian adherents from the ranks of the Zadar elite, see: Dokoza, “Struktura zadarske elite,” 164–68.

  41. 41 The sequence of events is presented by Cutheis, a chronicler of Split, Lucii, De regno, 383; Rismondo, A Cutheis tabula, 196–98. Regarding the reasons for the rebellion, see: Lucio, Memorie istoriche, 255–56; Lučić, Povijesna svjedočanstva, 576–77; Novak, Povijest Splita I, 222; Ančić, “Rat kao organizirani društveni pothvat,” 107–8.

  42. 42 In the context of the study of emotions, especially with an understanding of emotions as cognitively staged information, it is revealing to consider the letter from Doge Giovanni Delfino, addressed to Split and Trogir on July 15, 1357, in which the Doge expressed his considerable dissatisfaction with their actions: “Audivimus non sine displicentia multa mentis, quod inter vos fuerunt aliqua novitates per quas comitem et gentes nostras licentiasse videmini”, Smičiklas, Diplomatički zbornik, vol. 12, 424, doc. 322. Lučić translates this as “great sorrow” (gran dispiacere), Lucio, Memorie istoriche, 258; Lučić, Povijesna svjedočanstva, 583, while Novak mentions “great discomfort,” Novak, Povijest Splita I, 226. Regardless of the exact translation, it is evident that the Doge, ultimately unsuccessfully, tries to harness emotions to achieve a specific goal: the return of the two communes under the protection of Venice. This interpretation finds support in the concluding words of the letter, which strive to evoke an emotional atmosphere by drawing associations with family relations: “quam paratam et promptam remissa qualibet iniura vobis offermius cim firmo porposito vos habendi carissimos et recommendatos sicut unquam habimus et vestram consercationem et bonum cordialiter ac totius viribus procurandi ac personas et bona nostra pro vobis,sicut bonus pater facit pro filiis liberaliter exponere.” Smičiklas, Diplomatički zbornik, vol. 12, 425, doc. 322.

  43. 43 “In signum gaudii et honoris magnificentis domini nostri domini regis et pro honore comunis Spaleti.” Stipišić and Šamšalović, Zapisnici Velikog vijeća, 166, no. 86. Although not particularly significant in concrete actions, the session mentioned still offers an example of a case in which the affective state could not be completely suppressed and spilled over into open expression of emotion, which, moreover, was attributed to otherwise formal expressions preserved in the records of the Grand Council.

  44. 44 Decisions concerning funds for municipal expenses were often the subject of sessions of the Grand Council. The podestà Gentilis, shortly after the events described here, claimed that the municipal treasury was empty, Stipišić and Šamšalović, Zapisnici Velikog vijeća, 168, no. 89.

  45. 45 On the campaign and the crimes committed by the people of Šibenik, together with the Venetians, against the inhabitants of Šolta, see: Lucii, De regno, 383; Rismondo, A Cutheis tabula, 198. The case of Šibenik, or the anti-Venetian uprising that occurred there at the end of 1357, clearly illustrates the correlation between emotions and practical actions in immediate reality. Seeking to preventively avoid a repetition of the events in Split and Trogir, the Venetian authorities took certain violent measures against the inhabitants of Šibenik. Contrary to the desired outcome, these acts caused widespread dissatisfaction and prompted a general uprising among the commoners, likely channeled by pro-Angevin-oriented individuals, Ančić, “Rat kao organizirani društveni pothvat,” 111–12. Without delving into a closer identification of the supporters of royal authority in the city itself, the course of events in Šibenik suggest that certain actions by the political actors were indeed motivated by or at the very least occurred under significant influence of emotional states and did not exclusively unfold within the domain of some municipal Realpolitik.

  46. 46 If anyone among the Split elite did in fact entertain the said notion, it ultimately proved to be true. In addition to the significance of Zadar from the perspective of the strategic concepts of the Venetian side, it is also worth mentioning the thesis of M. Ančić about Zadar as a key objective in the eyes of the royal forces: Ančić, “Rat kao organizirani društveni pothat,” 97. The loss of Zadar was a matter of great distress for the Venetian authorities, as evidenced by the fate of the Venetian count of Zadar at the moment of its fall (or liberation), Michele Faliero. Shortly after the war, the now former count of Zadar was punished in Venice with imprisonment and loss of all honors, as well as the loss of the right to participate in public administration, Gruber, “Borba Ludovika I. s Mlečanima,” 149–50.

  47. 47 According to chronicler Cutheis, the coup in Split was undertaken by “all the nobles and many commoners of the city of Split” (“omnes nobiles et plures populares Civitatis Spaleti”), Lucii, De regno, 383; Rismondo, A Cutheis tabula, 197. Although the endeavor is portrayed as the result of a singular purpose on the part of the Split noblemen, it is highly unlikely that this was truly the case and that the Venetian authorities had no support among the city elite. Doubts about the narrative of the Split chronicler are also put forward by: Ančić, “Rat kao organizirani društveni pothvat,” 108–10.

  48. 48 Stipišić and Šamšalović, Zapisnici Velikog vijeća, 167, no. 88. The seemingly calmer and more rational approach of the council in the case of the ban’s emissary can also be interpreted in another way. In addition to the incoming news (which was already known), the initiative for rewarding the messenger now came from the representative of the central government, meaning that it was practically imposed both by words and by the reputation of the original sender. Despite dealing with the emissary from the highest representative of royal power in the region, the noblemen of Split found it appropriate to weigh the practicality of the ban’s request against the state of the city’s coffers. It can be seen as ironic that the proposal for frugality in fulfilling the ban’s wishes came from Kamurcije Franjin, one of the economically most powerful members of the Split nobility. During a later dispute with the Split commune, Kamurcije used the right of appeal to that same royal authority on whose representative’s endowment he had proposed limitations. A concise overview of Kamurcije Franjin’s political and economic activities can be found in: Raukar, Studije o Dalmaciji, 257–58.

  49. 49 Stipišić and Šamšalović, Zapisnici Velikog vijeća, 243, no. 200.

  50. 50 The extent to which the Angevin approach to governing Dalmatia is truly innovative, as opposed to representing continuity with the political system of the preceding Arpadović dynasty, is clearly indicated by: Klaić and Petricioli, Zadar u srednjem vijeku, 327; Klaić, Povijest Hrvata, 631. Regarding the modalities of governance over annexed territories in pre-modern societies, see: Elliott, “A Europe of Composite Monarchies,” 48–71.

  51. 51 Under Angevin rule, Zadar would come to enjoy a dominant position among the Dalmatian cities, Klaić and Petricioli, Zadar u srednjem vijeku, 330–32. Apart from its unique judicial status regarding its internal affairs, which can be observed in the authority enjoyed by the city’s rectors, the nobility of Zadar would play an important role in the royal administration of the province. On the “duality of rule” in Zadar, see: Klaić and Petricioli, Zadar u srednjem vijeku, 335; Klaić, Povijest Hrvata, 629; Popić, Krojenje pravde, 10. On the role of Zadar noblemen in the royal administration, see: Grbavac, “Zadarski plemići.”

  52. 52 During the meeting in July 1358, the podestà of Split, Gentilis, informed the Great Council that the royal representatives in Dalmatia had requested his departure, Stipišić and Šamšalović, Zapisnici Velikog vijeća, 199–200, no. 133. In August of the same year, Gentilis requested his resignation from the position of podestà before the council, citing “legitimate reasons,” Stipišić and Šamšalović, Zapisnici Velikog vijeća, 206, no. 143. The Angevin concept of governance over Dalmatian cities is reflected in the verdict of the Ban John Csúz given in the city of Trogir in August 1358, as emphasized by Nada Klaić: Klaić, Povijest Hrvata, 629. Regulating the agitated relations inside the Trogir commune, the verdict stated that: “quia nullus potest ese in civitatibus Dalmatie potestas vel capitaneus, nisi de voluntate regia et de eius commissione.” Smičiklas, Diplomatički zbornik, vol. 12, 506–7, doc. 390. Lučić included the verdict in his history of Trogir in: Lucio, Memorie istoriche, 268–69; Lučić, Povijesna svjedočanstva, 601–3.

  53. 53 In December 1358, Split delegates found themselves in front of the count of Trogir, Franjo de Georgis, where they challenged his and, therefore, royal jurisdiction over a legal dispute initiated by Kamurcije Franjo, a nobleman of Split. Kamurcije’s case eventually turned into a legal tangle and remained a subject of argument before the royal court of law as late as June 1359, Gruber, “Dalmacija za Ludo­vika I. (1358–1382),” 200–3; Novak, Povijest Splita I, 249–50, 251.

  54. 54 Emotional states, considered here as one of the possible origins of later concrete political actions, have been observed in earlier historiography dedicated to this period. G. Novak states that there was “great discontent” in Split, prompted by Louis’ restriction of Split’s autonomy, Novak, Povijest Splita I, 53. D. Gruber also states that the measures taken by the Angevin Crown, this time in the form of an appeal letter from Franjo de Georgis to the Split commune regarding the complaint of Split citizen Kamurcije Franjin, had “greatly angered” the people of Split, Gruber, “Dalmacija za Ludovika I. (1358–1382),” 201. A certain methodological restraint is necessary, however, when interpreting the unexpressed emotional states of past historical actors, particularly when making claims about such strong convictions. That being said, the indication that there was indeed some dissatisfaction with the previous actions of the central government in the new province can be gleaned from the document we cite in the immediate continuation of the paper.

  55. 55 “In quarum gratiarum et ordinum presentium et retractationem gravaminum predictorum.” Smičiklas, Diplomatički zbornik, vol. 12, 592, doc. 443. Lučić included the charter in his history of Trogir in: Lucio, Memorie istoriche, 273–75; Lučić, Povijesna svjedočanstva, 611–15.

  56. 56 Lučić emphasizes the poor quality of local salt, Lucio, Memorie istoriche, 275; Lučić, Povijesna svje­do­čanstva, 615.

  57. 57 D. Gruber primarily interprets dissatisfaction as expressed in the complaints made in the Dalmatian cities from the perspective of administrative changes, Gruber, “Dalmacija za Ludovika I. (1358–1382),” 199–200. The severity of the new royal fiscal policy in Dalmatia is colorfully illustrated by the words of Venetian envoy Bartolomeo Ursio. In a report about his diplomatic activities in Dalmatia in 1360, Ursio stated that the conditions were so dire that the people “don’t even dare show anything beautiful that they have, if they have any such thing.” Ljubić, Listine, vol. 4, 20, no. 43. Novak, Povijest Splita I, 254.

  58. 58 The provision stated that, after the investigation was concluded, the punishment should be assigned, among other things, according to the status of the person who committed the crime (“et inuentos culpabiles punire et condemnare secundum formam statuti et ultra formam statuti inspecta conditione, persona et qualitate delicti.” Stipišić and Šamšalović, Zapisnici Velikog vijeća: 243, no. 200). This paragraph suggests that the composition of the group of conspirators was diverse, or at the very least, included individuals whose social position could not be assessed en masse. By translating the final part of the here cited text “conditione, persona et qualitate delicti” as “position of the person and the crime he committed,” G. Novak seemingly draws the same conclusions. Referring to the session of the Grand Council held on July 15, 1359, where a three-member committee with relatively broad powers was voted in, the author, concluded, quite euphemistically compared to his previous statements about the emotional states of the populace of Split, that “at that time, Split found itself in trouble,” Novak, Povijest Splita I, 253. The record of the session of the Grand Council from July 15, in which a three-member committee practically received free rein in their actions, can be further analyzed. Radical decisions by the Grand Council were likely elicited by both fear and uncertainty due to the incomplete knowledge of the full extent of the uncovered conspiracy, Stipišić and Šamšalović, Zapisnici Velikog vijeća, 243–44, no. 201.

  59. 59 This is implied by: Novak, Povijest Splita I, 253. It is important, once again, to bring attention to the aforementioned narrative presented by Cutheis, according to whom the initial revolt of 1357 was the result of consensus (which in reality would have been extremely unlikely) among the noble families of Split. As pointed out by M. Ančić, the narrative of the Split chronicler likely represents an “urban legend.” Being somewhat akin to a medieval “official version of events,” the narrative sought to emphasize the collective nature of the actions of the local elite while reducing the role of the actual leaders of the endeavor, Ančić, “Rat kao organizirani društveni pothvat,” 108–9. Therefore, it is worth noting the possibility that the aforementioned “official version” of the coup may have also sought to diminish in the collective memory the almost certain existence of members of the local elite who remained loyal to the Venetian authorities.

  60. 60 The circumstances and factional background of the rebellion in Trogir are thoroughly analyzed by: Bećir, “Plemstvo,” 135–67.

  61. 61 Here we will, once again, draw attention to the perspectives of M. Ančić, who questions the veracity of Cutheis’ claims. In doing so, we steer his considerations in a different direction. While examining the collective nature of the upheaval, Ančić warns of a series of decisions made by the Great Council that aimed to regulate communication between the members of the Split commune and the royal authorities, Ančić, “Rat kao organizirani društveni pothvat,” 108–109. In addition to offering a compelling indication of the presence of prominent leaders of the royal party within the city itself, the progressively stricter penalties for unsanctioned communication with representatives of central authority can be contextualized as a reflection of the, as previously witnessed in the case of Dubrovnik, suspicions and fears of the municipal authorities concerning private individuals and their potential for acquiring personal gain by establishing reciprocal relationships with the sovereign.

  62. 62 Raukar, “Hrvatska u kasnom srednjem vijeku,” 321; Raukar, Hrvatsko srednjovjekovlje, 86; Raukar, “Hrvatske zemlje,” 32.

  63. 63 Dinić, Odluke veća, 145, 258–60, 273.

  64. 64 Ibid., 295; For comparison, see: Ančić, Putanja klatna, 208.

  65. 65 Resti, Chronica Ragusina, 171; Ćirković, Istorija, 148–51; Foretić, “Godina 1358,” 268; Ančić, Putanja klatna, 203, 209–18.

  66. 66 “Prima pars est de faciendo unionem cum comune et civitate Jadre et cum omnibus aliis civitatibus de Dalmacia, cum modis et pactis infrascriptis, videlicet: quod nos sumus parati, dispositi et contenti supra dictam ligam et unionem cum civitate Jadre et cum aliis civitatibus Dalmacie, prout ipse ambassiator nos requisivit, contra Venecias; si ipsa civitas Veneciarum oppresserit vel ad opprimendum venerit aliquam ex civitatibus Dalmacie, quod nos omnes civitates Dalmacie teneremur una aliam adiuvare. Et quod in presenti liga et unione comprehendantur omnes nostri cirumvicini de terra firma, quod contra eos facta liga ipsa intelligatur, cui civitatem nostram opprimere vellent.” October 22, 1382. Dinić, Odluke veća, 262–63.

  67. 67 Dinić, Odluke veća, 262–63; Gelcich and Thallóczy, Diplomatarium, 701–2; Resti, Chronica Ragusina, 170; Matković, “Prilozi,” 209; Foretić, Povijest Dubrovnika, 164; Raukar, Zadar u XV. stoljeću, 32; Raukar, Hrvatsko srednjovjekovlje: 86; Ančić, Putanja klatna, 208–9.

  68. 68 “Iuravimu invicem et visissim unitatem, fraternitatem et amicitiam perpetuam et iuavare alter alteri toto posse et scitu, semper in fidelitate et fidei constantia dominarum nostrarum reginarum et sacrae coronae ungariae.” Šišić, “Memoriale,” 5–6. N. Klaić points out the interesting emphasis on the loyalty to both queens, Klaić, Povijest Hrvata, 655.

  69. 69 The king himself halted the diplomatic initiative of Dubrovnik at the beginning of 1358, directed at other Dalmatian cities with the goal of preserving their recently acquired freedom. D. Gruber interprets this royal action as a result of Louis’ mistrust and, in particular, the king’s fear that such an alliance of cities would likely restrict royal rights in the newly acquired province. Gruber, “Dalmacija za Ludovika I.,” 172–73.

  70. 70 Queen Elizabeth had sent her envoy John Besenyő to the Dalmatian cities, who was then received by the Zadar commune, Kostrenčić, Diplomatički zbornik, vol. 16, 324, doc. 259, 330, doc. 263. The citizens of Zadar took an oath of fealty before the queen’s envoys, Kostrenčić, Diplomatički zbornik, 344–45, doc. 273; Šišić, “Memoriale,” 6. Both the queen mother Elizabeth and the junior queen Maria arrived in Zadar in October of 1383, Šišić, “Memoriale,” 6. The arrival of the queens can certainly be put into the context of the already active rebellious activities in the nearby fort of Vrana. Klaić, Povijest Hrvata, 655–56.

  71. 71 The exceptional position of Zadar and its nobility within the Angevin politics in the province, as well as the proximity of the rebels in Vrana, should not be dismissed as a significant differentiating factor in determining the mood within the city itself, as well as in its comparison with and potential extrapolation to other Dalmatian municipal centers.

  72. 72 Šišić, “Memoriale,” 8–9. Problematizing this case, N. Klaić asserted that the reason for the growing dissatisfaction in Zadar should be sought in the absence of privileges granted by the two queens during their stay. According to Klaić, the people of Zadar, who simultaneously inherited close ties with Charles of Durazzo, were disappointed by the lack of the clearly expressed favor of the new rulers, Klaić and Petricioli, Zadar u srednjem vijeku, 355. Apart from this disruption of the delicate balance between the center and the periphery of the kingdom, in order to understand the dissatisfaction and particularly the uncertainty in the new political order, it is important to consider the mental landscape of that time. Namely, the coronation of Mary in 1382 represents a rare example of a woman ascending to the Hungarian throne. The fact that Mary was officially crowned “rex Hungariae” also indicates the extent to which the aforementioned course of events constituted an anomaly for the milieu in question: Bak, “Roles and Functions of Queens,” 21.

  73. 73 The gravity of this information, that is, the importance of the fact that the rebellion against the Angevin ruling house was emerging precisely in Zadar, becomes even more apparent when we consider not only the position of the city under Angevin rule but also the length of the relationship between Zadar and the Angevin dynasty. A brief overview of the connections between Zadar and the Angevins can be found in: E. Peričić, “Zadar u doba prvih veza s Anžuvincima.”

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

2024_4_Bede

Fathers of Budapest, Daughters of the Countryside:pdf
Recontextualizing Cultural Change in Fin-de-Siècle Hungary

Ábel Bede

Durham University

This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.

Hungarian Historical Review Volume 13 Issue 4 (2024): 623-654 DOI 10.38145/2024.4.623

There is a historiographical consensus that there was a cultural paradigm shift in the first decade of the twentieth century in Hungary, though its exact characteristics have not been clearly defined. This article will demonstrate that there was a unifying theme in the works and philosophy of the generation that came to cultural relevance around 1905 which transcended ideological boundaries. The members of the new generation had a negative image of Budapest and idealized rural areas and rural communities. This essay will examine newspapers of the period, such as the Catholic Alkotmány (Constitution), the feminist A Nő és a Társadalom (Woman and Society), and the liberal Nyugat (The West) and argue that anti-Budapest sentiments and the idealization of the countryside were present in writings published in all of them. It will also show that novels from the period by Margit Kaffka and Terka Lux all revolve around criticism of Budapest and praise of the rural world.1

Keywords: fin-de-siècle Hungary, anti-urban sentiments, cultural change, literature, journalism, Budapest

In the second half of the nineteenth century in Hungary, the Liberal Party won eight elections in a row between 1875 and 1905. During this period, after having been officially created in 1873 and thanks in no small part to capitalist enterprise and laissez-faire liberalism, Budapest became a city described by historians such as Péter Hanák, John Lukacs, Mary Gluck, Judit Frigyesi, Gábor Gyáni, and Markian Prokopovych as a thriving metropolis with a booming cultural life.2 Between 1870 and 1910, Budapest’s population tripled from 270,685 to 863,735.3 The number of schools more than doubled between 1875 and 1900, and as a result, by 1910, the city’s literacy rate reached 90 percent.4 Budapest’s population was also ethnically (and linguistically) diverse.5 The city’s emerging entrepreneurial spirit also gave rise to numerous cafés all over Budapest, which served as venues where new newspapers, the products of an industry that exploded at the turn of the century, could be read.6 However, on average, the rural parts of the country provided a sharp contrast to the capital. The economic growth rate of the villages and towns in rural Hungary was below the Eastern European average.7 Literacy rates outside Budapest were significantly lower, at 50 percent.8

As this article will show, as a reaction to these processes, around 1905, a generation came of age that turned away from the metropolis and towards the glorification of the rural world and its perceived attributes. The period was a significant turning point in Hungary. In 1906, The Party of Independence and 48 ended the three-decade-long rule of the Liberal Party. The same year, Endre Ady published his influential collection of poems Új Versek (New Poems), and The Hungarian Fauves held their first exhibition.9 1907 saw the launch of the country’s first feminist journal, A Nő és a Társadalom (Woman and Society) as well as antisemitic student protests against prominent Jewish lecturers.10 These years also saw the launch of the influential journal Nyugat (The West) in 1908 and the foundation of the avantgarde group of painters The Eight. The cultural tide was turning.

Anti-Urbanism and Cultural Change

The idealization of nature and landscape was a key feature of Romanticism, and emphasis on the negative consequences of modernization and urban living, in contrast with an idealized countryside, were prominent features of European culture in the nineteenth century.11 Historians acknowledged that some form of anti-urbanism was present in European fin-de-siècle politics as part of a counterreaction to modernism and urbanization.12 Georg Simmel’s 1903 essay “The Metropolis and Mental Life” offers an excellent analysis of pro- and anti-metropolitan sentiments. Simmel wrote extensively about the alienating nature of the city.13 Similarly, in Britain, J. A. Hobson worried about urbanization, suggesting that metropolitan citizens develop a mob mentality and receptiveness to sensationalist messaging.14

This article will show that similar anti-urban sentiments were present in Hungary in the same period. But the foundations for these sentiments and the image of Budapest as a “sinful city” were laid in nineteenth-century writings. As early as 1790, József Gvadányi’s Egy falusi nótáriusnak budai utazása (A village notary’s journey to Buda) criticized the inhabitants of Buda and Pest for following fashion trends and not adhering to the culinary and cultural traditions safeguarded by the people who lived in the rural parts of the country.15 Several historians argued that, in the mid-nineteenth century, a number of Hungarian crime and mystery authors, drawing inspiration from The Mysteries of Paris series (1842–1843) by Eugéne Sue, depicted Budapest as a sinful city full of crime and prostitution.16 They mention works such as Ignác Nagy’s Magyar titkok (Hungarian secrets, 1844–1845), Lajos Kuthy’s Hazai rejtelmek (Homeland mysteries, 1846–1847), József Kiss’ Budapesti rejtelmek (Budapest mysteries, 1874), and Soma Gúthi’s short stories and novellas (1907–1908). Mónika Mátay and András Horváth J. showed that sensationalized crime reporting in late nineteenth-century newspapers and the city’s high suicide rates also contributed to the trope that Budapest was a “sinful city” which was dangerous for young rural women.17

Yet the anti-Budapest materials published later, in the first decade of the twentieth century, have special significance. When Nagy or Kuthy or let alone Gvadányi wrote their texts, Budapest had not yet even existed, given that it was only established as a unified city in 1873. As Károly Vörös argued, Budapest’s prominent architectural, infrastructural, cultural, and economic features were only in the process of taking shape between 1873 and 1896 and could only be considered “complete” at the start of the millennium exhibition in 1896.18

The texts discussing the social and cultural ills of Budapest earlier in the nineteenth century describe those of a city in the process of being born and having the potential to change for the better.19 As Anna Márton-Simon demonstrated, Nagy’s Magyar titkok, while portraying Pest-Buda’s sinful nature, contrasted the city with Paris and highlighted how it had not yet reached the same level of modernity infrastructurally or socially, and wished for faster urbanization.20 Márton-Simon has also argued that Kuthy proposed efforts to protect the Hungarian identity of the city by ensuring that its inhabitants spoke Hungarian and had a commitment to Hungarian culture, as he feared the “potential and probable” loss of the nation’s capital.21 Finally, as she also notes, in Kiss’s novel, Budapest appears as a construction site. The city’s key attribute is constant change, making it capable of overcoming its flaws.22 As for the 1880s–90s, Mónika Mátay demonstrates that there were two schools of thought in relation to the capital’s problems with prostitution, and neither perceived it as an inherent feature of Budapest. One line of argument highlighted that it was due to social problems and poverty. The other blamed the alleged ill morals of the prostitutes themselves.23

As the discussion below shows, a significant difference compared to the nineteenth-century attitudes to Budapest is that while some of the post-1900 discourse around the metropolis still treated Budapest as a new city, unlike their predecessors, this generation was able to speak about a city with a more established identity. They perceived Budapest’s “sinful” aspects not as something that could be changed but rather as already solidified, inherent features of the city. Additionally, it is worth noting that the aforementioned nineteenth-century examples of “sinful Budapest” depictions were mystery/crime novels or newspaper crime reports. In contrast, none of the novels that will be discussed in this essay are crime or mystery novels and none of the newspaper articles are crime reports, yet they all depict Budapest negatively. This shows a broad extension of the trope of the sinful city, indicating a wider cultural change in attitudes towards Budapest.

The idea of a cultural change in Hungary in the first decade of the twentieth century has not gone unnoticed by historians. There are plenty of narratives as to what led to the cultural paradigmatic shift of the early 1900s, which is often described as a conflict between two generations. Mary Gluck highlighted increasing disillusionment with capitalism as the chief cause of the conflict between two generations, which she labeled, in the title to the third chapter of her book, “Liberal Fathers and Postliberal Children.”24 Gluck’s work served as an inspiration for this article, however her term “postliberal” is too narrow to describe the newly emerging generation, as it does not offer any indication of the values of this generation apart from them having turned their backs on liberalism.

Other historians, such as John Lukacs and Judit Frigyesi, acknowledged that the paradigm shift of early 1900s Hungary had some urban-rural dimensions.25 However, the latter thought that the new generation lacked a shared ideological vision, and its members were only united by mutual personal connections and their desire for change, while the former stated that the main conflict of the period was between the Jewish and non-Jewish populations of the country. Miklós Lackó also wrote of an “anti-town mood,” which he claimed grew stronger in turn-of-century Hungarian literature, though he did not elaborate on the ways in which it found expression.26 Gábor Kovács acknowledged the presence of what he described as an anti-urban counterculture in fin-de-siècle Hungary, however he perceived it as an exclusively rightwing phenomenon.27 Finally, Robert Nemes explained the changing cultural landscape by arguing that the formerly influential ethnically Hungarian gentry was losing its influence and wealth and, as a result, turned to Catholic nationalism, which often contained a heavy strain of antisemitism.28

The discussion below argues that antisemitic tensions were only part of the main cultural conflict of the period. It demonstrates that there was a unifying theme in the works and philosophy of the generation that came to cultural relevance around 1905. As opposed to their fathers who built the metropolis, the members of the new generation had an overwhelmingly negative view of Budapest and an idyllic one of rural Hungary. These sentiments were present not only in rightwing circles, such as in the newspaper Alkotmány (Constitution) but also in liberal and feminist newspapers (such as Nyugat and A Nő és a Társadalom) and in the novels of the newly emerging female writers of the period, Terka Lux and Margit Kaffka.

If one seeks to understand the political changes in Hungary in the first decade of the twentieth century, then it is crucial to understand the cultural changes that took place around 1905, the only time the Liberal Party lost an election in fin-de-siècle Hungary. A more nuanced grasp of the cultural context of the Independence Party’s victory furthers a better understanding of its electoral success. Rising nationalism eventually also played a part in the collapse of the Monarchy. By understanding the urban-rural divide in Hungary in the early 1900s, we might thus arrive at a more complex understanding of why Austria-Hungary collapsed. Finally, anti-Budapest rhetoric that portrayed the capital as a sinful city that lacked Hungarian character was also a feature of the emerging Horthy regime in the 1920s.29 Understanding the origins of this rhetoric may lead to a better grasp of its later reemergence as an effective political tool.

“The Business of Abandoned Villages”: Journalism

The turn of the century saw the rise of numerous new journals and newspapers in Hungary across the political spectrum. Budapest’s liberal cultural elite could read, for example, A Hét (The Week), which first went into publication in 1890, and then Nyugat from 1908. Feminists could read A Nő és a Társadalom, which was launched in1907, and, in addition to the existing periodical Magyar Állam (The Hungarian State, 1868–1908), Catholic activists could enjoy Alkotmány between 1898 and 1919 and Néppárt (People’s Party) between 1899 and 1909. The fact that anti-Budapest discourse was present in these ideologically diverse papers shows how prevalent anti-urban sentiments were in the first decade of the twentieth century.

The fact that Alkotmány, a periodical backed by Catholic radicals, contained heavily anti-urban and antisemitic passages should not come as a surprise. The role of the Catholic Church in the rise of nineteenth-century European antisemitism has been widely discussed.30 What this section will focus on is the specific anti-urban nature of the articles in Alkotmány. Antisemitism in fin-de-siècle Hungary already has a rich historiography. From the Tiszaeszlár blood libel scandal to the resurgence of antisemitic Catholic radicalism in Austria-Hungary, the topic has been covered from various angles.31 A substantial share of the secondary literature, however, discusses antisemitism or the rise of the far right in isolation, when in reality, turn-of-century antisemitism can also be understood as a manifestation of a wider metropolitan-rural divide.

It is a widely held view that antisemitism has had an anti-urban component in Europe.32 By turning to antisemitic tropes, rightwing agrarians could summarize their anti-capitalist, anti-cosmopolitan sentiments.33 There were three manifestations of anti-urban antisemitism in Alkotmány: opposition to capitalism, opposition to liberalism and cosmopolitanism, and opposition to Budapest’s alleged lack of national character. An article from 1901 offers an example of the predominantly anti-capitalist antisemitism in the writings published in Alkotmány:

Just look at the hundreds of millionaires in Lipótvárosand its surrounding neighborhoods: the foreign breweries, slaughterhouses, and gamblers. They got rich, did not risk anything, and lived happily even before the state discounts because destroying the common man’s small businesses created enough advantages for them already. […] The moving cosmopolitan capital, which has settled down in the country out of do ut des reasons, has always tried to remain in close friendship with the liberal governments.34

While at first glance the text is simply anti-capitalist, there are several signs that demonstrate its antisemitism. For instance, the idea of a “cosmopolitan capital” that has good relations with liberal parties was a frequent antisemitic trope.35 Additionally, the text specifies “Lipótváros and its neighborhoods” as the center of capitalist destruction. Alkotmány frequently portrayed this part of the city as an area defined by its Jewish population. Thus, the criticisms of the liberal elite, which the paper claims ignored the negative consequences of fin-de-siècle entrepreneurism and industrialization and the effects of large corporations on small businesses, are given an antisemitic coating either because the author genuinely thought this way or simply to appeal to the paper’s readership by finding a scapegoat for complex issues that were the result of urbanization and capitalism.

Another example of anti-urban and anti-capitalist antisemitism is apparent in this article from 1904:

Today, in the golden age of liberalism, the Jews are the lords of Hungary. […] They have the land, the money, the banks and loans, as well as the companies. […] The vast majority of the doctors and lawyers are Jewish. They swarmed the theaters, the arts, literature, and the press. They infiltrated the universities and teach at the academies, high schools, and community schools. […] First, they demand money from the taxpayer, then they want their rabbis and butchers to be above the law so that they can create a state within the state based on the laws of Moses.36

The article contains several familiar antisemitic tropes, such as references to banks and loans, opposition to liberalism, and anxiety about the emergence of a thriving Jewish society at the perceived expense of the wider Hungarian population. However, at closer look, the unifying theme among these professions, which are labeled “Jewish” in the article, is their metropolitan attributes. The middle-class professions of doctors and lawyers mostly thrive in cities. The vast majority of Hungary’s papers were printed in Budapest, which was also the center of the country’s art scene and the site of its most prestigious universities. Thus, the unifying theme that the antisemitic Alkotmány despised was not inherently aspects of Jewish life but the life and culture of the metropolis.

This life and culture most easily found expression in the newly emerging literary life. Therefore, it should be no surprise that the newly founded Budapest-based papers were a frequent target of Alkotmány’s journalists. Alkotmány even labeled one of the most prominent papers of the period, A Hét, a Jewish paper:

We read in the Jewish papers that the weekly Jewish paper A Hét is celebrating the tenth anniversary of its first publication. The […] anniversary-edition, […] according to Budapesti Napló [Budapest Diary], was created by the entirety of the Hungarian literary world. Hold on! We happily concede that the Jewish literary are present in A Hét, a paper unfit for the desk of a Hungarian. However, no one dare say that “the entirety of the Hungarian literary world” merely comes from Lipótváros and its surrounding neighborhoods. Thank God, there are still plenty of Christian Hungarian writers. Jewish Hungarian writers do not exist. There are Jewish writers who write in Hungarian, that’s it.37

As in the case of the earlier passages, it is worth examining the primary target of the attack in this passage. The journalist states that the values represented by A Hét are unworthy of being on the desk of a Hungarian person and cannot be considered part of the literary canon. A Hét primarily wrote for the middle-class liberals of Budapest, but the author purposefully identifies this societal segment with the Jews exclusively. For example, as was true of the earlier writing, this passage also includes the phrase “Lipótváros and its surrounding neighborhoods.”

The fact that the author identifies “Lipótváros and its surrounding neighbor­hoods” as both predominantly Jewish and as the personification of everything the author seems to despise lays bare the core of Alkotmány’s value system. Contrary to what Alkotmány regularly indicates, Lipótváros district was not a Jewish-majority neighborhood. In both 1900 and 1906, only 28 percent of the district’s population were Jewish, with the largest religious group being Roman Catholic (56 percent).38 If Alkotmány really sought simply to stir hatred against the Jews as an ethnic group, they could have identified Terézváros district as their primary target, given that its Jewish population in its central areas almost matched its Catholic population (42 percent and 45 percent respectively).39

However, the key lies in the class composition of the two districts. While Lipótváros was an affluent neighborhood, Terézváros was an impoverished district.40 Thus, Alkotmány did not simply attack Jews. Rather, it vilified Jews who allegedly had benefited from urbanization and capitalism, who were perceived by the periodical as more influential. Any admission that the Hungarian elites had also taken part in the creation of an urban, liberal, and capitalist new Hungary would not have fit their narrative. With exaggerations, Alkotmány could portray the middle-class Jewish minority of Lipótváros,who fit the prevalent antisemitic stereotypes because of their wealth and influence in the city, as powerful foreign figures intent on destroying Hungarian values. Thus, the antisemitism of Catholic radicals in Hungary was heavily influenced by their contempt for a cosmopolitan, liberal Budapest, and not vice-versa.

One finds further support for this conclusion in the numerous articles published in Alkotmány in which antisemitism is merely a smaller part of a wider criticism of liberalism and cosmopolitanism. An article printed in Alkotmány in late 1900 argues that liberalism had once been a Hungarian national project but now exclusively had come to serve cosmopolitanism:

Liberalism ceased to be Hungarian. It became cosmopolitan. […] Cosmopolitan liberalism in its Hungarian disguise merely preaches [tolerance] but does not practice it. It preaches patriotism yet excludes all anti-liberal Hungarian Christians. It preaches religious freedom yet does not satisfy the deeply hurt Catholics but retreats from the Jews.41

Thus, for the author of this article the primary grievance concerned the cosmopolitan aspects of liberalism. Catholic Hungarians were allegedly excluded from the liberal project. It is beyond the scope of this article to examine the extent to which claims that the Liberal Party was intolerant of Catholics or Hungarian nationalists are legitimate, but it is worth bearing in mind that the liberal Hungarian elite often compromised on the public expression of certain manifestations of Hungarian identity by censoring lyrics if imperial delegations were present at plays or by refusing to attend memorials and funerals of revolutionary heroes in an official capacity.42

This article is also noteworthy because it recognizes the emerging counter­culture that started to find its foot around the time the article was published: “Cosmopolitan liberalism will not always be present in Hungary. It is already on its way out. […] Hungarian Christians started to organize politically and economically. They started to organize in literature, in science, and in schools.”43

The Catholic radicals recognized the beginnings of certain cultural processes that in five years’ time would contribute to the outcome of the 1905 elections. Alkotmány itself had gone into publication in 1898, only two years before the article was printed, and the Catholic People’s Party was founded in 1895.

In an earlier article published in Alkotmány, there was an explicit link between the downfall of the gentry articulated by Robert Nemes and the emerging cultural anxiety and anti-metropolitan, anti-urban sentiments:

In one or two years, the unique representatives of the middle classes, the gentry, will be a thing of the past. […] Because the inhabitants of the patriarchal noble mansions are disappearing from the villages, and their place is being taken over by some cosmopolitan-type landowners. The gentry goes to the city and sets camp in the county or national bureaus just to become [a clerk]. […] There is no better way for Hungarian society to rid itself of its cosmopolitan character than strengthening the class for whom every inspiration comes from the land: the Hungarian land soaked in the blood of our ancestors.44

The article goes on to call the landowners “the cosmopolitan type race, whose land grabs have intensified in the past decades,” clearly claiming that it was Jewish landowners who had acquired the lands of the lower gentry.45 The entire article is perhaps the clearest example of Alkotmány’s many pieces that reflect an important trend in the Zeitgeist: opposition to the established city culture, with its liberal politics, disappearing Hungarian gentry, and presence of Jews.

Interestingly, the notion that Budapest was  “un-Hungarian” appeared not only in the writings of radical Catholics but also in the liberal press. In the prominent, Western-oriented literary journal Nyugat, Aladár Schöpflin, a liberal critic who was the first to spot several later literary giants, discussed the potential reason for the differences between the city and the rest of the country.46

Hungarians never had a city. The second they started to grow, they were crushed by the horrors of history. […] The cities that slowly but surely started to develop, Buda, Pest, Arad, Temesvár, and Nagyvárad, were all formed of German elements, and at the beginning of the nineteenth century, they were exclusively German. Ethnic Hungarians lived in villages.47

Thus, we see how Schöpflin attributes the metropolitan-urban divide to historical and ethnic origins. The cities were predominantly German, and Hungarians lived in villages and towns. In his interpretation, it is this ethnic conflict that resulted in the generational conflict of his times:

It was the generation of our fathers that made Budapest Hungarian. […] Very few of the people of Budapest who bear original Hungarian names were actually born in Budapest. The majority of ethnic Hungarians are still alien in the capital. […] The present ruling generation still hasn’t formed Budapest to their own image. Parliament is managing the country’s business in a county-like and village-like manner. […] In Budapest’s public life, we rarely see any ethnic Hungarians: they are still more interested in the business of abandoned villages or counties than that of the capital in which they live and in which their sons will live.48

It is difficult to confirm Schöpflin’s contentions concerning the other cities he mentions (detailed ethnographic data regarding those cities is only available from 1880), but it is true that in Pest-Buda, even in 1850, 49 percent of the population identified as German and only 31 percent as Hungarian, which does partially support his claims.49 However, given that there was a significant Hungarian population earlier, it is an exaggeration to say that very few Hungarians were born in Budapest.

Schöpflin wrote this article in 1908, two years after the coalition led by the Party of Independence formed its government. Therefore, by the “present ruling generation” Schöpflin means the nationalist intelligentsia of the Party of Independence and its coalition partners, who were hostile to the metropolis. For many of the ethnic Hungarians who came from outside the city’s borders, Budapest felt unfamiliar and foreign despite the fact that most of the denizens of the city spoke Hungarian by the early 1900s. However, the greatest difference between them and the liberal, Hungarian-speaking children of the German middle class was that they did not consider Budapest’s “un-Hungarian” nature inherently negative. The liberal intelligentsia’s problem with the capital, as shown through Margit Kaffka’s writings, was something entirely different. It is also evident, on the basis of Schöpflin contentions, that some grievances regarding the liberal negligence of rural Hungary in favor of Budapest were legitimate. Schöpflin dismissed those who tried to improve small town communities by labeling them “abandoned villages and counties.”

Dissatisfaction with the capital was also present in periodicals in which one would not necessarily have expected to find it. As elsewhere in Europe, discussions of gender-based inequality were becoming part of the discourses of the political and cultural mainstream. Partially thanks to capitalist economic development, the idea of the “new woman,” who could express herself through her profession, became prominent.50 To help facilitate these discussions, official feminist organizations were formed, which also led to more representation of women in contemporary periodicals. In 1904, Róza Bédy-Schwimmer and Vilma Glüklich founded the Feminist Association, which started publishing its own journal, A Nő és a Társadalom, in 1907.51

Dóra Czeferner has argued that the Feminist Association’s first official journal played an important role in spreading feminist ideas both in Budapest and outside the capital.52 The journal was distributed freely to members of the association (there were 2,100 members in 1907 and 5,175 in 1914) and also had additional subscribers, plus a readership in cafés, restaurants, and reading groups.53 While this may not seem a high number, Czeferner notes that this meant a larger readership than that of similar publications had in Austria.54 Moreover, regardless of the readership, as the official outlet of the Hungarian Feminist Association, A Nő és a Társadalom is an invaluable source on mainstream contemporary feminist thinking.

Contrary to what one would expect, feminist journalists considered Budapest the hotbed of patriarchy, not the more traditional rural towns and villages. The first issues of A Nő és a Társadalom, for instance, regularly published reports on the operations of feminist organizations outside Budapest as well as calls for women to move to the countryside. A 1908 issue of the journal started with a report on the operation of the local feminist organization of Balmazújváros (a town in the Northern Great Plain). The extensive report, authored by Róza Bédy-Schwimmer (1877–1948), the editor-in-chief of the paper, wrote in admiration of the Balmazújváros group and dismissed those who looked down on feminists outside the capital:

This is not a joke. This is much more than “Mucsa feminism.” This doesn’t mean that the wives and daughters of Balmazújváros’s educated elite have sworn an oath to the flag of feminism. This means much more. […] In Balmazújváros, the Feminist Organization can be found in the center of the National Peasant Party.55

The fact that Bédy-Schwimmer felt it important to defend feminists in rural Hungary from condescending terms such as “Mucsa” (a slur of sorts against the people of rural Hungary which implied backwardness) indicates that many before her must have looked down on them. The text clearly has a class element as well. By drawing comparisons with the National Peasant Party and dismissing the “wives and daughters of the Balmazújváros elite,” the article reinforces the idea that the group is popular among the lower classes of Balmazújváros as well.

A Nő és a Társadalom not only praised the feminists of rural Hungary but also actively encouraged its readers to move out of the overcrowded Budapest, as the rural world offered a better life for them. An earlier issue of the paper featured an article by the president of The Feminist Association, Janka Groszmann, which offered the following argument:

Until the evolution and expansion [of cities] were not having a negative effect on the citizens, it bothered no one. However, now the skyscrapers, the overcrowded flats, the noise of the metropolis traffic, the rush, and the nervous pace made it possible to change our approach to how we think about urban development.56

Groszmann goes on to describe the city as lacking air and vegetation, and she argues that the idea of building villas with plenty of green spaces will only benefit the well-off.57 She argues that for women of more modest means, there is only one solution that will also help them break out of the patriarchal system:

Those who do not have strong practical or emotional ties to the capital can easily help the situation by moving to rural areas, at least for a few years. […] Fathers are proud if their sons […] succeed in a different environment. But they would under no circumstances allow their daughters to explore the world. Unfortunately, the girls don’t notice how humiliating these loving fears are either. […] Just like those who are opposed to feminism, people who oppose opportunities for women to work in different towns […] keep listing the reasons that haven’t proven totally unfounded during the long fight for economic independence for women.58

Groszmann then lists other benefits of rural life:

Exercise, walking, and studying are all wonderful ways of spending the evening leisure time, and there is much more time and opportunity for these in rural areas than in the metropolis. […] For the individual, the easier livelihood and the healthier environment both make living in the rural world an experience much to be recommended, and the feminist movement also demands that its members help women organize throughout the country, not just in the capital.59

Groszmann’s articles encapsulate contemporary attitudes to Budapest and the rural world. She considered life in overcrowded Budapest undesirable, and she encouraged women to move to the countryside.

Given that regardless of one’s political affiliation, journalists blamed the capital for the contemporary social and political developments they opposed, it is worth considering whether it was actually Budapest they had a problem with or just its imagined attributes. After all, the Catholic radicals of Alkotmány blamed Budapest for the decline of the patriarchy, while the feminists encouraged women to leave it because they claimed the city upheld its institution. As the excerpts indicate, the capital did genuinely contain some elements these two groups found undesirable. Alkotmány and the Catholic radicals disliked cosmopolitanism because it directly contradicted their values. Feminists could rightfully be wary of the increased accumulation of wealth and capital by businessmen, which increased their power and consequently women’s reliance on them. However, Catholic radicals and feminists projected other disliked features of their times that were otherwise unrelated to the capital. They thus gave the city of Budapest exclusively negative connotations, effectively demonizing it.

Their ideas about rural Hungary were also often naive or false. A Nő és a Társadalom may have celebrated the feminists of Balmazújváros, but in reality, their feminist organization had a much stronger foothold in Budapest than anywhere else.60 Alkotmány’s journalists,who falsely identified Jews as the sole representatives of the complex forces that decreased their cultural influence, naively or purposefully used an imagined topography of Budapest and Hungary. In reality, there was a significant Jewish population in the Hungarian countryside and liberalism and capitalism were present outside the metropolis as well.

The Budapest Flâneuse: Women’s Literature

The early years of the twentieth century saw an increased representation of women in literary life. A number of public spaces opened up for women, some of whom even got to contribute to the era’s most influential journals.61 The women in this chapter, Terka Lux and Margit Kaffka, represented different branches and different degrees of commitment to feminism. Yet they both articulated similar ideas about the relationship between Budapest and rural Hungary.

Lux wrote extensively about life in Budapest as experienced by women. These novels contain explicit social criticism regarding life in the metropolis, yet they are often analyzed only in the context of women’s literature. By understanding them as part of a wider cultural paradigm shift, one discovers other themes in their pages.

Born in Szilágysomlyó and having grown up in poverty, Terka Lux (1873–1938) was a social democratic feminist, meaning she was in favor of female suffrage but her priorities were to address the social and economic inequalities of women.62 She wrote a number of novels and short stories, most of which centered around the female experience of the capital’s social dynamics.63 Two of these novels, Leányok (Girls)and Budapest, articulate her thoughts on life in the capital most clearly. Both of these books star young women from rural Hungary, and follow their coming of age as they explore the metropolis.

Leányok, published in 1906, follows the story of three maids in Budapest, Juli, Janka, and Baba, who, like most maids in the period, come to the capital from rural communities. All three protagonists face challenges and meet characters who exemplify the world of Budapest at the time. There are several ways in which Lux portrays the city as the “villain” of the book. The first is the plot and the overall message of the novel. All three protagonists are seduced by some aspect of city life. Two of them fail to resist. Baba’s arc is the clearest manifestation of the city’s villainy. She tries to pursue an acting career with some degree of success. She ends up falling in love and becomes pregnant. The man disappears from her life, so she tries to abort the child, but complications arise, and she does not survive the procedure.

The city ruins Janka’s life in a different way. Her main problem is that she represents “the traditional woman” who, because of her values, can be more easily exploited in the big city. Janka refuses to study anything apart from music in the expectation that she can meet and marry a rich man. Her wish is fulfilled, but she ends up marrying a man she does not love at all.

The only protagonist who resists the temptations of the city and ends up leading a happy life is Juli. She represents “the New Woman” who, alongside her day job, studies to be a nurse. She encounters similar temptations as Baba and Juli, but resists them. She rejects free love, and when Baba asks for her help with her abortion, she refuses on moral grounds. Her “reward” will be to move back to rural Hungary and marry. But unlike Janka, she chooses to marry, and she is not forced into marriage because she has no other option. She is free to choose how she performs her femininity.

This plot clearly reflects Lux’s type of feminism and contemporary fears. She condemned free love, which she thought led to the destruction of family unity (hence Lux’s strong condemnation of abortion in her novel).64 Budapest is the “villain” of the novel because it poses a threat to young women, who will give up on their familial duties by encouraging them to love freely. Juli “wins the game” because she resists the temptations of the city and moves to Lux’s idea of the more peaceful, morally pure rural world.

Judit Kádár argues that this ending symbolizes the dominance of the rural patriarchy.65 However, the message of the novel is slightly more complex. As she noted, Lux considered starting a family the ideal way of performing femininity, but women had to be economically independent and able to choose their path and the man whom they would marry.66 Thus, the rural world is not portrayed as a place full of prejudice. Rather, it is where Juli’s femininity can be expressed ideally as a result of her choice. As a qualified nurse, she will be able to provide for her family independently if necessary.

The subjective portrayal of life in Budapest does not end at Leányok’s plot. Lux uses her literary skills to paint a negative, somber, and sometimes frightening picture of the city. She introduces it from the point of view of young women. Whenever Lux describes the exterior of the city, her words create a negatively charged environment:

It was a dark, dirty, and narrow garden in Király Street, full of boxes and carts. Pale and dirty children were playing amongst the crates. In the sombre, quiet, and lukewarm September rain, the girls could hear the deafening screeches of the streets through the open gate. Baba looked from right to left, glaring at the tall buildings while she listened to the ugly, hellish noise of the city almost lustfully.67

Lux also uses Budapest’s street aesthetics to convey the degree of the poverty in which her characters live. She even goes so far as to blame the city’s atmosphere for the misery of those living in it:

[The walls of the house] were crumbling. […] The chimneys kept fuming filthy, thick smoke all day. It smelled like soot. The smoke covered everything like a nightmare. It was in the air, in the houses, and even in people’s souls. The air is smothering, the houses are filthy from the inside out, and the workers are exhausted and apathetic. Their souls are full of sorrow.68

The two excerpts show that, in Lux’s version of the capital, there is something inherently bad in the Budapest air that makes the lives of the city’s inhabitants terrible.

Budapest, Lux’s better-known novel, explores similar themesbut less skillfully than its predecessor. In the introduction,Lux openly states that the book should be read as a Budapest-guidebook. This guidebook can both be interpreted literally but also as a guidebook to Budapest’s society and its character:

The reader should treat my writing like an illustrated guidebook to Budapest. […] This is our Budapest. […] The scorned, despised, excluded, and profaned stone-lady, who […] takes away everything; happiness, peace, honor, and life.69

Similarly to Leányok, Budapest is also about a young woman who is tempted by various stereotypical challenges and characters in the city. Fáni Schneider, however, unlike Juli in Leányok, learns to fight back and becomes as immoral as the city itself. At one point, she even says, “[t]his was the city that stole everything from me! Now it’s my turn to take everything from it.”70 Fáni becomes disillusioned and arrogant by the end of the novel, suggesting the corrupting nature of the capital.

Like in her previous book, Lux makes the city the main villain of the story. Crucially, Fáni encounters the first “immoral” temptation on its streets in the form of a sculptor who becomes her lover.71 Elsewhere, the book’s characters openly articulate Lux’s opinions of the city to an almost comically blatant extent:

“They all said the street taught them! The street seduced them. […] You filthy capital! You!” And she spat on the street. “Everything belongs to you: honor, money, land, life! Everything belongs to the [financial] capital. To the palaces! To this!”72

Thus, in Budapest, Lux names the main reason why the city is so sinful and corrupt. She aims to show throughout the novel that it is the rule of capital that makes Budapest a terrible place for young women to live in.73

Thus, similarly to some of the nationalists, Lux’s main problem with Budapest was the capitalist world that flourished there. Lux portrayed the capital in a heavily distorted way by completely ignoring the fact that, though undoubtedly stronger in the metropolis, capitalism was also present in rural Hungary. However, contrary to the Catholic radicals, she does not equate capitalism with the Jews or cosmopolitanism. The accumulation of capital appears as the main problem rather than as a symptom of something else.

It would be impossible to discuss fin-de-siècle women’s literature in Hungary without examining the works of its most famous representative, Margit Kaffka (1880–1918). Kaffka is an ideal choice to explore the social dynamics of Budapest and rural Hungary from a female point of view, as she experienced life in both places in the same era. She was born in Carei, or Nagykároly by its Hungarian name, a small town in Transylvania.74 After spending time as a teacher in Miskolc, Kaffka rose to prominence in Budapest as the leading woman writer of the period.75 In his analysis of her novel Színek és évek (Colours and years), Robert Nemes examines the ways in which Kaffka was able to write social commentary concerning the crisis of the gentry as well as the hierarchy of Budapest and rural towns.76

Állomások (Stations), one of Kaffka’s other novels, also offers criticism of Budapest’s liberal elite, a longing for the countryside, and most crucially, an example of how Kaffka also portrayed Budapest as the city of sin. While the first edition of the novel was published in 1914, which is slightly later than the period discussed in this article, due to its autobiographical nature and the story building on the author’s past experiences, it deals with the relevant period and thus can be considered a valuable source on perceptions of the culture of Budapest around 1905.

Györgyi Horváth aptly referred to Kaffka as a flâneuse, i.e. a female wan­derer who observes the city.77 Állomások provides an excellent portrayal of contemporary Budapest and its society. The semi-autobiographical novel follows the life of Éva Rosztoky, a painter from rural Hungary who joins Budapest’s elite circles. Kaffka was rather critical of this elite, as she felt that they tried to fulfil the social expectations of the city instead of expressing their individuality. She thought this was no different from the prejudices for which many criticized the world of rural Hungary. She communicates this criticism through her main character in Állomások:

There were others in this “city-center” group who she looked down on. She knew well that all their laws are external. They all had their prejudices, which were only distinguished from the prejudices of the stricter country people by their false and easily trickable nature.78

Kaffka’s Budapest was not only judgmental but, similarly to Terka Lux’s interpretation of the capital, it was also the very embodiment of sinfulness. Towards the end of the novel, Éva and her bohemian friends retire to the hills behind Buda and look at the city from the distance with disgust. This provides a literary perspective from which Kaffka can observe and describe the entire metropolis and label it a “rioting, bloody, hungry, and poisoned city.”79 Similarly, in the final pages of the book, Éva is sitting on a tram and reflecting on the city while observing her surroundings:

Oh this city! This hungry city, this poisoned city! […] Where is that contagious substance, that rotting mushroom that makes everything good, beautiful, and promising start corrode, collapse, or disintegrate? Is it in the air or is it under the cobblestones?80

As these excerpts make clear, like Lux, Kaffka thought that there was something inherently bad and corrupting in the city.

Given Budapest’s allegedly sinful nature, Kaffka’s Éva Rosztoky needed a more peaceful place to which she could escape, and this was her childhood home, Aranyoskút. In Állomások, Kaffka, despite her criticism of its dullness, portrays Aranyoskút and the surrounding countryside in an idyllic, peaceful, and sometimes even sensual way, in contrast to the busy, “poisonous” Budapest. For example:

They were unreserved, free, and happy there. They loved each other “en plein air” under the sunshine, in the luscious, evergreen valley. Here, in the beginning, their nice, naive, and easy joy for life was sincere.81

Kaffka also suggests in her novel that, in contrast to the world of rural Hungary, Budapest did not have its own culture. The culture of the city was, in her depiction, merely an adaptation of that of its rural immigrants. In the early stages of the story, Éva has a conversation with Róbert Vajda, her first love interest in the novel. Vajda delivers the following lines, with which Éva agrees:

Hungary, its entire culture […] is so rural, so village-like [falusi], it tastes of peasants; just like us. That’s not surprising, given that the entire population of Greater Budapest, this whole generation, emigrated from the rural areas. That’s where they bring their attitudes, traditions, accents, everything from. […] Budapest is a new city. It hasn’t created its own culture yet.82

Thus, according to Kaffka, Budapest does not yet have a unique culture, and the only way its artistic elite can become accomplished is by evoking the cultural imagery of the rural world from which they came.

Terka Lux and Margit Kaffka shared several grievances concerning the metropolis with the nationalist, feminist, and liberal journalists, be it Lux’s critique of Budapest’s alleged immorality and rampant capitalism or Kaffka’s idea of a city without a unique culture. Lux and Kaffka, however, nonetheless insist that they love the city despite their harsh criticism of it. In her introduction to Budapest, Lux makes it clear that she loves the city.83 Similarly, during the concluding thoughts of Állomások, Éva remarks that alongside its inherent “poison,” Budapest also contains plenty of good that “forces its inhabitants to love it anyway.”84

What was it in the capital that attracted them to it, despite its alleged sinfulness? Lux answers this question:

I love [Budapest] because […] Fáni Schneider, despite its genial rottenness, retained a lot of her nice, childish traits. […] I love Budapest, this poor Fáni Schneider with a bad reputation. No one concluded how she acquired this rottenness. Was it genetics or trauma? […] The world does not ask how you gained your sin, only how you lost your morals. I don’t think I’ll succeed, but I’ll try to find the answer to this.85

With this introduction, Lux makes it clear that Fáni’s fate can be interpreted as an allegory for Budapest.86 With this in mind, the line “This was the city that stole everything from me! Now it’s my turn to take everything from it.” becomes the key to our understanding of the author’s image of Budapest. The secondary literature suggests that Lux did not blame the city for its character.87

The aforementioned line also answers a key question with which Lux grappled for years: Why was Budapest ruining the lives of its inhabitants? Lux suggests that modern Budapest and its culture had emerged out of capitalism, and that capitalism inherently meant the immoral exploitation of its citizens, and the only way to uphold living standards and booming culture in the city was to continue this process of exploitation, especially of newcomers.

Margit Kaffka did not leave such clear statements behind. Her correspondence with her friends and some parts of Állomások, however, nonetheless offer clues to her views. Between 1902 and 1905, Kaffka was teaching in Miskolc, a city in northeastern Hungary.88 During her stay, she wrote the following in a letter to fellow poet Oszkár Gellért:

This is a boring, dusty farmer’s town [csizmadiaváros]. […] The school is full of ink marks, my students are all hopeless idiots, and my grandmother insists that I marry. […] There are no emotions, and I couldn’t even find any in this environment. Every matter of the “heart” here is blindly tied to practical success in life. […] Don’t laugh, but I need a superior, more sophisticated life, which I had for three years in the capital. You love to chide the capital, but I know that you actually love it.89

It is evident from this letter that Kaffka had a problem with rural Hungary. She found it uninspiring and was also bothered by its oppressive social conservatism. She revealed this sentiment in Állomások when her main character, Éva Rosztoky expresses her relief that her children will grow up in Budapest, because there they “at least have purpose” and “there is someone to educate them,” unlike in Aranyoskút.90

Thus, for Kaffka, the main argument in support of living in Budapest is that there were more opportunities for a good life and individual self-expression than elsewhere. As Róbert Vajda says in Állomások, Budapest may not be the birthplace of unique style and culture, but for Kaffka, it was certainly the only place where culture could blossom. She might have joked about Oszkár Gellért and the metropolitan artists “chiding” Budapest while simultaneously loving it, but by the time she wrote Állomások, she was doing the same.

Conclusion

This article offered a new way to contextualize a major cultural shift in fin-de-siècle Hungary. It argued that there was a common theme in the writings of members of the generation that reached professional maturity shortly after the turn of the century. This generation turned towards the countryside, and in doing so, they broke with their parents, who were members of the cosmopolitan generation that had built the capital city. It demonstrated how, in their frequent attacks on the Jewish population of the country, the antisemitic Catholic radicals writing for Alkotmány mostly targeted aspects of metropolitan life, such as cosmopolitanism, liberalism, and emerging multiculturalism. This paper does not question the scale or significance of antisemitism on the Hungarian right at the turn of the century, but it does argue that this form of Catholic antisemitism was part of a wider pattern of dissatisfaction with the Budapest-centric status quo of the previous 30 years rather than an entirely independent phenomenon. It also demonstrated how feminist journalists and female authors depicted Budapest as a seductive city of sin and rural Hungary as a safe and calm place that was ideal for women. As the article demonstrated, even the figures who, by their own admission, loved the capital portrayed it overwhelmingly negatively. As the paper showed, the portrayal of the metropolis as sinful appeared to be universally relatable, vastly expanding its reach from its nineteenth-century confines of urban crime writing. Unlike most of the writings about Pest-Buda and, after 1873, Budapest in the nineteenth century, post-1900 discourses about the city concerned a metropolis with an already established identity, not one that was being formed.

This article has not discussed another important group that was formed in the first decade of the twentieth century. The Galilei Circle, a group of atheist freethinkers, was also founded in 1908. Their philosophy, however, differed from those discussed in this chapter, as they by no means idealized the rural world. As Péter Csunderlik has demonstrated, members of the circle regularly referred to rural Hungary as “black country,” implying the disproportional and in their view negative and backwards influence of the clergy on villages, where the “life of the peasantry was dire.”91

However, Csunderlik’s monograph also revealed that the Galilei Circle did try to reach out to rural communities. They actively discussed and called for the redistribution of church land in the provinces and, in the 1910s, prepared to popularize their goals in villages.92 They even explicitly stated that such propaganda activities should be undertaken by members who are from the provinces and can “speak the language of the peasantry.”93 Given that the Galilei Circle’s framing of these rural societal issues was to help the peasantry, it could be argued that they were not that dissimilar to other members of their generation discussed in this article.

On the other hand, the extended version of Csunderlik’s study demonstrates that while the Galilei Circle supported feminist demands, it was rather critical of the Feminist Association for accepting a limited extension of female suffrage instead of a full, universal one.94 Additionally, the first publication of their flagship journal Szabadgondolat (Free Thought) in 1911 falls just outside the first decade of the twentieth century (the focus of this article), and their anti-clerical ideology was a reaction to the strengthening of “clerical forces.”95 Therefore, in a way, the Galilei Circle and its ideology, while it accepted some of the basic tenets of cultural change, is an early reaction to the cultural processes (such as the rise of Catholic radicalism) discussed in this article. Further research could reveal the nuances of this complex relationship.

This article showed that despite their expression of grievances regarding Budapest’s elitism, unregulated capitalism, and neglect of its lower classes, both the negative portrayals they offered of Budapest and the idealized visions they crafted of rural Hungary were exactly that: a dream world or a constructed nightmare of the given writer’s hopes and fears. The Catholic radicals might have perceived Budapest to be an entirely Jewish city and Lipótváros an entirely Jewish district, but both in fact were multiethnic. Ethnic Hungarians were just as present as Jews or Germans, and they also helped shape and build Budapest and its culture. Feminists such as Terka Lux or Róza Bédy-Schwimmer might have considered the capital dangerous for women, but the reality was that women outside Budapest were more likely to be exposed to the workings of the patriarchy.

One could rightfully ask why, if frustration with Budapest was so widespread, was there no movement that could unify these voices? One could argue in response, however, that there was indeed a political movement that managed to do so. In 1905, the Party of Independence and its coalition partners did incorporate some anti-Budapest elements into their campaign, and they were more electorally successful in rural Hungary than in the capital.96 Their success was tied to the cultural processes described in the paper. Still, the 1905 coalition cannot exclusively be labeled a coherent anti-Budapest movement. After all, apart from Alkotmány, no protagonists of this paper participated in the popularisation of the 48ers or their coalition partners.

The answer to the question could be that the grievances of all these various groups concerning the capital were mere projections that often contradicted each other. The Catholic radicals dreaded the influence of Budapest because it undermined the patriarchy, while feminists encouraged women to leave the city for rural Hungary so that they could escape their controlling fathers. Due to these contradictions, it is difficult to say whether there was one common element that could explain why so many different figures disliked the capital. There certainly are recurring themes, such as anti-capitalism. But upon closer examination, we may conclude that it was the highly individualistic culture of Budapest that many across the political spectrum despised. After all, both feminism and Catholic radicalism had a preference for the community over the individual.

The real significance of this fin-de-siècle cultural shift only became truly apparent in the Horthy era. One of the basic pillars of the regime was its anti-Budapest sentiments. The regime’s propaganda machine spread the narrative of the capital as a “sinful city” that was supposedly incompatible with national values.97 This article aimed to contribute to our understanding of the origins of these sentiments. The generation of Hungarians discussed above was not only connected by personal relations, nor were they merely critics of the liberals. They also were not defined exclusively by antisemitism.

Crucially, this cultural shift took place at a time when women writers who had arrived from rural Hungary began to be influential. Margit Kaffka, Terka Lux, and the journalists of A Nő és a Társadalom were all able to tell stories that acknowledged the struggles of metropolitan life, aspects of which were particularly harmful for women. Without them, many legitimate concerns regarding metropolitan life would have remained unheard. In the first decade of the twentieth century, as the businessmen who had built Budapest reached old age, a new generation came to artistic maturity, this time with a number of prominent female figures in their ranks. At the turn of the century, shortly after the sun set for the fathers of Budapest, it rose again for the daughters of the countryside.

Bibliography

Primary Sources

“A zsidók” [The jew]. Alkotmány, June 9, 1094. 2–3.

“Hegedüs diadala” [Triumph of Hegedüs]. Alkotmány, May 1, 1901. 1–2.

“Napi hirek: (Az egész magyar literatura?)” [Daily news. The whole Hungarian literature?]. Alkotmány, December 24, 1899. 9.

“Tanulságok” [Lessons]. Alkotmány, December 2, 1900. 1–2.

Bédy-Schwimmer, Róza. “Nőmozgalom Balmazújvárosban” [Feminist movement in Balmazújváros]. A Nő és a Társadalom, September 1, 1908. 143–45.

“Budapest etnikai adatbázisa (1850–1950)” [Ethnic database of Budapest, 1850–1950]. Internet Archive Wayback Machine. Last accessed July 17, 2024. https://web.archive.org/web/20200331104447/http://konyvtar.ksh.hu/bea_1850_1950/index.html

Csernay, Ödön. “A pusztuló gentry” [The dying gentry]. Alkotmány, May 24, 1900. 1–2.

Groszmann, Janka. “Fővárosi nőtisztviselők vidéken” [Women clerks from the capital city in the countryside]. A Nő és a Társadalom, March 1, 1908. 42–43.

Kaffka, Margit. “Gellért Oszkárnak” [Letter to Oszkár Gellért]. In A lélek stációi: Kaffka Margit válogatott levelezése [Stations of the soul: Selected correspondence of Margit Kaffka], edited by Zsuzsa Simon, 102–4. Budapest: Nap, 2010.

Kaffka, Margit. “Állomások” [Stations]. In Margit Kaffka, Kaffka Margit regényei [The novels of Margit Kaffka], 85–282. Last accessed July 18, 2024. https://mek.oszk.hu/05900/05909/05909.pdf

Lux, Terka. Budapest.Budapest: MEK Egyesület, 2017. Last accessed July 18, 2024. https://mek.oszk.hu/17500/17520/pdf/17520.pdf

Lux, Terka. Leányok [Girls]. Budapest: MEK Egyesület, 2018. Last accessed July 18, 2024. https://mek.oszk.hu/17800/17828/pdf/17828.pdf

Schöpflin, Aladár. “A város” [The city]. Nyugat, no. 7, 1908. Last accessed October 5, 2024. https://epa.oszk.hu/00000/00022/00007/00164.htm

Secondary Literature

Barenscott, Dorothy. “Trafficking in Photographs: Representational Power and the Case of Lajos Kossuth, Budapest 1894.” History and Memory 22, no. 2 (2010): 34–67. doi: 10.2979/his.2010.22.2.34

Bede, Ábel. Populism without the People: The Campaign of the Opposition during the Hungarian Elections of 1905. BA. diss., Durham University, 2019.

Bihari, Péter. “Aspects of Anti-Semitism in Hungary 1915–1918.” Quest. Issues in Contemporary Jewish History. Journal of Fondazione CDEC, no. 9 (2016): 58–93. doi: 10.48248/issn.2037-741X/803 Last accessed October 5, 2024. https://www.quest-cdecjournal.it/aspects-of-anti-semitism-in-hungary-1915-1918/

Blanning, Tim. The Romantic Revolution: A History. Modern Library Chronicles. London–Phoenix: Random House, 2010.

Borgos, Anna. “»Mit csinálhatok az én embervoltommal…« Kaffka Margit” [What can I do with my human self…]. In Nőírók és írónők: Irodalmi szerepek a Nyugatban [Women writers: literary roles in the journal West], edited by Anna Borgos, and Judit Szilágyi, 33–78. Budapest: Noran, 2011.

Borgos, Anna, and Judit Szilágyi. “Bevezetés” [Introduction]. In Nőírók és írónők: Irodalmi szerepek a Nyugatban [Women writers: Literary roles in the journal West],edited by Anna Borgos, and Judit Szilágyi,7–32. Budapest: Noran, 2011.

Császtvay, Tünde. “A hét bagoly esete a magyar irodalomban” [The case of the seven owls in the Hungarian literature]. Budapesti Negyed 16–17, no. 2–3 (1997). Last accessed October 5, 2024. https://epa.oszk.hu/00000/00003/00014/csaszt.htm

Csunderlik, Péter. Radikálisok, szabadgondolkodók, ateisták: A Galilei Kör története (1908–1919) [Radicals, free-thinkers, atheists: The history of the Galilei Circle, 1908–1919]. Budapest: Napvilág Kiadó, 2017.

Csunderlik, Péter. A Galilei Kör története [The history of the Galilei Circle]. Budapest: Napvilág Kiadó, 2022.

Czeferner, Dóra. Kultúrmisszió vagy propaganda: Feminista lapok és olvasóik Bécsben és Budapesten [Cultural mission or propaganda: Feminist journals and their readers in Vienna and Budapest]. Budapest: HUN-REN Bölcsészettudományi Kutatóközpont, 2021.

Czeferner, Dóra. “Schwimmer Rózsa lapszerkesztői tevékenysége 1907 és 1913 között” [Editorial work of Rózsa Schwimmer 1907–1913]. In Nők, időszaki kiadványok és nyom­tatott nyilvánosság, 1820–1920 [Women, periodicals and printed publicity, 1820–1920], edited by Zsuzsa Török, 335–59. Budapest: Reciti, 2020.

Eszik, Veronika. “Rural Reactions to Modernization: Anti-Modernist Features of the 1883 Anti-Hungarian Peasant Uprising in Croatia.” The Hungarian Historical Review 12, no. 1 (2023): 37–65. doi: 10.38145/2023.1.37

Frigyesi, Judit. Béla Bartók and Turn-of-the-Century Budapest.London: UC Press, 1998.

Gluck, Mary. Georg Lukács and His Generation. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Harvard University Press, 1985.

Gluck, Mary. The Invisible Jewish Budapest: Metropolitan Culture at the Fin de Siècle. London: UW Press, 2016.

Gyáni, Gábor. Identity and Urban Experience: Fin-de-siècle Budapest. Boulder: East European Monographs, 2004.

Hanák, Péter. The Garden and the Workshop. Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1998.

Hobson, John Atkinson. The Psychology of Jingoism. London: Grant Richards,1901.

Horváth, Györgyi. “Kószálónők a régi Budapesten. Nagyvárosi térhasználat és a női művészlét. Kaffka Margit: Állomások” [Streetwalkers in old Budapest. Urban space use and female artistry. Margit Kaffka: Stations]. In Nő, tükör, írás: Értelmezések a 20. század első felének női irodalmából [Woman, mirror, writing: Interpretations from women’s literature of the first half of the 20th century], edited by Virág Varga, and Zoltán Zsávolya, 162–90. Budapest: Ráció, 2009.

Horváth J., András. “Költői látomás – főkapitányi láttamozás: a ‘Híd-avatás’ alakjai. Budapest öngyilkosai 1877–ben” [Poetic vision – captain-in-chief’s approval: the figures of the poet ‘Bridge Inauguration’. Budapest’s suicides in 1877]. Budapesti Negyed 47–48, no. 1–2 (2005). Last accessed October 5, 2024. https://epa.oszk.hu/00000/00003/00034/horvath.html

Kádár, Judit. Engedelmes lázadók: Magyar írónők és nőideál-konstrukciók a 20. század első felében [Obedient rebels: Hungarian women writers and constructions of women models in the first half of the 20th century]. Budapest: Jelenkor, 2014.

Kádár, Judit. “Two Austro-Hungarian Women Writers, Anna Tutsek and Terka Lux, Creating New Urban Identities in Early Twentieth-Century Budapest.” Hungarian Cultural Studies 8 (2015): 24–33. doi: 10.5195/ahea.2015.214

Kálai, Sándor. “Az intézményesülő magyar krimi egyik első példája (Gúthi Soma bűnügyi történetei)” [One of the first examples of the institutionalized Hungarian crime novel (Soma Gúthi’s crime stories)]. REÁL – az MTA Könyvtárának Repozitóriu­ma, 2015. Last accessed October 5, 2024. https://real.mtak.hu/26974/

Kálai, Sándor. “Médium, műfaj, mediáció. Kuthy Lajos: Hazai rejtelmek” [Medium, genre, and mediation. Lajos Kuthy, Homeland mysteries]. In “Szirt a habok közt”: Tanulmányok Imre László 70. születésnapjára [“Rock among the waves”: Studies for the 70th birthday of László Imre], edited by Péter Bényei, Mónika Gönczi, and Pál S. Varga, 179–85. Debrecen: Debreceni Egyetemi Kiadó, 2014.

Kálai, Sándor. “‘Minden rejtély vonz és ingerel’ (Bűnmegjelenítés és városreprezentáció Kiss József Budapesti rejtelmek című regényében)” [“Every mystery attracts and excites” (Crime representation and city representation in József Kiss’ novel Budapest Mysteries]. REÁL – az MTA Könyvtárának Repozitóriuma, 2015. Last accessed October 5, 2024. https://real.mtak.hu/26973/

Koranyi, James. “The Thirteen Martyrs of Arad: A Monumental Hungarian History.” In Sites of Imperial Memory: Commemorating Colonial Rule in the Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries, edited by Frank Lorenz Müller, and Dominik Geppert, 53–69. Manchester: Manchester University Press, 2015. doi: 10.7765/9781526111890.00011

Kovács, Bea. “A nő, ha ír – A nő, ha fejlődik” [If the woman writes – If the woman develops]. Prae.hu, May 4, 2013. Last accessed July 18, 2024. https://www.prae.hu/article/6077-a-no-ha-ir-a-no-ha-fejlodik/

Kovács, Gábor, “From the Guilty City to the Ideas of Alternative Urbanization and Alternative Modernity: Anti-Urbanism as a Border-Zone of City-Philosophy and Cultural Criticism in the Interwar Hungarian Political Thought.” Philosophy, Communication 25 (2017): 99–109. doi: 10.3846/cpc.2017.282

Kövér, György. A tiszaeszlári dráma: Társadalomtörténeti látószögek [The drama of Tisza­eszlár: Social history perspectives]. Budapest: Osiris, 2011.

Krzywiec, Grezgorz. “Between Anti- and Another Modernity: Anti-Judaism, the Imaginary Jew, and Catholic Antisemitism in Fin-de-Siècle Poland (1880–1914).” In The Medieval Roots of Antisemitism: Continuities and Discontinuities from the Middle Ages to the Present Day, edited by Johnatan Adams, and Cordelia Heß, 107–20. New York: Routledge, 2018.

Lackó, Miklós. “The Role of Budapest in Hungarian Literature: 1890–1935.” In Budapest and New York: Studies in Metropolitan Transformation, 1870–1930, edited by Thomas Bender, and Carl E. Schorske, 352–66. New York: Russel Sage Foundation, 1994.

López, Bravo, Fernando. “Crusade and Mission: The Islamophobia of French Catholic Anti-Semites during the Nineteenth Century.” Studia historica. Ha. contemporánea 34 (2016): 403–35.

Lukacs, John. Budapest 1900: A Historical Portrait of a City and its Culture. New York: Weindenfeld & Nicolson, 1988.

“Lux Terka.” In Írónők a hálón 1880–1945 [Women writers on the web 1880–1945]. Last accessed August 29, 2020. http://ironok.elte.hu/index.php/portrek/lux-terka

“Lux Terka.” In Magyar Életrajzi Lexikon [Hungarian biographical encyclopedia]. Last accessed July 18, 2024. http://mek.oszk.hu/00300/00355/html/ABC09006/09729.htm

Márton-Simon, Anna. “The Hungarian Market of Nineteenth-Century Urban Nationalism and the Recycling of the Urban Mystery Novel.” Hungarian Studies 33, no. 1 (2019): 5–22. doi: 10.1556/044.2019.33.1.1 Last accessed October 5, 2024. https://real.mtak.hu/106354/1/044.2019.33.1.1.pdf

Mátay, Mónika. “Agycentizők a századfordulón” [Brain scanners at the turn of the century]. Budapesti Negyed 13, no. 47–48 (2005). Last accessed October 5, 2024. https://epa.oszk.hu/00000/00003/00034/matay.html

Mátay, Mónika. “Egy prostituált lemészárlása: A Város, a Nő és a Bűnöző” [Murder of a prostitute: The City, the Woman, and the Criminal]. Médiakutató, Autumn, 2003. Last accessed October 5, 2024. https://mediakutato.hu/cikk/2003_03_osz/01_egy_prostitualt

Mátay, Mónika. “Egy reformkori író-celeb: Nagy Ignác” [A writer celebrity in the Reform era: Ignác Nagy]. Magyar Könyvszemle 139, no. 3–4 (2023): 337–57.

Michel, Boris. “Anti-semitism in Early 20th-Century German Geography: From a ‘spaceless’ People to the Root of the ‘Ills’ of Urbanization.” Political Geography 65 (2018): 1–7. doi: 10.1016/j.polgeo.2018.03.006

Mosse, George, L. Toward the Final Solution: A History of European Racism. New York: Howard Fertig, 1985.

Nemes, Robert. Another Hungary: Nineteenth-Century Provinces in Eight Lives. Stanford: Stanford University Press, 2016.

Paksa, Rudolf. A magyar szélsőjobboldal története [History of the Hungarian far right]. Budapest: Jaffa, 2014.

Prokopovych, Markian. In the Public Eye: The Budapest Opera House, the Audience and the Press, 1884–1918. Vienna: Bohlau Verlag, 2014.

Prokopovych, Markian. “Scandal at the Opera: Politics, the Press, and the Public at the Inauguration of the Budapest Opera House in 1884.” Austrian History Yearbook 44(2013): 88–107. doi:10.1017/S0067237813000088

Schorske, Carl. E. Fin-de-siècle Vienna: Politics and Culture. London: Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1980.

“Schöpflin Aladár.” In Magyar Életrajzi Lexicon [Hungarian biographical encyclopedia]. Last accessed July 18, 2024. https://www.arcanum.hu/en/online-kiadvanyok/Lexikonok-magyar-eletrajzi-lexikon-7428D/s-778D5/schopflin-aladar-77A2B/

Schwartz, Agatha. “Budapest and its Heroines in Fin-de-Siècle Hungarian Literature.” Hungarian Studies Review 39, 1–2 (2012): 45–74.

Simmel, Georg. “The Metropolis and Mental Life.” In Classic Essays on the Culture of Cities, edited by Richard Sennett, 49–59. New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1969.

Stewart, Fiona. “In the Beginning was the Garden”: Anna Lesznai and Hungarian Modernism, 1906–1919. PhD diss., University of York, 2011.

Szilágyi, Márton and Vaderna, Gábor. “A nemzeti identitás összetettsége (Gvadányi József: Egy falusi nótáriusnak budai utazása)” [The complexity of national identity (József Gvadányi: A village notary’s journey to Buda)] In Magyar irodalom, edited by Tibor Gintl, 359–61. Budapest: Akadémiai, 2010.

Szívós, Erika. “Fin-de-Siècle Budapest as a Center of Art.” East Central Europe 33, no. 1–2. (2007): 141–68.

Ulin, Donald. The Making of the English Countryside: Tourism and Literary Representation in Nineteenth-Century England. PhD diss., Indiana University, 1998.

Vari, Alexander. “The Nation in the City: Ceremonial (Re)burials and Patriotic Mythmaking in Turn-of-the-Century Budapest.” Urban History 40, no. 2 (2013): 202–5. doi: 10.1017/S0963926813000084

Vörös, Károly. “A világváros útján: 1873–1918” [On the road of a metropolis]. Budapesti Negyed 20–21, no. 2–3 (1998). Last accessed October 5, 2024. https://epa.oszk.hu/00000/00003/00016/voros.htm


  1. 1 This article is a shortened and revised version of an MA Dissertation submitted to Durham University in September 2020. The original text also included discussions of the Nagybánya Artists’ Colony (with the help of István Réti’s writings and the paintings by members of the group) and the poems and graphic design of Anna Lesznai. To meet the word count requirements of The Hungarian Historical Review, these sections were removed, but they too showcased heavy anti-Budapest sentiments and idyllic portrayals of rural Hungary, showing how widespread these attitudes were in the period.

  2. 2 See Frigyesi, Béla Bartók;Gluck, Georg Lukács and His Generation; Gyáni, Identity and Urban Experience; Hanák, The Garden and The Workshop; Lukacs, Budapest 1900; and Prokopovych, In the Public Eye.

  3. 3 Schwartz, “Budapest and its Heroines,” 45.

  4. 4 Ibid., 46; Lukacs, Budapest 1900, 136.

  5. 5 Schwartz, “Budapest and its Heroines,” 45.

  6. 6 Lukacs, Budapest 1900, 146; Szívós, “Fin-de-Siècle Budapest as a Center of Art,” 164–68.

  7. 7 Schwartz, “Budapest and its Heroines,” 46; Nemes, Another Hungary, 8.

  8. 8 Schwartz, “Budapest and its Heroines,” 46; Lukacs, Budapest 1900, 146.

  9. 9 Stewart, “In the Beginning was the Garden,” 34.

  10. 10 Gluck, Georg Lukács and His Generation, 60–61.

  11. 11 See, for example, Blanning, The Romantic Revolution, 28–30, 138–57, 177–78; Ulin, The Making of the English Countryside.

  12. 12 See Kovács, G., “From the Guilty City to the Ideas of Alternative Urbanization,” 99; Eszik, “Rural Reactions to Modernization.”

  13. 13 Simmel, “The Metropolis and Mental Life.”

  14. 14 Hobson, The Psychology of Jingoism, 7–8.

  15. 15 Szilágyi and Vaderna “A nemzeti identitás összetettsége.”

  16. 16 See, for example, Mátay, “Egy prostituált lemészárlása”; Mátay, “Egy reformkori író-celeb”; Márton-Simon, “The Hungarian Market of Nineteenth-Century Urban Nationalism”; Kálai, “‘Minden rejtély vonz és ingerel’”; Kálai, “Médium, műfaj, mediáció”; Kálai, “Az intézményesülő magyar krimi egyik első példája”; Császtvay, “A hét bagoly esete a magyar irodalomban.”

  17. 17 See Mátay, “Egy prostituált lemészárlása”; Mátay, “Agycentizők a századfordulón”; Horváth J., “Költői látomás – főkapitányi láttamozás.”

  18. 18 Vörös, “A világváros útján.”

  19. 19 Miklós Lackó’s study reveals that this was also true in the case of texts that were less critical of Budapest. See Lackó, “The Role of Budapest in Hungarian Literature,” 356.

  20. 20 Márton-Simon, “The Hungarian Market of Nineteenth-Century Urban Nationalism,” 10.

  21. 21 Ibid., 12–16.

  22. 22 Ibid., 15–16.

  23. 23 Mátay, “Egy prostituált lemészárlása.”

  24. 24 Gluck, Georg Lukács and His Generation, 21.

  25. 25 Lukacs, Budapest 1900, 186; Frigyesi, Béla Bartók, 74.

  26. 26 Lackó, “The Role of Budapest in Hungarian Literature,” 354.

  27. 27 Kovács, G., “From the Guilty City to the Ideas of Alternative Urbanization,” 100.

  28. 28 Nemes, Another Hungary, 174.

  29. 29 Kovács, G., “From Guilty City to the Ideas of Alternative Urbanisation,” 99.

  30. 30 See López, “Crusade and Mission”; and Krzywiec, “Between Anti- and Another Modernity.”

  31. 31 For the rise of the far right, see for example Paksa, A magyar szélsőjobboldal története. For the Tiszaeszlár and its aftermath scandal, see Kövér, A tiszaeszlári dráma, and for Catholic radicalism, see Schorske, Fin-de-siècle Vienna.

  32. 32 Michel, “Anti-semitism in Early 20th-Century German Geography,” 1.

  33. 33 Mosse, Toward the Final Solution, 121.

  34. 34 “Hegedüs diadala,” 1.

  35. 35 Bihari, “Aspects of Anti-Semitism in Hungary 1915–1918,” 68.

  36. 36 “A zsidók,” 2.

  37. 37 “Napihirek: (Az egész magyar literatura?),” 9.

  38. 38 “Budapest etnikai adatbázisa (1850–1950).”

  39. 39 Ibid.

  40. 40 Gluck, The Invisible Jewish Budapest, 22–28.

  41. 41 “Tanulságok,” 1.

  42. 42 Bede, Populism without the People, 10. See also Prokopovych, “Scandal at the Opera”; Koranyi, “The Thirteen Martyrs of Arad,” 6; Vari, “The Nation in the City,” 215; Barenscott, “Trafficking in Photographs,” 36.

  43. 43 “Tanulságok,” 1–2.

  44. 44 Csernay, “A pusztuló gentry,” 1.

  45. 45 Ibid., 1.

  46. 46 “Schöpflin Aladár,” in Magyar Életrajzi Lexikon.

  47. 47 Schöpflin, “A város.”

  48. 48 Ibid.

  49. 49 “Budapest etnikai adatbázisa (1850–1950).”

  50. 50 Kádár, Engedelmes lázadók, 19.

  51. 51 Stewart, “In the Beginning was the Garden,” 301.

  52. 52 Czeferner, “Schwimmer Rózsa lapszerkesztői tevékenysége,” 335.

  53. 53 Czeferner, Kultúrmisszió vagy propaganda, 123–26.

  54. 54 Ibid., 123.

  55. 55 Bédy-Schwimmer, “Nőmozgalom Balmazújvárosban,” 143.

  56. 56 Groszmann, “Fővárosi nőtisztviselők vidéken,” 42.

  57. 57 Ibid., 42.

  58. 58 Ibid., 43.

  59. 59 Ibid., 43.

  60. 60 Kádár, Engedelmes lázadók, 19.

  61. 61 Ibid., 20; Borgos and Szilágyi, “Bevezetés,” 8.

  62. 62 “Lux Terka,” in Magyar Életrajzi Lexikon; Kádár, Engedelmes lázadók, 52; “Lux Terka,” in Írónők a hálón.

  63. 63 Kádár, Engedelmes lázadók, 44.

  64. 64 “Lux Terka,” in Írónők a hálón.

  65. 65 Kádár, Engedelmes lázadók, 46.

  66. 66 Kádár, “Two Austro-Hungarian Women Writers,” 31.

  67. 67 Lux, Leányok,5.

  68. 68 Ibid., 49.

  69. 69 Lux, Budapest, 4.

  70. 70 Ibid., 19.

  71. 71 Ibid., 8.

  72. 72 Ibid., 11–12.

  73. 73 Also see, ibid., 15 and 42.

  74. 74 Kádár, Engedelmes lázadók, 101.

  75. 75 Borgos, “‘Mit csinálhatok én az embervoltommal,’” 35–37.

  76. 76 Nemes, Another Hungary, 216–17.

  77. 77 Horváth, Gy., “Kószálónők a régi Budapesten,” 164.

  78. 78 Kaffka, “Állomások,” 115.

  79. 79 Ibid., 257–58.

  80. 80 Ibid., 282.

  81. 81 Ibid., 92.

  82. 82 Ibid., 109.

  83. 83 Lux, Budapest, 5.

  84. 84 Kaffka, “Állomások,” 282.

  85. 85 Lux, Budapest, 5.

  86. 86 Kovács, B., “A nő, ha ír – A nő, ha fejlődik”; “Lux Terka,” in Írónők a hálón.

  87. 87 “Lux Terka,” in Írónők a hálón.

  88. 88 Nemes, Another Hungary, 212.

  89. 89 Kaffka, “Gellért Oszkárnak,” 103.

  90. 90 Kaffka, “Állomások,” 116.

  91. 91 Csunderlik, A Galilei Kör története, 313–14.

  92. 92 Ibid., 354–69.

  93. 93 Ibid., 357.

  94. 94 Csunderlik, Radikálisok, szabadgondolkodók, ateisták, 194–95.

  95. 95 Csunderlik, A Galilei Kör története, 297–98.

  96. 96 Bede, Populism without the People, 44–45.

  97. 97 Kovács, G., “From Guilty City to the Ideas of Alternative Urbanisation,” 99.

2024_4_Iber_Huber

From Pioneer to Latecomer:
Relations between Austria and the Soviet Union (Russia) in the Oil and Gas Sectorpdf

Walter M. Iber and Christoph Huber

University of Graz

This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.; This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.

Hungarian Historical Review Volume 13 Issue 4 (2024): 596-622 DOI 10.38145/2024.4.596

Cooperation between Austria and the Soviet Union and then Russia in the oil and gas sector has a long history. When Austria fell under Soviet occupation after World War II, the Soviets confiscated the Austrian oil fields and founded the Soviet Mineral Oil Administration (Sowjetische Mineralölverwaltung, SMV). Most of the Austrian oil produced was exported to communist Central and Eastern Europe. Through agreements within the framework of the State Treaty, Austria was able to bring the Soviet mineral oil complex under its administration. Austrian Mineral Oil Administration (Österreichische Mineralölverwaltung AG, ÖMV) was founded in 1956. In 1968, Austria became the first Western European country to import Soviet natural gas from the other side of the Iron Curtain. The steel producer VÖEST supplied pipelines to the Soviet Union for this purpose. The gas contract was extended several times and is now valid until 2040.

Keywords: Austria, Soviet Union, Oil, Gas, OMV, Soyuznefteksport

Today, the Austrian Mineral Oil Administration1 (Österreichische Mineral­ölver­waltung AG, OMV2) is one of the most important Austrian industrial companies, with a turnover of around 62 billion euros (2022) and a total of 22,300 employees. It is active in the areas of crude oil, natural gas, and petrochemicals, both in production and processing.3 The “Russian business” of the partly state-owned OMV4 has repeatedly been the subject of controversial discussions in recent years. In fact, OMV’s cooperation with Gazprom has been very close. OMV has invested heavily in Russia and holds shares in Russian oil fields. In addition, OMV was involved in financing the North Stream 2 pipeline. Moreover, as a contractual partner of Gazprom, OMV has been purchasing Russian gas for decades.5 The deliveries of Russian gas to OMV were suspended in November 2024.6

Due to the full-scale invasion of Ukraine by Russia in February 2022, many European countries have tried to reduce their dependence on Russian oil and gas. Between 2021 and 2023, the share of European Union’s total Russian gas imports declined7 from 45 percent to less than 15 percent.8 OMV decided in March 2022 that Russia was no longer a core region and that it would no longer invest there. 9 In 2023, however, Austria still purchased an average of 64.7 percent10 of its gas from Russia.

In 2018, the gas delivery contract between OMV and Gazprom had been prolonged until 2040, in the presence of Austrian Federal Chancellor Sebastian Kurz and Russian President Vladimir Putin. In this year, the fiftieth anniversary of the Austrian-Soviet natural gas contract of 1968 was celebrated.11 Austrian Energy Minister Eleonore Gewessler called on OMV to withdraw from the current contract with Gazprom. In April 2023, Gewessler’s idea was to nationalize OMV’s gas division for a limited period of time by transferring it to the state holding company ÖBAG (Österreichische Beteiligungs AG; Austria Holding PLC) in order to decide more directly where gas is purchased. ÖBAG manages the holdings of the federal government and also those of OMV.12

In March 2024, Ukrainian Energy Minister Herman Halushchenko declared in an interview that Ukraine will no longer allow Russian gas to pass through its territory from the beginning of 2025.13 So, there was speculation in the Austrian media how OMV can withdraw from the long-term supply contract with Gazprom and whether the Ukrainian transit stop would give OMV the opportunity to with­draw without penalty.14 The OMV itself, however, intended to continue to adhere to the existing contract with Gazprom. In May 2024, OMV CEO Alfred Stern declared at the Annual General Meeting that the company “complies with applicable law. This includes the legal framework, sanctions, embargoes, but also existing contracts. […] OMV is obliged to comply with the valid supply contract with Gazprom.”15 However, this long-standing supply in the natural gas sector was discontinued in November 2024. When Gazprom had to pay OMV 230 million euros following an arbitration ruling due to irregular deliveries, OMV sus­pended the payments for the imported natural gas. As a result, Gazprom discontinued supplying natural gas to OMV.16 Russian gas continues to arrive in Austria in November 2024. This gas is “purchased by other market participants on the exchange and delivered to customers in Austria.”17

What developments led to this point? Cooperation between Austria and the Soviet Union and then Russia in the oil and gas sector has a long history. Its roots go back to the immediate postwar period and the time between 1945 and 1955, when Eastern Austria18 formed the Soviet occupation zone.

Three milestones can be identified as the basis for Austrian-Soviet relations in the field of oil and gas:

  • During the postwar period, the Soviets confiscated the Austrian oil fields in the Vienna Basin and the refineries as “German property”19 and founded their own administration for this purpose. The Soviet Mineral Oil Administration (SMV) was the “predecessor” of OMV. The company was founded in 1956, after the withdrawal of the occupying forces, out of the former SMV. At that time, the firm was still called ÖMV, and in the 1990s it was renamed OMV due to increasing internationalization.20
  • To get the Soviet mineral oil complex under Austrian administration, Austria had to deliver ten million tons of crude oil within ten years to four Central and Eastern European states starting in 1955. This deal was part of the Austrian State Treaty (Annex 2)21 and the agreement on oil supplies.22 Ultimately, reductions and Soviet counter-deliveries to Austria reduced the oil deliveries from ten million tons to six, which Austria had to deliver by 1963–64.23
  • In 1968, Austria was the first Western European country to import natural gas from the Soviet Union. In a certain way, the natural gas sector developed into a model for other Western European states. As part of this deal, the Austrian steel producing company VÖEST delivered gas pipes to the Soviet Union. The corresponding contract between OMV and Soyuznefteksport has been extended several times in the meantime and is currently valid until24 2040.25

The Soviet Union and Austrian Petroleum after World War II:
The SMV Period

When the Germans invaded the Soviet Union during World War II, Stalin tried to prevent that the Soviet oil industry would fall into the hands of the Germans. The Soviet leadership therefore had oil plants moved from the Caucasus to the east (Volga-Ural). In the production areas of Grozny and Baku, which were not conquered by the Wehrmacht, boreholes were covered with concrete. Soviet oil production fell by a third between 1940 and 1946.26

The oil fields in the Austrian parts of the German Reich (Ostmark) played a significant role in the German economy during World War II. Up to two-thirds of the oil production of the Third Reich came from the Ostmark. Oil extraction was expanded enormously under Nazi rule.27 In Austria and in Hungary, considerable German capital was invested in oil production. These investments, which were “driven by Hitler’s desire for autarky,” made the facilities in question more modern than those in the Caucasus and Romania.28 By the end of the war in 1945, Austria was the third largest oil producer in Europe, after the Soviet Union and Romania.29

Through their intelligence services, the Soviets knew about the Austrian oil potential since 1943 at the latest. After eastern Austria was invaded by the Red Army in the spring of 1945, they quickly seized oil fields and refineries. At first, Moscow dismantled plants and transported them to the east, but there were many logistical problems caused by the complications of proper dismantling and transport.30 According to Soviet figures, 31,200 wagons were needed to dismantle and transport the materials from Austria.31

20 percent of all confiscated industrial companies and stocks in Austria in 1945–46 were in the oil industry.32 The CIA estimated that up to 83 percent of the available materials (mainly drilling equipment) in the Austrian oil fields had been brought to the western parts of the country and only the rest were taken to the Soviet Union. That is why the agency made the incorrect assumption that the Soviet Union was unaware of the “true value of Lower Austria [sic] oil.”33

After the Potsdam Agreement of August 1945, the Soviets changed their economic strategy in Austria from that of dismantling and removal into an occupation economy by managing resources on site. For this purpose, the Soviets made general use of the so-called “German property.” The victorious powers had awarded this property to one another in Potsdam in their respective occupation zones. With regard to Austria, this was an elegant solution for the Soviets, since under international law, no reparations could be demanded in this case because Austria had not been a sovereign state during the war and thus had not formally been a participant in the war. But the agreement reached in Potsdam nonetheless gave Moscow access to the German foreign property in Austria, since officially, these were German34 reparations.35

Discussions were underway to have the Soviet exploitation of its Austrian occupation zone organized in the field of petroleum management with the establishment of a joint venture called Sanafta.36 This company was envisioned as a cooperative venture between the occupier (the Soviet Union) and the occupied (Austria). The Soviets would have contributed all German petroleum assets to Sanafta, while the Austrians would have been responsible for the necessary capitalization. The project was negotiated in the summer of 1945. It failed because of the veto of the Western powers, which in turn represented the interests of their own oil companies in Austria.37

After the Sanafta plans failed, Soviet Union decided to establish its own extraterritorial administrations as a kind of repository for the confiscated German property. Therefore, SMV (Soviet Mineral Oil Administration) was founded in September 1945, a separate administration for the petroleum industry.38 The company was a “state within the state”39 because it formed a planned economic enclave that was exempt from the Austrian administration. Within this company people from the Soviet Union held all the top positions.40 The gas stations of OROP held a monopoly position in the mineral oil distribution sector in the Soviet occupation zone. They were also part of the assets which were confiscated by the USSR.

As the Soviets exported most of the Austrian oil, a CIA-report of 1948 quoted that “only about 40 percent of the minimum monthly requirements of the Austrian economy is furnished to the Austrian Government for distribution.”41 SMV’s crude oil was included in Soviet economic planning starting in 1951, due to the sharp increase in production. This enabled a refinery in western Ukraine to be supplied with Austrian crude oil. The Soviet Union increased or decreased its oil imports from Austria, depending on the capacity utilization of the Soviet refineries. Once the Soviet minimum demand was covered, the markets in Eastern Europe were also considered.42 It was not until 1952 that the Austrian market could be adequately supplied with crude oil, as by then there was sufficient availability.43 As the Austrian oil was of high quality, there was also a demand in the other communist Central and Eastern European countries, especially in Czechoslovakia, East Germany, and later Poland and Hungary. These countries processed the Austrian oil in their refineries. Crude oil and surplus amounts of refined oil were exported to these states.44 In the almost ten years of its existence, the Soviet oil complex in Austria produced around 17.8 million tons of crude oil. It had a profit of around 288 million US dollars in 1955 prices.45

Negotiating with the Soviets: Oil in the Austrian State Treaty

The negotiations of the Austrian State Treaty46 should provide the withdraw of the occupying powers in Austria. An important factor in these negotiations was the question of what should happen to the assets of the “German property” after the end of the occupation. In 1949, the proposal was made that the Union of the Soviet Socialist Republics, USSR should get concessions to four oil fields for 30 years for the assets of SMV and OROP. This would have corresponded to an annual production volume of 900,000 tons of oil. However, in 1949, negotiations on the State Treaty came to a halt. Due to the break between Stalin and Tito, the withdrawal of Soviet troops from Austria, which was also the will of the Western powers, would have seemed to Stalin like support for Tito. In September 1949, shortly before the avoidable conclusion of the State Treaty, Stalin was told about the potential of the recently discovered oil field in Matzen-Auersthal. It was the largest known contiguous oil field in Central Europe. Between 1945 and 1949, only three million tons had been produced. After the discovery of the oil field of Matzen-Auersthal, between 1949 and 1955, the Soviets produced 15 million tons of oil in Austria worth around 260 million US dollars. The Soviet leadership jeopardized the conclusion of the Austrian State Treaty and overused the Trieste question47 as a pretext. In the further negotiations of 1950, the Soviets increased their demands. They demanded concessions on 26 oil exploration areas.48

By 1955, the years of the socialist planned economy in Austria had left their mark, and SMV was in poor economic condition.49 Due to political and economic reasons, the Soviet leadership invited an Austrian delegation to Moscow in April 1955. The basis for the economic negotiations was still the State Treaty draft of 1949. This draft stipulated that Austria would have to hand over 60 percent of the oil fields to the Soviet Union for 30 years. During the negotiations of the Moscow Memorandum, Austrian Chancellor Julius Raab would have been in favor of this solution. He had information according to which these companies were run down.50 The socialist delegation, with Vice Chancellor Adolf Schärf and Foreign State Secretary Bruno Kreisky, wanted the Soviet companies back completely.51 If the Soviets had kept the oil concessions in Austria, Kreisky argued, this would have meant a kind of “semi-colonial status” of Austria vis-à-vis the USSR.52 The fear of their coalition partner Österreichische Volkspartei, ÖVP, on the contrary, was that the return of these companies would have considerably strengthened the socialist power base.53

Under the leadership of Deputy Prime Minister Anastas Mikojan, the Austrians offered the Soviet delegation 50 percent of the previous year’s production as compensation for the Soviet oil complex in Austria. The Soviet negotiators thus knew that the Austrians were unaware of the true value of the oil industry.54 Soviet Foreign Trade Minister Ivan Kabanov had made preliminary55 calculations about the value of the oil complex as a basis for the negotiations. They were significantly lower than the sum of ten million tons of crude oil over ten years that was finally achieved in the Moscow Memorandum.56 This crude oil was to be delivered “carriage paid to the Austrian border, free of taxes and customs duties.”57 Within the Austrian State Treaty58 of May 15, 1955, the agreements of the “Moscow Memorandum” were written down. The main aim of the Austrian delegation was to end the ten years of occupation by the Allied powers.59

In summer of 1955, Austrian-Soviet negotiations were held in Moscow on the delivery conditions. The agreement on oil deliveries was finally concluded on July 12. This agreement gave the Soviet trade representation in Vienna the right to carry out quality tests on the crude oil supplied.60 Austria committed itself to the supply of ten million tons of crude oil to replace the Soviet oil complex. In addition, oil was also to be supplied as part of the so-called “Commodity Agreement” to replace the Soviet-administered USIA companies. In total Austria should supply around 1.2 million tons of crude oil.61 Oil deliveries would begin two months after the signing of the State Treaty.62 However, as the SMV had not yet been handed over to Austria in July 1955, the first deliveries did not begin until August 28, 1955.63

During the occupation period, the US administration was interested in knowing about Soviet administrated petroleum in Austria. In January 1955, US Secretary of State John Foster Dulles asked Llewellyn E. Thomson, the US Ambassador in Austria, about the quality64 of Austrian gasoline. He also asked whether, due to a “shortage […] in Soviet bloc, [the] embassy [was] satisfied that lead and leaded gasoline [were] likely to remain in Austria.”65 The US Ambassador, who saw a lack of information, answered that he was “unable [to] give positive assurance since direct control and accurate confirmed information [was] impossible.”66 The Americans were interested in this kind of information in order to negotiate with the Austrians. Not only did Austria have to compensate the Soviet Union, but it also had to negotiate the mining rights of Anglo-American oil companies.67 These companies had had these mining rights from the time before World War II. Therefore, five days before the State Treaty, on May 10, 1955, the “Vienna Memorandum”68 was concluded. However, a final agreement was not reached until 1960. The aim of Socony Mobil, which was one of the companies that negotiated with the Austrians, was restitution of the Lobau refinery, their exploration rights, and other ownership rights.69 In 1958, the Americans used economic leverage, namely the withholding of ERP loans, and reminded the Austrian federal government of its financial obligations under the Vienna Memorandum. This led to negotiations at government and company levels.70 In the end, Austria paid compensation of 16 million US dollars for the nationalization of assets, founded a joint71 crude oil processing company, and privatized some companies.72 During the negotiations of the final agreement, Austrian Foreign Minister Bruno Kreisky was aware that permanent Austrian cooperation with US and UK oil companies “might cause difficulties with the Soviet Union.”73 In the bloc mentality of the Cold War, the comment by Radio Moscow was that the USA was expanding its influence on Austria’s oil industry.74

Although the SMV years were very hard for Austria, which had no access to its own oil and suffered great economic damage, relations between Austria and the Soviet Union developed. Soviet management and Austrian employees got to know each other and created networks. Thousands of Austrians, including many leading engineers, worked for SMV in the oil fields.75 In 1954, the company managed by SMV had 9,700 employees.76 Under Austrian management, this number declined from 9,996 in 1956 to 7,556 ten years later.77

One of those who had a particularly tragic connection between the Soviet industrial complex in Austria and the later founded ÖMV was Margarethe Ottillinger. After World War II, she led the Planning section within the Austrian Ministry of Property Security and Economic Planning. In this position she gathered information on the Soviet industrial complex. In 1948, she was arrested and accused of spying for the US. Between 1948 and 1955, she was held in various Soviet prisons, where she learned Russian. In 1956, she was employed as a consultant by the ÖMV, and one year later, she was appointed to the board of the ÖMV as the only woman. She was one of those who negotiated the natural gas contract with the Soviet Union in 1968.78

The Early Years of ÖMV and the Replacement Deliveries

At the first meeting of the Austrian Council of Ministers, which was held two days after the conclusion of the State Treaty, the Council received protest resolutions from the SMV against the delay in implementing the State Treaty. These called for early nationalization by the Austrian state.79 In July 1955, the name “Österreichische Mineralöl Aktiengesellschaft” appeared in a draft law on nationalization from the Ministry of Transport and Nationalized Companies.80

On August 13, 1955, SMV and OROP and other Soviet administrated companies were transferred, along with their inventories, from Soviet to Austrian hands. The operations remained in the custody of the Austrian state, which now set about creating an Austrian company out of SMV’s inherited assets. However, it was not until 1956 that “Österreichische Mineralölverwaltung AG (ÖMV AG)” was finally entered in the commercial register.81

After it was founded, an internal investigation by ÖMV came to the conclusion that the facilities, which ÖMV had taken over from SMV were “makeshift facilities built with makeshift equipment, the construction of which neither took into account the state of the art nor economic considerations.”82 The division into five locations83 “often did not and cannot satisfy the consumers’ corrected quality demands.”84 Due to Austria’s domestic demand and the replacement deliveries to the Soviet Union, it is not possible to cover demand in the long term. The ÖMV saw three possibilities to meet this demand: by increasing Austrian oil production, by the substitution of the replacement deliveries to the USSR in the form of money or other deliveries, or by importing crude oil from the “Eastern states” or the Middle East. The study was in favor of constructing a new refinery,85 which was built between 1958 and 1961 in Schwechat, next to the old refinery.86

The willingness of the Austrian government to transform the replacement deliveries was reported by the Soviet Embassy in Austria to Moscow in 1956.87 ÖMV had to pay for the replacement deliveries under the oil agreement itself88 until 1957, which was the beginning of the third year of delivery. As part of the goods agreement, Austria was originally also supposed to deliver 1.2 million tons of crude oil to the Soviet Union as a replacement for USIA operations. In contrast to the oil agreement, ÖMV was paid 478.5 Austrian schillings per ton for deliveries from the Republic in the goods agreement.89 As heating oil became scarce during the Suez crisis, Austria was allowed to supply steel plate instead of 100,000 tons of crude oil from January to March 1957. The following delivery year, 200,000 tons of crude oil were replaced by deliveries of goods.90 The Federation of Austrian Industries had already called for this in May 1955, fearing that Austrian domestic oil supplies were too low.91

Molotov’s dismissal as Soviet foreign minister in June 1957 gave Austria greater room for negotiation, with regard to a reduction in oil supplies. Two months later, the Soviet leadership indicated that it would be prepared to forego half of the replacement deliveries. Washington assumed, that this should show “Western Europe” that it was possible to negotiate with the Soviet Union on a responsible basis.92 This Soviet offer again fitted in with Khrushchev’s concept, who spoke of “peaceful coexistence” with the capitalist countries at the XX Party Congress of the Communist Party of the Soviet Union, CPSU in 1956. Khrushchev based the doctrine of “peaceful coexistence” on Lenin, whom he interpreted generously. This doctrine included mutual respect and economic cooperation.93

Soviet oil policy changed in the era Khrushchev as well. The Soviet Union no longer saw its “cordon sanitaire” in Central and Eastern Europe primarily as a supplier but rather began to supply these countries itself with cheap energy. By the late 1950s, the USSR had begun to reenter the international market as a major oil supplier.94 The Austrian crude oil from the replacement deliveries went to the German Democratic Republic, Czechoslovakia, Poland, and Hungary, as the Soviet Union had concluded supply contracts with these countries. This oil was easy to process due to its low sulfur content, which spared the refineries in these nations the need for technical innovations.95

On July 9, 1958, ÖMV urged Federal Chancellor Raab by letter to convince the Soviets of a reduction of oil supplies within the redemption deliveries. ÖMV was of the opinion that the Austrian oil reserves in 1955, when these supplies were finally negotiated, were overestimated by half.96 Twelve days later, an Austrian delegation, including Raab, Vice Chancellor Pittermann and State Secretary Kreisky, set off on an eight-day state visit to Moscow. The aim of the Soviet leadership was to prevent a pro-American Austrian foreign policy. Instead, they wanted to make concessions to Austria in the economic sphere. During his welcoming speech at the airfield in Moscow, Chancellor Raab protested against the US flights97 over Austria during the Lebanon crisis. The Austrian leadership thus risked a deterioration in relations with the USA. During this visit, Khrushchev declared his willingness to offer compensation for a share of the crude oil deliveries with Soviet counter-deliveries to Austria.98 During the ensuing negotiations in August 1958, the Soviet representatives were asked by ÖMV to supply crude oil with a low sulfur content until the new refinery in Schwechat was completed. The construction of a new desulfurization plant would not pay off for the ÖMV.99 In the end, the Soviet Union supplied half a million tons of crude oil to Austria in 1959–60 and 1960–61 and a quarter of a million tons in 1961–62, and Austria continued to supply its crude oil to the four “people’s democracies” in Central and Eastern Europe.100

During his nine-day state visit to Austria in 1960, Khrushchev negotiated with Raab on July 5 from 11 p.m. to 1 a.m. at the Parkhotel in Villach. The result was that Khrushchev canceled the tenth and therefore last delivery year 1964–65. Ultimately, the reductions and counter-deliveries lowered Austrian oil supplies from 10 to 6 million tons.101 After the replacement deliveries, which ended in 1963, ÖMV could reduce its crude oil production for 1964 by four percent. ÖMV’s annual audit for the 1964 financial year concluded that Austria’s crude oil supply would be secure in the long term.102

In 1958 and 1959, under the direction of Enrico Mattei, the Italian energy company ENI (Ente Nazionale Idrocarburi) concluded its first oil import deals with the Soviet Union.103 This triggered protests from NATO and the USA.104 One year later, Mattei had plans to build an oil pipeline across Austria to Trieste. As a connection to the Czechoslovakian pipeline in Bratislava was already under consideration, this meant for Harrison Freeman Matthews, US Ambassador to Austria, quoting an anonymous source, “to bring Russian oil into Western Europe. This plan, if carried out, ‘could destroy Western oil companies in Europe,’ with consequent security implications for Western Europe.”105 So, the Americans feared that the construction of an oil pipeline across Austria could spread Soviet influence in the energy sector to Western Europe. Furthermore, they feared that this could mean the displacement of Western oil companies from Western markets. However, the world market price for oil was quite low at that time, so it was not possible to speak of a major dependency between the Soviet Union and Western Europe.106

In November 1962, as the Cold War had come to a head with the construction of the Berlin Wall (1961) and the Cuban Missile Crisis (October 1962), the NATO Council passed a resolution prohibiting the supply of steel pipes to the Soviet Union. This was intended to undermine the oil (Druzhba) and natural gas pipelines under construction. As a consequence, USSR faced severe problems, because in 1963 it needed up to 700,000 tons of steel pipes, half of which had been ordered from the West, including 230,000 tons from the Federal Republic of Germany and 95,000 tons from Italy, Sweden, and Japan. This embargo was formally lifted in 1966. In 1968, half of the 85.8 million tons of oil exported from the Soviet Union were shipped to Western Europe.107

The Adria-Wien-Pipeline GmbH was founded in 1967. ÖMV was able to appoint seven of the 13 members of the supervisory board. ÖMV therefore held a 51 percent stake in the company, while ENI held four percent and other European and US energy companies like Shell and Mobil held the rest. The Adria-Vienna Pipeline (AWP) was finally completed in 1970. It runs from Schwechat to Carinthia, where it connects to the Transalpine Oil Pipeline (TAL) in Würmlach and continues on one side to Trieste and on the other to Germany.108

Pipe-Gas-Contracts of 1968

After the end of World War II, the Soviet leadership under Stalin focused increasingly on coal mining in the USSR. Natural gas was seen primarily as an opportunity to reduce the consumption of oil and firewood.109 In 1956, Nikita Khrushchev marked a turning point in the Soviet energy policy when he declared at the XX Party Congress of the CPSU that the production of gas (and oil) was “of great significance for further growth in the output of consumer goods.”110 It is therefore not surprising that the Soviets did not recognize the economic potential of natural gas in Austria until the second half of the 1950s. SMV sup­plied the city of Vienna with natural gas.111 During the occupation, SMV produced an estimated four billion cubic meters of natural gas (around 1.9 billion cubic meters of dry gas and 2.1 billion cubic meters of wet gas),112 whereby most of the wet gas was flared off or was used as an aid to oil production (gas lift).113

Between 1950 and 1959, the share of coal as a source of energy in Austria fell from around 67 to 42 percent and the share of natural gas rose from two to eight percent. In Austria, during the 1950s, coal was increasingly replaced by other energy sources, such as hydropower, oil, and natural gas.114 In the 1960s, it became clear that Austria’s economy had grown so much and so rapidly that the existing domestic gas supply was no longer sufficient. If no new major discoveries were made, natural gas production was likely to be insufficient due to the high demands on gas production at the time, at least according to ÖMV’s audit for 1964. Although this audit treated the “possibility of cheap natural gas imports […] with skepticism for the time being,”115 industry in particular exerted pressure and insisted on further expansion or on natural gas imports. Imports were finally identified as the solution that would take effect most quickly. There were several options to choose from, ranging from natural gas supplies from Algeria to a Western European pipeline that would secure natural gas supplies from the gas fields in the Netherlands. These plans were made by Austria Ferngas, a joint company of ÖMV’s three mayor customers.116 ÖMV was thus under considerable pressure. In January 1964, the announcement was made that the “Brotherhood” (Bratstvo) pipeline would be constructed from Ukraine to Bratislava. Natural gas from the Soviet Union would run all the way to Czechoslovakia, right on Austria’s doorstep.117

Negotiations with the Soviets began in the same year as the announcement as part of Austria’s bilateral trade discussions with the USSR.118 In 1966, a bilateral production agreement was concluded with the Czechoslovakian foreign trade agency Metalimex. Under this agreement, ÖMV would increase its gas production in the Zwerndorf field, and on the far side of the border, the Czechoslovaks would reduce their production. The Austrian side was to pay economic compensation.119 One year later, a contract was signed with Metalimex for the supply of summer gas volumes. A gas pipeline 6.5 kilometers long was built between Baumgarten in Austria and Vysoká in Czechoslovakia. Vysoká and, thus, Austria was later connected to “Brotherhood.”120

In the 1960s, the USSR expanded oil and gas production in the north of Western Siberia. Major gas fields such as Urengoy (which was the second biggest worldwide), Yamburg, and Medvezhye were developed there.121 In 1966, the Soviets decided to enter the Western European gas market. In the same year a delegation from the Italian ENI and an Austrian delegation independently visited the Soviet Union. The Austrian delegation was led by Vice Chancellor122 and Minister of Trade Fritz Bock and managers of ÖMV and the nationalized steel producer VÖEST. In March 1967, Federal Chancellor Josef Klaus was invited to Moscow for negotiations. It was agreed that further talks should be held about Soviet gas supplies and a Soviet-Italian pipeline crossing Austria. The Soviet Union wanted to be paid for the gas supplied in convertible currency and, to a not inconsiderable extent, by pipes from the Austrian steel company VÖEST.123

In August 1967 and in 1969, ENI signed gas import agreements with the USSR. According to the agreement of 1967 Italy should import 1.2 billion normal cubic meters of Soviet gas starting in 1971. It was settled that the Italians should provide steel pipes, valves and cables to the USSR to build pipelines, and Italian financial institutes should offer credit allowances.124 For the Italian connection to the “Brotherhood” pipeline a transit through Austria was needed.

On June 1, 1968, a General Agreement was concluded between the Soviet Ministry of Foreign Trade on the one hand and ÖMV and VÖEST on the other. The deal was signed in Vienna. Due to and in addition to this agreement, three contracts were signed. The first contract was concluded between VÖEST and the Soviet foreign trade company Promsyrioimport. VÖEST had to deliver 520,000 tons of pipes and equipment worth 100 million US dollars for the installation of gas fields and the construction of a natural gas pipeline in the Soviet Union. As VÖEST did not possess a pipe factory, the German companies Mannesmann and Thyssen delivered 270,000 tons themselves as a subcontractor. For the rest (250,000 tons), VÖEST supplied steel to the two German companies, which used it to produce pipes.125 These economic ties lasted until the second half of the 1970s, when VÖEST-Alpine delivered 200,000 tons of pipes to the Soviet Union via Promsyrioimport.126 The second agreement between the Foreign Trade Bank of the Soviet Union and the Austrian Kontrollbank granted a loan of 110 million US dollars with six percent interest and a term of seven years until 1975 to pay for VÖEST’s deliveries to Promsyrioimport. The third agreement was signed between ÖMV and Soyuznefteksport on the supply127 of 32 billion normal cubic meters until 1990. The price was fixed at 14.10 US dollars per 1,000 normal cubic meters for the first seven years. On June 14 and July 11, 1968, ÖMV signed a contract with Erdgaswirtschaftsgesellschaft m. b. H and with its domestic costumers (BEGAS, NIOGAS, Steirische Ferngas Gesellschaft, and Wiener Stadtwerke) on the purchase of Soviet natural gas.128 Article 8 in the Soviet-Austrian General agreement stipulated that the ÖMV should enable gas transit to Italy and France without Soviet involvement.129

Until the deliveries began, however, it was unclear whether the Soviets would actually turn on the gas tap. Warsaw Pact troops had invaded Czechoslovakia and put down the “Prague Spring” on the night of August 20–21, 1968. On September 1, 1968, the first Soviet gas crossed the Iron Curtain, nine days earlier than planned. This made Austria the first Western European country to get Soviet natural gas. The Austrian reaction to the Prague Spring was also restrained due to the energy partnership.130 At the ceremonial festival at Baumgarten celebrating the first Soviet gas in Austria, Aleksei Kortunov, the Soviet Minister for the Gas Industry, was present. During this visit, he expressed the Soviet wish to purchase fittings and other equipment for oil pipelines in Austria. B. F. Podtserob, the Soviet Ambassador to Austria, expressed thanks for the “amicable atmosphere” which Minister Kortunov had been received. Austrian Foreign Minister Waldheim hoped to intensify the economic ties between Austria and the Soviet Union.131

Conclusion

After World War II, due to the need for foreign oil sources, the Soviet Union founded the Soviet Mineral Oil Administration in its Austrian occupation zone as early as September 1945. The company formed an extraterritorial administrative body for confiscated German property. Up to 60 percent of the oil produced during the SMV period was exported to communist Central and Eastern Europe. As part of the framework of the negotiations of the State Treaty of 1955, the Austrian state acquired its own oil industry of the former Soviet mineral oil complex. Before World Word II, big parts of the oil complex had been in the hands of Anglo-American companies. Austria had to deal with both the Soviet and the Anglo-American claims to Austrian oil. An agreement was reached with the USSR according to which Austria had to deliver ten million tons of crude oil within ten years. As part of Khrushchev’s “peaceful coexistence,” this was eventually reduced to six million tons, which the Soviet Union sold to four of its “brother countries” in Central and Eastern Europe.

As the production of natural gas in Austria in the 1950s and 1960s could no longer keep pace with demand, the search was on for import options. Within the Austrian administrated ÖMV, many of the leading engineers had created networks with Soviets during the SMV period and afterwards maintained. Negotiations with the Soviets began after the announcement in 1964 that a gas pipeline would be built for the delivery of Soviet gas to the Austrian border. These negotiations about a natural gas pipeline across Austria towards Italy and Soviet natural gas supplies dragged on until 1968. Austria was made the first Western European country to get Soviet gas across the Iron Curtain. Already in August 1967 and in December 1969, the Italian ENI, made natural gas supply contracts with the Soviet Union. The Trans-Austria Gas Pipeline (TAG) went into operation in 1974. Soviet gas flowed through Austria via TAG to Italy. In February 1970, the Federal Republic of Germany signed natural gas contracts with the USSR. The Soviet-German contracts were comparable to the Soviet-Austrian and Soviet-Italian contracts (they included gas deliveries, pipe purchases, and bank loans). Soviet gas supplies to the Federal Republic of Germany were also scheduled to continue until 1990, as was the case with Austria. Finland followed with its gas contract with the USSR in December 1971. As these countries needed ten times more natural gas than Austria, a new pipeline system was necessary, which was completed in 1973–74. The last Western European country to conclude a contract with the Soviet Union was France, which signed its deal in 1976.132

In Austria, the agreement was viewed very positively and was considered a “great success” well after 1968 because the Soviet Union and then Russia were seen as a loyal partner which delivered despite every crisis. And after some time, the treaty was probably also seen as a success in many Western European countries (and imitated by more than a few).

Tempura mutantur, as the Latin saying goes. In the meanwhile, Austria has changed from pioneer to latecomer. Today, against the backdrop of Russia’s war of aggression against Ukraine, the perspective on Austria’s dependence on Russian gas has changed completely and is seen as disadvantageous by many sides.

Archival Sources

Arkhiv vneshnei politiki Rossiiskoi Imperii, Moscow [Foreign Policy Archives of the Russian Federation] (AVP RF)

Karl von Vogelsang-Institut, Vienna (KvVI)

The National Archives and Records Administration, College Park (NARA)

CIA Records Search Tool

Österreichisches Staatsarchiv, Vienna (ÖStA)

Archiv der Republic (AdR)

Bundeskanzleramt (BKA)

Bundesministerium für Handel und Wiederaufbau (BMfHuW)

Wirtschaftsarchive (WA)

Stiftung Dr. Bruno Kreisky Archiv, Vienna (SBKA)

Bibliography

Auer, Matthias. “Österreich droht neue Gaskrise.” Die Presse, April 11, 2024.

Auer, Matthias. “Österreich, Moskaus treuer Kunde.” Die Presse, November 16, 2023.

Bayer, Florian. “Kein Russengas mehr für Österreich.” Wiener Zeitung, November 21, 2024. Accessed November 26, 2024. https://www.wienerzeitung.at/a/kein-russengas-mehr-fuer-oesterreich.

Bini, Elisabetta. “A Challenge to Cold War Energy Politics? The US and Italy’s Relations with the Soviet Union, 1958–1969.” In Cold War Energy: A Transnational History of Soviet Oil and Gas, edited by Jeronim Perović, 201–30. Cham: Palgrave Macmillian, 2017.

Bischof, Günter, and Peter Ruggenthaler. Österreich und der Kalte Krieg: Ein Balanceakt zwischen Ost und West. Graz and Vienna: Leykam, 2022.

Blasi, Walter. “Die Libanonkrise 1958 und die US-Überflüge.” In Österreich im frühen Kalten Krieg 1945–1958: Spione, Partisanen, Kriegspläne, edited by Erwin Schmidl, 239–59. Vienna: Böhlau, 2000.

Brunner, Waltraud. “Das deutsche Eigentum und das Ringen um den österreichischen Staatsvertrag 1945–1955.” PhD diss., University of Vienna, 1976.

Compass-Verlag, ed. Finanz-Compass Österreich. Vienna: Compass Verlag, 1976.

Compass-Verlag, ed. Der Finanz Compass Österreich: Industrie, Handel, Dienstleistungen. Vol. 2.Vienna: Compass Verlag, 1995.

Die Presse. “Ukraine liefert ab 2025 kein russisches Gas mehr.” Die Presse, March 7, 2024.

European Council. “Where does the EU’s gas come from?” March 21, 2024. Last accessed on May 24, 2024. https://www.consilium.europa.eu/en/infographics/eu-gas-supply/.

Feichtinger, Friedrich, and Hermann Spörker. ÖMV–OMV: Die Geschichte eines öster­reichischen Unternehmens. Horn: Ferdinand Berger & Söhne, 1994.

Fritz, Peter, and Walter M. Iber. “Adolf Schärf, Bruno Kreisky und der Staatsvertrag.” In Österreich ist frei! Der Österreichische Staatsvertrag 1955: Beitragsband zur Ausstellung auf Schloss Schallaburg 2005, edited by Stefan Karner, and Gottfried Stangler, 371–75. Horn and Vienna: Verlag Berger, 2005.

Graf, Maximilian. “Austria and Trieste 1945–1955: Interconnected Histories of the Early Cold War.” In The Alps-Adriatic Region 1945–1955. International and Transnational Perspectives on a Conflicted European Region, edited by Wolfgang Mueller, Karlo Ruzicic-Kessler, and Philipp Greilinger, 135–56. Vienna: New Academic Press, 2018.

Graf-Steiner, Anna. Brückenbauer im Kalten Krieg: Österreich und der lange Weg zur KSZE-Schlussakte. Graz,–Vienna–Berlin: Leykam, 2024.

Graf-Steiner, Anna. “Soviet-Austrian Economic Relations 1955–1975: The Beginning of Austrian Economic Dependence on Moscow or Essential Element of Détente?” Journal of Cold War Studies [forthcoming].

Grubmayr, Herbert. “Julius Raab und Nikita Chruščev: Zwischen Öl, Kaltem Krieg und Supermachtpolitik.” In Der Wiener Gipfel 1961: Kennedy – Chruschtschow, edited by Stefan Karner et al., 833–51. Innsbruck–Vienna–Bozen: StudienVerlag, 2011.

Grünwald, Oskar. “Die Geschichte der Erdölindustrie in Österreich.” In Business History: Wissenschaftliche Entwicklungstrends und Studien aus Zentraleuropa, edited by Alice Teichova, Herbert Matis, and Andreas Resch, 203–09. Vienna: Manz, 1999.

Hayes, Mark H. Algerian Gas to Europe: The Transmed Pipeline and Early Spanish Gas Import Projects. Geopolitics of gas working paper series, Working Paper 27. Stanford, 2004. Last accessed on May 29, 2024. https://fsi9-prod.s3.us-west-1.amazonaws.com/s3fs-public/Transmed_FINAL.pdf.

Högselius, Per. Red Gas: Russia and the Origins of European Energy Dependence. New York: Palgrave Macmillian, 2013.

Huber, Christoph. “Österreichisch-sowjetische Wirtschafts- und Handelsbeziehungen 1955–1963/64: Unter besonderer Berücksichtigung der Ablöselieferungen.” PhD diss., University of Graz, in progress.

Iber, Walter M. Die Sowjetische Mineralölverwaltung in Österreich: Zur Vorgeschichte der OMV 1945–1955. Innsbruck–Vienna–Bozen: StudienVerlag, 2011.

Iber, Walter M. “Erdöl statt Reparationen: Die österreichische Mineralölverwaltung 1945–1955.” Vierteljahrshefte für Zeitgeschichte 57, no. 4 (2009): 571–605.

Iber, Walter M. “Occupation and Exploitation. Soviet Economic Policy toward Austria from 1945 to 1955/63.” In The Red Army in Austria: The Soviet Occupation, 1945–1955, edited by Stefan Karner, and Barbara Stelzl-Marx, 123–48. Lanham et al.: Lexington Books 2020.

Iber, Walter M., and Peter Ruggenthaler. “Sowjetische Wirtschaftspolitik im besetzten Österreich: Ein Überblick.” In Stalins Wirtschaftspolitik an der sowjetischen Peripherie, edited by Walter M. Iber, and Peter Ruggenthaler, 187–210. Innsbruck–Vienna–Bozen: StudienVerlag, 2011.

Karner, Stefan. Im Kalten Krieg der Spionage: Margarethe Ottillinger in sowjetischer Haft 1948–1955. Innsbruck–Vienna–Bozen: StudienVerlag, 2016.

Karner, Stefan, and Peter Ruggenthaler. “Austria and the End of Prague Spring: Neutrality in the Crucible?” In The Prague Spring and the Warsaw Pact Invasion of Czechoslovakia in 1968, edited by Günter Bischof, Stefan Karner, and Peter Ruggenthaler, 419–40. Lanham et al.: Lexington Books, 2010.

Legradi, Helene, and E. R. Fiala. Handbuch des österreichischen Osthandels. Vienna: Self-published by Österreichisches Büro für den für Ost-West-Handel, 1967.

“Memorandum über die Ergebnisse der Besprechung zwischen Mitgliedern der öster­reichischen Bundesregierung und den Botschaftern Ihrer Königlichen Britannischen Majestät und der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika (‘Wiener Memorandum’), 10. Mai 1955.” In Der Kampf um den Staatsvertrag 1945–1955: Ost-West-Besetzung, Staatsvertrag und Neutralität Österreichs, edited by Gerald Stourzh, and Wolfgang Mueller, 658–62. Vienna–Cologne–Weimar: Böhlau, 2020.

Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the USSR. “Memorandum über die Ergebnisse der Besprechung zwischen der Regierungsdelegation der Sowjetunion und der Regier­ungs­delegation der Republik Österreich, 15 April 1955.” In UdSSR-Österreich 1938–1979: Dokumente und Materialien, 81–85. Moscow, 1980.

Mueller, Wolfgang. “Peaceful Coexistence, Neutrality and Bilateral Relations across the Iron Curtain. Introduction.” In Peaceful Coexistence or Iron Curtain? Austria, Neutrality, and Eastern Europe in the Cold War and Détente, 1955-1989, edited by Arnold Suppan and Wolfgang Mueller, 7–29. Vienna: Lit-Verlag, 2009.

Mueller, Wolfgang. “The Soviet Factor in the Alps-Adriatic Region, 1945–1947: The Issues of Trieste, Carinthia and South Tyrol.” In The Alps-Adriatic Region 1945–1955: International and Transnational Perspectives on a Conflicted European Region, edited by Wolfgang Mueller, Karlo Ruzicic-Kessler, and Philipp Greilinger, 233–61. Vienna: New Academic Press, 2018.

Musial, Bogdan. “Sowjetische Demontagen und Beschlagnahmungen in Polen und in den ehemaligen deutschen Ostgebieten.” In Stalins Wirtschaftspolitik an der sowjetischen Peripherie, edited by Walter M. Iber, and Peter Ruggenthaler, 45–71. Innsbruck–Vienna–Bozen: StudienVerlag, 2011.

Nekrasov, Viacheslav. “Decision-Making in the Soviet Energy Sector in Post-Stalinist Times: The Failure of Khrushev’s Economic Modernization Strategy.” In Cold War Energy: A Transnational History of Soviet Oil and Gas, edited by Jeronim Perović, 165–99. Cham: Palgrave Macmillian, 2017.

OMV. “Adria Wien Pipeline.” Accessed on May 28, 2024. https://www.omv.at/de-at/ueber-uns/versorgung/adria-wien-pipeline.

OMV. “OMV im Überblick.” 2022. Accessed November 20, 2023. https://reports.omv.com/de/geschaeftsbericht/2022/lagebericht/unternehmen/omv-im-ueberblick.html.

OMV. “OMV prüft Dekret zur OMV-Beteiligung in Russland.” December 20, 2023. Accessed May, 27, 2024. https://www.omv.com/de/news/231220-omv-prueft-dekret-zur-omv-beteiligung-in-russland.

ORF. “Erdgasvertrag bei Putin-Besuch verlängert.” June, 5, 2018. Accessed November 20, 2023. https://wien.orf.at/v2/news/stories/2917064/.

Pavlenko, Olga, and Peter Ruggenthaler. “Die Sowjetunion und der Weg zur öster­reichischen Neutralität 1955.” In Österreich – Russland: Stationen gemeinsamer Geschichte, edited by Stefan Karner, and Alexander Tschubarjan, 203–17. Graz–Vienna: Leykam, 2018.

Peebles, Curtis. Shadow Flights: America’s Secret Air War against the Soviet Union. Novato: Presidio Press, 2001.

Perović, Jeronim. Rohstoffmacht Russland: Eine globale Energiegeschichte. Vienna–Cologne: Böhlau, 2022.

Pflügl, Jakob. “Kommt die OMV aus den Verträgen mit Russland wirklich nicht heraus?” Der Standard, March 6, 2023. Accessed May 23, 2024. https://www.derstandard.at/story/2000144173593/kommt-die-omv-aus-den-vertraegen-mit-russland-wirklich-nicht.

Rathkolb, Oliver. Washington ruft Wien. US-Großmachtpolitik und Österreich 1953–1963: Mit Exkursen zu CIA-Waffenlagern, NATO-Connection, Neutralitätsdebatte. Vienna: Böhlau, 1997.

Rehschuh, Felix. Aufstieg zur Energiemacht: Der sowjetische Weg ins Erdölzeitalter 1930er bis 1950er Jahre. Vienna–Cologne–Weimar: Böhlau, 2018.

Resch, Andreas. “Der österreichische Osthandel im Spannungsfeld der Blöcke.” In Zwischen den Blöcken: NATO, Warschauer Pakt und Österreich, edited by Manfried Rauchensteiner, 497–556. Vienna–Cologne–Weimar: Böhlau, 2010.

Ruggenthaler, Peter. “So nah und doch so fern: Zur sowjetischen Haltung bei den Staatsvertragsverhandlungen 1949/50.” In Österreich ist frei! Der Österreichische Staatsvertrag 1955: Beitragsband zur Ausstellung auf Schloss Schallaburg 2005, edited by Stefan Karner, and Gottfried Stangler, 289–95. Horn–Vienna: Verlag Berger, 2005.

Ruggenthaler, Peter, and Harald Knoll. “Nikita Chruščev und Österreich: Die öster­reichische Neutralität als Instrument der sowjetischen Außenpolitik.” In Der Wiener Gipfel 1961: Kennedy – Chruschtschow, edited by Stefan Karner et al., 759–807. Innsbruck–Vienna–Bozen: StudienVerlag, 2011.

Schattenberg, Susanne. “Pipeline Construction as ‘Soft Power’ in Foreign Policy: Why the Soviet Union Started to Sell Gas to West Germany, 1966–1970.” Journal of Modern European History 20, no. 4 (2022): 554–73. doi: 10.1177/16118944221130222.

Seidel, Hans. Österreichs Wirtschaft und Wirtschaftspolitik nach dem Zweiten Weltkrieg. Vienna: Manz, 2005.

Stern, Silke. “ ‘Eine Höflichkeitsvisite mehr protokollarischer Natur.’ Der Staatsbesuch Nikita Chruščevs in Österreich 1960.” In Der Wiener Gipfel 1961. Kennedy – Chruschtschow, edited byStefan Karner et al., 735–58. Innsbruck–Vienna–Bozen: StudienVerlag, 2011.

Stourzh, Gerald, and Wolfgang Mueller. A Cold War over Austria: The Struggle for the State Treaty, Neutrality, and the End of East-West Occupation, 1945–1955. Lanham et al.: Lexington Books, 2018.

Strobl, Günther. “OMV denkt nicht an freiwilligen Ausstieg aus russischem Gas.” Der Standard, May 28, 2024. Accessed June 5, 2024. https://www.derstandard.at/story/3000000221832/omv-denkt-nicht-an-freiwilligen-ausstieg-aus-russis­chem-gas.

Strobl, Günther. “Wie die OMV von einer Insolvenz der Nord Stream 2 AG betroffen sein könnte.” Der Standard, March 2, 2022. Accessed May 27, 2024. https://www.derstandard.at/story/2000133788669/wie-die-omv-von-insolvenz-der-nord-stream-2-ag.

Strobl, Günther, and Regina Bruckner. “Schwieriger Umstieg: Kommt Österreich weg vom Gastropf?” Der Standard, November 23, 2024. Accessed November 28, 2024. https://www.derstandard.at/story/3000000246162/kommt-oesterreich-weg-vom-­gastropf.

Subok [Zubok], Wladislaw, and Konstatin Pleschakow. Der Kreml im Kalten Krieg: Von 1945 bis zur Kubakrise. Hildesheim: Claassen, 1997.

Wessely, Kurt. “Österreich und die Erdölwirtschaft der Ostblockländer.” Osteuropa 8, no. 10/11 (1958): 694–99.

WIFO-Monatsbericht, vol. 33, no. 64 (1960).

WIFO-Monatsbericht, vol. 35, no. 5 (1962).

Zollinger, Manfred. “Karl Waldbrunner – Schnittstellen eines Lebens zwischen Industrie und Politik.” In Karl Waldbrunner: Pragmatischer Visionär für das neue Österreich, edited by Hannes Androsch, Anton Pelinka, and Manfred Zollinger, 17–141. Vienna: Carl Gerold’s Sohn, 2006.


  1. 1 Preparatory work for this article was conducted at the University of Graz in collaboration with the Ludwig Boltzmann Institute for Research on Consequences of War (BIK), Graz – Vienna – Raabs and the City of Graz. It was supported by the FWF in the context of the project “Soviet-Austrian Trade and Economic Relations, 1955–1964” (10.55776/I5306). The authors would like to thank Anna Graf-Steiner and the reviewers of the Hungarian Historical Review for their beneficial comments on the manuscript.

  2. 2 From 1956 until 1974, the company traded under the name Österreichische Mineralölverwaltung AG (ÖMV AG). Between 1974 and 1995, its name was “ÖMV Aktiengesellschaft.” In 1995, it was changed to “OMV Aktiengesellschaft.” See: Compass-Verlag, Der Finanz Compass Österreich, 1995, 119.

  3. 3 OMV, “OMV im Überblick,” 2022.

  4. 4 The Austrian state owns a stake of 31.5 percent of OMV.

  5. 5 Strobl, “Wie die OMV von einer Insolvenz der Nord Stream 2 AG betroffen sein könnte”; OMV, “OMV prüft Dekret zur OMV-Beteiligung in Russland.”

  6. 6 Bayer, “Kein Russengas mehr für Österreich.”

  7. 7 EU’s gas imports (LNG and pipeline gas) from Russia declined from 150 billion cubic meters (bcm) in 2021 to less than 43 bcm in 2023. In the same period, imports from the USA increased from 18,9 bcm to 56,2 bcm. Imports from Norway grew from 79,5 bcm to 87,7 bcm. Imports from other countries went up from 41,6 bcm to 62 bcm.

  8. 8 Data for calculation taken from: European Council, “Where does the EU’s gas come from?” March 21, 2024.

  9. 9 OMV, “OMV prüft Dekret zur OMV-Beteiligung in Russland.”

  10. 10 Data taken from: Die Presse, “Ukraine liefert ab 2025 kein russisches Gas mehr,” 17.

  11. 11 ORF, “Erdgasvertrag bei Putin-Besuch verlängert.”

  12. 12 Auer, “Österreich, Moskaus treuer Kunde,” 1; ORF, “Gewessler will OMV-Gassparte verstaatlichen.” ORF, April 28, 2023.

  13. 13 Auer, “Österreich droht neue Gaskrise,” 1.

  14. 14 Die Presse, “Ukraine liefert ab 2025 kein russisches Gas mehr,” 17; Pflügl, “Kommt die OMV aus den Verträgen mit Russland wirklich nicht heraus?”

  15. 15 Strobl, “OMV denkt nicht an freiwilligen Ausstieg aus russischem Gas.”

  16. 16 Bayer, “Kein Russengas mehr für Österreich.”

  17. 17 Strobl and Bruckner, “Schwieriger Umstieg: Kommt Österreich weg vom Gastropf?”

  18. 18 Burgenland, Lower Austria, Mühlviertel, and parts of Vienna.

  19. 19 At the Potsdam Conference in July-August 1945, the Allies decided that Austria, as a “liberated country”, did not have to pay any war reparations. However, they granted each other access to “German property”. In their Austrian occupation zone, the Soviet authorities claimed “all companies that had passed into German hands by the end of the war or had been newly established or expanded with Reich-German capital” as “German property.” See: Brunner, “Das deutsche Eigentum und das Ringen um den österreichischen Staatsvertrag 1945–1955,” 27–75.

  20. 20 Iber, Die Sowjetische Mineralölverwaltung in Österreich.

  21. 21 State Treaty, Federal Law Gazette for the Republic of Austria No. 152/1955.

  22. 22 ÖStA, AdR, GfA (Company for Replacement Deliveries), Abkommen über Erdöllieferungen an die Union der Sozialistischen Sowjetrepubliken als Ablöse der Erdölunternehmungen, die von der Sowjetunion an Österreich übergeben werden, 12 June 1955.

  23. 23 Resch, “Der österreichische Osthandel,” 515–20; on the Austrian replacement deliveries, see the chapter “Ablöselieferungen und Restitution“ in Iber, Die Sowjetische Mineralölverwaltung in Österreich, 213–24; “Von Kompensation zu Kooperation” in Graf-Steiner, Brückenbauer im Kalten Krieg, 45–50; Huber, “Österreichisch-sowjetische Wirtschafts- und Handelsbeziehungen 1955–1963/64.”

  24. 24 In November 2024, the fifty-six-year continuous deliveries of natural gas from Gazprom to OMV were suspended. However, Russian gas continues to arrive in Austria in November 2024. See: Bayer, “Kein Russengas mehr für Österreich”; Strobl and Bruckner, “Schwieriger Umstieg: Kommt Österreich weg vom Gastropf?”

  25. 25 Högselius, Red Gas, 58–65; ORF, “Erdgasvertrag bei Putin-Besuch verlängert.” June 5, 2018.

  26. 26 Perović, Rohstoffmacht Russland, 73–78.

  27. 27 Iber, Die Sowjetische Mineralölverwaltung in Österreich, 38–47.

  28. 28 Rehschuh, Aufstieg zur Energiemacht, 174–75.

  29. 29 Iber, Die Sowjetische Mineralölverwaltung in Österreich, 38–47.

  30. 30 Ibid., 47–48.

  31. 31 Musial, “Sowjetische Demontagen und Beschlagnahmungen,” 59.

  32. 32 Iber, Die Sowjetische Mineralölverwaltung in Österreich, 50.

  33. 33 NARA CIA Records Search Tool, CIA-RDP81-01043R003700130004-9. Soviet Occupation Economy in Austria. Final Report, December, 1957, 45–50a.

  34. 34 This was a problem in itself, because due to the economic penetration of Austria after the “Anschluss” in 1938, it was no longer possible to separate Austrian from German assets.

  35. 35 Iber and Ruggenthaler, “Sowjetische Wirtschaftspolitik im besetzten Österreich,” 187–94.

  36. 36 Sanafta can in principle be compared with the “Maszolaj” joint venture in Hungary and with “Sovrompetrol” in Romania.

  37. 37 Iber, Die Sowjetische Mineralölverwaltung in Österreich, 55–59.

  38. 38 Ibid., 88.

  39. 39 Grünwald, “Die Geschichte der Erdölindustrie in Österreich,” 204.

  40. 40 Ibid.; Iber and Ruggenthaler, “Sowjetische Wirtschaftspolitik im besetzten Österreich,” 195.

  41. 41 NARA CIA Records Search Tool, CIA-RDP78-01617A001500080001-6, Austria, May 1948, II-5.

  42. 42 Rehschuh, Aufstieg zur Energiemacht, 188–291.

  43. 43 Ibid., 291.

  44. 44 Iber, Die Sowjetische Mineralölverwaltung in Österreich, 130–33; Iber, “Occupation and Exploitation,” 132; NARA CIA Records Search Tool, CIA-RDP81-01043R003700130004-9. Soviet Occupation Economy in Austria. Final Report, December, 1957, 91–92.

  45. 45 Iber, Die Sowjetische Mineralölverwaltung in Österreich, 88–144; Iber, “Occupation and Exploitation,” 132–33; Feichtinger and Spörker, ÖMV–OMV, 50–64.

  46. 46 On the way to the Austrian State Treaty, see: Stourzh and Mueller, A Cold War over Austria.

  47. 47 After the end of the Second World War, Yugoslavia and Italy came into conflict over the question of who belonged to Trieste and its hinterland. Since, despite the proclamation of a “Free Territory of Trieste” under a UN protectorate in 1947, there was still a provisional administration by the British and Americans in Zone A. The Soviet leadership argued that the unresolved Triest issue represented a violation of the Italian peace treaty, and it could therefore not be ruled out that the Western powers would also commit a “breach of treaty” during the Austrian negotiations. “Trieste was now a trump card that could be played [by the Soviet government] at any time.” See: Bischof and Ruggenthaler, Österreich und der Kalte Krieg, 80; on Austria and the Triest question see in detail: Graf, “Austria and Trieste 1945–1955,” 135–56; Mueller, “The Soviet Factor in the Alps-Adriatic Region, 1945–1947.”

  48. 48 Pavlenko and Ruggenthaler, “Die Sowjetunion und der Weg zur österreichischen Neutralität 1955,” 207–10; Iber and Ruggenthaler, “Sowjetische Wirtschaftspolitik im besetzten Österreich,” 197–99; Ruggenthaler, “So nah und doch so fern,” 294–95.

  49. 49 Iber, Die Sowjetische Mineralölverwaltung, 196; Iber and Ruggenthaler, “Sowjetische Wirtschaftspolitik im besetzten Österreich,” 201.

  50. 50 Grubmayr, “Julius Raab und Nikita Chruščev,” 834; Stourzh and Mueller, A Cold War over Austria, 350–58.

  51. 51 Stourzh and Mueller, A Cold War over Austria, 357.

  52. 52 During a radio address for the German station Süddeutscher Rundfunk (SDR), State Secretary Bruno Kreisky made this quote in the course of the 1956 election campaign. Transcript of Kreisky’s address: “The provision was included in the draft of the State Treaty that the Soviet Union was to receive concessions on 60% of the oil fields, which corresponded to around 85% of Austria’s oil production, for 30 years after the conclusion of the State Treaty. But that was not enough. The Soviet Union was also to be reserved 60% of all shearing rights eight years after the state treaty. If oil was found within this period, the Soviet Union would have had the right to exploit these oil wells for 25 years. If these provisions of the State Treaty had come into force, Austria would have been placed in a semi-colonial status for more than three decades.” (Transcribed and translated by the authors.) Österreichische Mediathek, 99-56023, k02, “Radiovortrag von Staatssekretär Bruno Kreisky über Erdöl”, 1956, Accessed April 10, 2024. https://www.mediathek.at/katalogsuche/suche/detail/?pool=BWEB&uid=01782B37-1A6-00D50-00000BEC-01772EE2&cHash=a8451e45bb00b45168b8a8b805028982.

  53. 53 Zollinger, “Karl Waldbrunner – Schnittstellen eines Lebens zwischen Industrie und Politik,” 106; Fritz and Iber, “Adolf Schärf, Bruno Kreisky und der Staatsvertrag,” 372–73.

  54. 54 Iber, Die Sowjetische Mineralölverwaltung in Österreich, 199–200.

  55. 55 Ivan G. Kabanov calculated 4.1 million tons of oil over six years. See: Iber, Die Sowjetische Mineralölverwaltung in Österreich, 197–200; Iber, “Erdöl statt Reparationen,” 602.

  56. 56 Ibid.

  57. 57 Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the USSR, “Memorandum über die Ergebnisse der Besprechung zwischen der Regierungsdelegation der Sowjetunion und der Regierungsdelegation der Republik Österreich, 15 April 1955,” 84.

  58. 58 In Annex 2 of the State Treaty the agreements of the Moscow Memorandum were set down. Article 22 touches on the provisions of the earlier negotiations with the Soviets on “German property,” which had not fully entered into force. Annex 2 of the State Treaty stipulates the following: “1. On the basis of the pertinent economic provisions of the April 15, 1955 arrangements between the Soviet Union and Austria, the Soviet Union will transfer to Austria within two months from the date of entry into force of the present Treaty, all property, rights and interests to be retained or received by it in accordance with Article 22, except the Danube Shipping Company (D.D.S.G.) assets in Hungary, Roumania and Bulgaria. 2. It is agreed that in respect of any property, right or interest transferred to Austria in accordance with this Annex, Austria’s rights shall be limited only in the manner set out in paragraph 13 of Article 22.” State Treaty for the re-establishment of an independent and democratic Austria, Treaty Series No. 58 (1957), London.

  59. 59 Iber, “Erdöl statt Reparationen,” 602.

  60. 60 ÖStA AdR, GfA (Company for Replacement Deliveries), Abkommen über Erdöllieferungen an die Union der Sozialistischen Sowjet­republiken als Ablöse der Erdölunternehmungen, die von der Sowjetunion an Österreich übergeben werden, July 12, 1955.

  61. 61 Iber, Die Sowjetische Mineralölverwaltung in Österreich, 213–17.

  62. 62 ÖStA AdR, GfA (Company for Replacement Deliveries), Abkommen über Erdöllieferungen an die Union der Sozialistischen Sowjet­republiken als Ablöse der Erdölunternehmungen, die von der Sowjetunion an Österreich übergeben werden, July 12, 1955.

  63. 63 Iber, Die Sowjetische Mineralölverwaltung in Österreich, 214.

  64. 64 John Foster Dulles to US Embassy in Austria: “Is Austrian gasoline in fact not useable without additional tetraethyl lead?” Answer from US Embassy in Vienna (Llewellyn E. Thomson): “Austrian gas rating 62 octan raised to 75 by tetraethyl lead. 70 usable minimum.”

  65. 65 NARA RG (Registry Group) 59, EN (Entry Number) A1 205-N, B 2013. John Foster Dulles to Embassy Vienna, January 19, 1955.

  66. 66 NARA RG 59, EN A1 205-N, B 2013. Llewellyn E. Thomson to Secretary of State, January 28, 1955.

  67. 67 Shell, Socony Vacuum, Standard Oil, Van Sickle, Steinberg-Naphta, Austrogasco.

  68. 68 “Memorandum über die Ergebnisse der Besprechung zwischen Mitgliedern der österreichischen Bundesregierung und den Botschaftern Ihrer Königlichen Britannischen Majestät und der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika (‘Wiener Memorandum’), May 10, 1955,” In Der Kampf um den Staatsvertrag 1945 – 1955, 658–62.

  69. 69 NARA RG 59, EN A1 1611, B 2678. H. J. Schmidt to Christian A. Herter, September 9, 1960, 4.

  70. 70 Rathkolb, Washington ruft Wien, 167–71.

  71. 71 ÖMV held a 74% stake in Österreichische Rohöl-Verwertungs-GmbH (ÖRG) of the share capital of one million schillings. Shell Austria AG and Mobil Oil Austria AG held 13%. See: ÖStA, AdR, RH (Court of Auditors), Unternehmungen, GZ AE 3250-15/1969, U 148, Gr.Zl. 1100-15/69, Kt. 847. Österreichische Mineralölverwaltung Aktiengesellschaft, Wien. Prüfungsergebnis, November 4, 1969, 5.

  72. 72 Seidel, Österreichs Wirtschaft und Wirtschaftspolitik nach dem Zweiten Weltkrieg, 456–57.

  73. 73 NARA RG 59, EN A1 205-N, B 2012. Memorandum of Conversation. Subject: Vienna Memorandum, September 23, 1959.

  74. 74 NARA RG 59, EN A1 1611, B 2676. Airgram. Radio Moscow Charges “United States Oil Monopoly” Danger, August 8, 1960.

  75. 75 See the oral history interviews in: Feichtinger and Spörker, ÖMV–OMV, 287–328.

  76. 76 Iber, Die Sowjetische Mineralölverwaltung in Österreich, 145.

  77. 77 Feichtinger and Spörker, ÖMV – OMV, 124.

  78. 78 Karner, Im Kalten Krieg der Spionage; ÖMV, Bericht über das Geschäftsjahr 1957, 16.

  79. 79 ÖStA AdR BKA MRP (Ministerratsprotokolle), 2. Republik, Raab I, Kt. 135. Beschlußprotokoll Nr. 92 über die Sitzung des Ministerrates am 17. Mai 1955. 1f) 10 Protestresolutionen von Betrieben der SMV gegen die Verzögerung des Staatsvertrages und Verstaatlichung, May 17, 1955.

  80. 80 ÖStA AdR BKA MRP (Ministerratsprotokolle), 2. Republik, Raab I, Kt. 138. Verhandlungsschrift Nr. 101 über die Sitzung des Ministerrates am 19. Juli 1955. Bundesministerium für Verkehr und verstaatlichte Betriebe. Vortrag an den Ministerrat über einen Gesetztesentwurf betreffend das in das Eigentum der Republik Österreich übertragene, bisher unter der Bezeichnung “Sowjetische Mineralölverwaltung” betriebene Unternehmen, July 18, 1955.

  81. 81 Iber, Die Sowjetische Mineralölverwaltung, 201–3.

  82. 82 ÖStA AdR WA, ÖIAG, Unternehmensdokumente, OMV AG, Kt. 134. Untersuchung über die Errichtung neuer Mineralölverarbeitungsanlagen, 1957, 3–24.

  83. 83 Refineries in Schwechat, Moosbierbaum, Lobau, Korneuburg, Vösendorf.

  84. 84 Ibid.

  85. 85 Ibid.

  86. 86 Feichtinger and Spörker, ÖMV–OMV, 117–58.

  87. 87 AVP RF F. 66, op. 39, p. 216, d. 8. Politicheskie voprosy. Austrian politics one year after the signing of the State Treaty, 3.4-17.12.1956.

  88. 88 In September 1955, at the second meeting of the Commission for the Supply of Goods, Josef Stangelberger, Head of Section in the Austrian Finance Ministry, referred to a regulation that ÖMV should pay for its former Soviet assets with oil. See: ÖStA AdR GfA (Company for Replacement Deliveries), Österreichische Kommission für Warenlieferungen zur Ablöse des Vermögens, das an Österreich übergeben wird. Protokoll der 2. Sitzung am 6. September 1955.

  89. 89 Iber, Die Sowjetische Mineralölverwaltung in Österreich, 215.

  90. 90 SBKA VII.2 BKAA, B 13. Mitteilungen des Ministerrates vom 4. Dezember, betreffend die Herab­minderung der Öllieferungen an die UdSSR, December 5, 1956; WIFO-Monatsbericht, 35/5 (1962), 216.

  91. 91 ÖStA AdR BMfHuW, Sek. IV 1955, GZ 218.080-IV/28/55, 409, Gr.Zl. 203.259/55, Kt. 3294. Memorandum betreffend die bei den bevorstehenden Moskauer Verhandlungen über die Lieferungen von Waren im Werte von 150 Mio. $ sich ergebenden Fragen, May 14, 1955.

  92. 92 NARA RG 59, EN A1 205-N, B 2664. Summary of Vienna Telegram 553, August 28 Concerning Possible Visit of Austrian Chancellor Rabb to Moscow to Negotiate Reductions in Austrian Compensation Shipments to the USSR, August 29, 1957.

  93. 93 Mueller, “Peaceful Coexistence, Neutrality and Bilateral Relations across the Iron Curtain,” 11–12; Subok and Pleschakow, Der Kreml im Kalten Krieg, 262–63.

  94. 94 Perović, Rohstoffmacht Russland, 78.

  95. 95 Iber, Die Sowjetische Mineralölverwaltung in Österreich, 215.

  96. 96 KvVI 1209, ÖMV to Julius Raab. Rohölablöselieferungen an die Sowjetunion, July 9, 1958.

  97. 97 See: Blasi, “Die Libanonkrise 1958 und die US-Überflüge.”

  98. 98 Bischof and Ruggenthaler, Österreich und der Kalte Krieg, 148; Ruggenthaler and Knoll, “Nikita Chruščev und Österreich”; Wessely, “Österreich und die Erdölwirtschaft der Ostblockländer,” 694–96.

  99. 99 ÖStA AdR BMfHuW, Sek. V 1958, GZ 216.623-V/31/58, 409, Gr.Zl. 205.025, Kt. 4570. Erdöllieferungen aus der UdSSR. Spezifikation, August 19, 1958.

  100. 100 WIFO-Monatsbericht, 35/5 (1962), 214–16.

  101. 101 Ibid., 214; Stourzh and Mueller, A Cold War over Austria, 362; Iber, Die Sowjetische Mineralölverwaltung in Österreich, 197; Stern, “Eine Höflichkeitsvisite mehr protokollarischer Natur,” 746.

  102. 102 ÖStA AdR WA, ÖIAG, Unternehmensdokumente, OMV AG, Kt. 158. Beeideter Wirtschaftsprüfer Rudolf Edelberger. Österreichische Mineralölverwaltung Aktiengesellschaft. Bericht Nr. 285/65 über die Prüfung des Jahresabschlusses zum 31. Dezember 1964 (Hauptbericht – Band I), 12–14.

  103. 103 Bini, “A Challenge to Cold War Energy Politics? The US and Italy’s Relations to the Soviet Union, 1958–1969,” 208.

  104. 104 Hayes, Algerian Gas to Europe, 8

  105. 105 NARA RG 59, EN A1 1611, B 2678. ENI Pipeline and Refinery Project in Austria, October 14, 1960; NARA RG 59, EN A1 1611, B 2678. US Embassy in Vienna to Secretary of State, July 1, 1960.

  106. 106 Perović, Rohstoffmacht Russland, 98–102.

  107. 107 Ibid.

  108. 108 ÖStA AdR WA, ÖIAG, Unternehmensdokumente, OMV AG, Kt. 135. Einladung zu der am 31. Oktober 1967, 16 Uhr, in der Generaldirektion der Österreichischen Mineralölverwaltung A.G., Wien IX., Otto Wagner Platz 5, Souterrain, stattfindenden Sitzung des Aufsichtsrates der ÖMV AG, October 25, 1967, 1; ÖStA AdR WA, ÖIAG, Unternehmensdokumente, OMV AG, Kt. 159. Bericht des Beeideten Wirtschaftsprüfers und Steuerberaters Dr. iur. Friedrich Grumptmann über die bei der Österreichischen Mineralölverwaltung Aktiengesellschaft, Wien vorgenommene Prüfung des Jahresabschlusses 1967, August 30, 1968, 15; OMV, “Adria Wien Pipeline.” Accessed on May 28, 2024. https://www.omv.at/de-at/ueber-uns/versorgung/adria-wien-pipeline.

  109. 109 Rehschuh, Aufstieg zur Energiemacht, 157–58.

  110. 110 Nekrasov, “Decision-Making in the Soviet Energy Sector in Post-Stalinist Times,” 168.

  111. 111 Feichtinger and Spörker, ÖMV–OMV, 75–76; Iber, Die Sowjetische Mineralölverwaltung in Österreich, 113–17.

  112. 112 NARA CIA Records Search Tool, CIA-RDP81-01043R003700130004-9. Soviet Occupation Economy in Austria. Final Report, December, 1957, 84–85.

  113. 113 Feichtinger and Spörker, ÖMV – OMV, 106; Iber, Die Sowjetische Mineralölverwaltung in Österreich, 113.

  114. 114 WIFO-Monatsbericht, 33/64 (1960), 4.

  115. 115 ÖStA AdR WA, ÖIAG, Unternehmensdokumente, OMV AG, Kt. 158. Beeideter Wirtschaftsprüfer Rudolf Edelberger. Österreichische Mineralölverwaltung Aktiengesellschaft. Bericht Nr. 285/65 über die Prüfung des Jahresabschlusses zum 31. Dezember 1964 (Hauptbericht – Band I), 12–14.

  116. 116 NIOGAS, Wiener Stadtwerke, Steirische Ferngas.

  117. 117 Högselius, Red Gas, 48–50.

  118. 118 On the Soviet-Austrian gas negotiations, see: Graf-Steiner, “Soviet-Austrian Economic Relations 1955–1975.”

  119. 119 Ibid., 50.

  120. 120 Feichtinger and Spörker, ÖMV – OMV, 151.

  121. 121 Perović, Rohstoffmacht Russland, 116.

  122. 122 From 1966 to 1970, there was the first sole government which was not a coalition between the two major parties ÖVP and SPÖ in Austria’s Second Republic, led by Josef Klaus (ÖVP).

  123. 123 Högselius, Red Gas, 50–65.

  124. 124 Bini, “A Challenge to Cold War Energy Politics? The US and Italy’s Relations to the Soviet Union, 1958–1969,” 220.

  125. 125 ÖStA AdR WA, ÖIAG, Unternehmensdokumente, OMV AG, Kt. 160. Bericht des beeideten Wirtschaftsprüfers und Steuerberater Dr. iur. Friedrich Grumptmann über die bei der Österreichischen Mineralölverwaltung Aktiengesellschaft vorgenommene Prüfung des Jahresabschlusses 1968, Band I, September 1, 1969, 16–17; Högselius, Red Gas, 63–65.

  126. 126 Compass-Verlag, Finanz-Compass Österreich, 1976, 753.

  127. 127 From Sept. 10, 1968: 130-200 million Nm3, 1969: 800 million Nm3, 1970: 1 billion Nm3, from 1971 1.5 billion Nm3 until 1990.

  128. 128 ÖStA AdR WA, ÖIAG, Unternehmensdokumente, OMV AG, Kt. 160. Bericht des beeideten Wirtschaftsprüfers und Steuerberater Dr. iur. Friedrich Grumptmann über die bei der Österreichischen Mineralölverwaltung Aktiengesellschaft vorgenommene Prüfung des Jahresabschlusses 1968, Band I, September 1, 1969, 16–20; Högselius, Red Gas, 63–66.

  129. 129 Högselius, Red Gas, 63.

  130. 130 Ibid., 91–92.

  131. 131 AVP RF F. 66, op. 47, p. 100, d. 6. From the diary of the Soviet Ambassador to Austria, B. F. Podcerob, September 28, 1968, 197; Karner and Ruggenthaler, “Austria and the End of Prague Spring: Neutrality in the Crucible?” 431.

  132. 132 Feichtinger and Spörker, ÖMV–OMV, 152; Högselius, Red Gas, 219; Schattenberg, “Pipeline Construction as ‘Soft Power’ in Foreign Policy,” 571.

2024_4_Horvath

A Unique Path to Monopoly:pdf
The Case of the Hungarian Insurance Sector, 1945–1952

Gyula Horváth

Eötvös Loránd University, Corvinus University of Budapest

This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.

Hungarian Historical Review Volume 13 Issue 4 (2024): 575-595 DOI 10.38145/2024.4.575

This paper presents the nationalization and monopolization of the private insurance industry in Hungary after World War II. In all the socialist countries save one private insurance was prohibited. In the insurance sector, only one (or technically sometimes two) state-owned insurance companies handled the insurance business with an essentially monopolistic position after the process of nationalization had ended. This uniformity, however, masks the fact that these countries took differing paths towards this end. This was particularly true of the events in Hungary. This article suggests possible explanations for these differences.

Keywords: private insurance industry, nationalization, Central and Eastern Europe, post-World War II, monopoly

One of the greatest turning points in the history of the insurance industry in Hungary and Central and Eastern Europe occurred between 1945 and 1952. The nationalization and monopolization efforts that were characteristic of the region as a whole at the time unsurprisingly also affected this sector of the economy. Although there is a relatively extensive historiography of the period, including the process of nationalization, the insurance industry has been almost totally neglected by historians. The lack of primary sources has also been an encumbrance, since the archives of the relevant companies are incomplete due to damages sustained during the war.

By fortuitous accident, I happened to get access to documents collected by a former insurance executive of the State Insurer company (Állami Biztosító).1 The man in question, Endre Boross, had served as a lawyer for the insurance industry from the 1930s until 1970s. At the peak of his carrier, he was Head of Legal Department for the company. These documents helped me better understand the process of nationalization, and I found that it was somewhat different from the process of nationalization in other industries in Hungary and also from the process of nationalization in this branch of industry in the other countries of the region, even if the final result, a monopolistic state insurance system, was the same. Regarding the nationalization of the insurance industry, there were at least four different methods in Central and Eastern Europe:

  • The nationalization of the private companies, typically relatively soon after the end of the war, followed by the step-by-step merger of the companies into one (this was the path taken in almost all the countries of the region).
  • Not formally nationalizing the private companies but rather “suffocating” them and, after they had been made insolvent, transferring their portfolios to companies that were close to the state and then establishing a state insurer from scratch and transferring the portfolios of the remaining companies to it (this was the path taken in Hungary).
  • Banning all private insurance companies and establishing companies owned by local governments, which were later merged into one (this was the path taken in the German Democratic Republic).
  • Banning the whole insurance industry (this was the path taken in Albania).

The section below on Central and Eastern Europe presents the processes by which the insurance industry was nationalized in the countries of the region other than Hungary. The Hungarian case is discussed in the section “The Insurance Industry: A New, Short Beginning.” In this discussion, I offer answers to the following question: was the path taken in Hungary with regards to the nationalization of the insurance industry unique in the region compared to other countries and to the path taken to nationalization in other sectors of the Hungarian economy?

Nationalization in Hungary after World War II

Given the deeply politicized nature of the issue, interpretations of postwar nationalization in Hungary differed meaningfully depending on the political climate of the given historical moment. From the perspective of the discussion below, the era can be divided into five periods.

The first period covers the years from the end of World War II to the “turnaround year” (1948). From the viewpoint of the history of privatization, it would make sense to put the end of this period at 1949 rather than 1948, but by 1949, there were no longer any opportunities or even possibilities for substantive debate or dissent in Hungary.

Due to the lack of historical perspective, naturally, only the economic press covered the subject in these years. Most of the articles were about what was happening abroad. As Czechoslovakia had already undergone major nationalization in 1945 under the so-called Košice Program (which included the nationalization of heavy industry, banks, insurance companies, and all companies employing more than 300 people), several articles dealt with the processes underway there.2 Articles in the economic press regularly reported on nationalization campaigns abroad, mostly without giving the names of the authors of the articles and without providing any commentary. In an article published in January 1948, József Büky examined the nationalization of central banks and, in particular, the post-nationalization management systems.3 According to Büky, the nationalization of the central banks was a necessary consequence and part of the general postwar nationalization process.

The first comprehensive analysis of the postwar situation appeared in the first issue of Közgazdasági Szemle (Economic Review) in 1948, in the form of a book review.4 Vilmos Nemény analyzed the expected transformation of society and the economy from capitalism to socialism on the basis of Joseph Schumpeter’s5 classic 1947 work Capitalism, Socialism and Democracy, perhaps the most interesting idea being that socialism would be established by “the state taking over the large corporate units.” If this were to happen in a “mature” society, then the leadership of the emerging large bureaucratic machine would be taken over by managers and the transformation could be democratic and democracy could be maintained. Otherwise, Schumpeter claims, socialism will be dominated by struggle and society will not be democratic. Whatever the case, the last two sentences of Nemény’s article are not optimistic, or rather, in retrospect, they were realistic: “After reading Schumpeter’s book, it seems likely that the world he describes as coming is not the world he himself would like to live in. But sympathies or antipathies cannot change the inexorable logic of social events.”6

The second period lasted until 1956. This period was characterized by an endorsement of the decisions of the party leadership and a portrayal of the Communist Party as the only positive political actor. The first time nationalization was discussed, albeit briefly, was in 1952. The author was Mátyás Rákosi himself,7 whose sixtieth birthday was the occasion for the lecture “The road of our people’s democracy,” given at the Party School of the Hungarian Working People’s Party (Magyar Dolgozók Pártja), which was the ruling party in 1949–1956. According to Rákosi, gradual nationalization in four or five stages would be a prudent strategy with which to avoid prompting a concerted counterattack by the enemy.8 The articles published in the period basically presented two (not contradictory) rationalizations of nationalization, sometimes in the same article. According to the first, nationalization was part of the class struggle, albeit a relatively peaceful way of engaging in this struggle. As such, the steps in the process were linked to political developments.9 This concept was supported by some articles translated from Russian, which of course quoted extensively from the “brilliant” works by Comrade Stalin, notably The Economic Problems of Socialism in the Soviet Union, which was published in 1952. They described the people’s democracies as transitional societies where the remnants of capitalism were still present, but where nationalization had brought the “command posts of the economy” under the control of the proletarian state. The other view is mainly based on economic and planning arguments. According to this view, capitalist enterprises were wasteful and inefficient (there were occasional accusations of sabotage), and without nationalization, it would have been impossible to introduce planned management.

The third period, which was something of a prelude to the more dramatic decade of an increasingly intense push for regime change, ended sometime in the late 1970s. Iván T. Berend and György Ránki, the leading authors of these years, emphasized the use of so-called “dry” methods of capital expropriation by the state in the brief period between 1945 and 1947. These “dry” methods were based on the experience of the Soviet NEP (New Economic Policy – Novaya ekonomicheskaya politika). The government exerted strict control over private enterprises, which included for instance the loans that were given, wages, prices, and even quantities of raw materials available for use.10 The government was thus able to “suffocate” the target company and force the owners to offer the ownership to the state without formally nationalizing the company. Politicians and historians referred to this method as “dry” nationalization.11 In some cases, it was combined with brutal pressure from the police and state security forces.

In articles published in the 1960s in the journals Századok12 and Acta Historica,13 György Ránki argued that state capitalism had existed before nationalization, since the state already determined the control of companies through the credit, pricing, and the tax system, even if capitalist private property formally still existed. The inclusion of companies in the National Bank’s single account system also contributed to state control. The appointment of workers’ directors was no longer seen by Ránki as a clear success, as many of these directors lacked the necessary skills and knowledge. Interestingly, this latter idea appeared only in his article published in English.

In 1962, Iván T. Berend analyzed the aforementioned “dry” state capitalist mode of capital appropriation in his article. According to Berend, stabilization required the strictest measures of a controlled economy, with appropriate credit, monetary, and price policies, but all this in turn gave the opportunity to limit the power of capital through state capitalist means.14 In 1965, in a speech at the Karl Marx University of Economic Sciences (Budapest) given on the twentieth anniversary of the liberation of the country,15 and in 1967, in an article on economic policy between 1945 and 1965,16 he presented the state intervention after 1945 as having had historical antecedents (World War I, the Great Depression, preparations for war, and World War II). On the other hand, he claimed, this policy was a response not simply to economic collapse but also to Soviet and other war reparations claims. According to Berend, it was not only about the introduction and maintenance of a command economy, but also about the question of who benefited from these measures. In his view, they served both the long-term goals of socialism and attempted also to respond to the economic conditions of the time. All this, he wrote, “marks the transition from capitalism to socialism on the broad road of state capitalism.”

In essence, these interpretative frameworks remained valid in the 1970s. Some more critical approach also appeared. In his 1973 academic inaugural address,17 Berend himself analyzed the reorganizations that immediately followed the nationalizations, pointing out that the large state enterprises such as the Heavy Industry Centre were almost beyond central control. Even later, large companies and trusts were still created, at least until the introduction of the New Economic Mechanism in 1968.

In the fourth period, which began in 1980 and lasted until the fall of the socialist regime, the growing intellectual freedom of historians allowed for the emergence of more critical, sometimes non-Marxist views. Tibor Kovácsy’s 1981 article18 deviated strikingly from the earlier interpretative frameworks. In his view, the changes that took place between 1946 and 1950 were not the results of organic social developments but were rather consequences of an anticipated mode of social functioning. Accordingly, he characterized the nationalizations as “drastic,” and disagreed with the earlier consensus that these nationalizations had led to the emergence of social or public property, since “nationalization places the right of disposal in the hands of a specific organisation, i.e. a closed group of people, whereas the concept of social property excludes such a monopoly on disposal.”19 Charles Gáti described the discussion between Imre Nagy and others in the Hungarian Communist Party leadership about the acceleration of nationalization following the Cominform’s20 decisions in Szklarska Poręba.21 In 1985, Sándor Balogh analyzed the events of 1944–1948 and offered an objective description of the process of nationalization.22 Perhaps his only evaluative remark was that the nationalization of March 25, 1948 had constituted a break with earlier practice, since it had been carried out not by law but by degree, i.e. by taking advantage of the power situation.

The fifth period covers the years from the regime change in 1989 to the present. During this period, there was a noticeable decline in interest in the subject, which is partly understandable, as the era was more about privatization than nationalization.

A new approach has also emerged. Historians have begun to analyze the impact of nationalization on Hungarian foreign relations. In several works, including an article written in 1993, László Borhi examined the American response to the post-1945 Soviet takeover of a big part of the Hungarian economy.23 Borhi described the debates between the American and Hungarian governments about the nationalization of American companies in Hungary. Zoltán Vas24 had declared in 1948 that American companies would not be nationalized, but this proved not to be true. In 2009, János Honvári analyzed Hungarian-American negotiations on financial and property issues, where one of the most important questions was the compensation to be paid for nationalized US assets.25 These issues were only settled in 1973 within the framework of a comprehensive agreement. The dispute over the nationalization of the Swedish-owned match monopoly had been settled much earlier, in 1951.26 In 2017, historian Antal András Kováts studied the seizure of Swiss assets.27 Éva Voszka’s 2018 summary work on the history of nationalization and privatization also analyzed nationalization after 1945, but she focused on Western European and US experiences.28 Unfortunately, the nationalization and monopolisation of the insurance industry was not even mentioned in these works. In Dezső Csabay’s summary of general insurance theory, a single paragraph dealt with the subject without offering any evaluation.29

The State and the Insurance Industry

The role of the state in the insurance industry has been a matter of debate for the past two centuries. From time to time, authors, politicians, and professionals have argued that the state should own insurance companies for a number of ethical, political, and practical reasons. Some of them have also suggested that the state insurance companies should have a monopolistic role in different segments of the market.

We know of some historic examples when these suggestions were adopted (e.g. Brand-Assecuranz and Feuer-Sociätat mutuals in some entities within the Holy Roman Empire).30 In the Holy Roman Empire, the first ideas arose as early as the beginning of the seventeenth century (Oldenburg, 1609). As the population of the German states considered the introduction of compulsory fire insurance merely another tax, the first attempts failed, including those of Elector Friedrich Wilhelm of Brandenburg (1640–1688). According to many citizens, the insurance even went against God’s will, as it sought to offer a safeguard against an act of God.31 Despite this resistance, state insurance companies were established in Hamburg (1676) and later in other states as well, in some cases with mandatory membership.

In Hungary, local authorities pioneered the establishment of local mono­polistic fire insurance companies in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries.32

In 1912, the Italian Government established the so-called Istituto Nazionale delle Assicurazioni, INA. The INA had a monopoly on the acquisition of life insurance policies, while the other companies continued to manage their existing portfolios. This system remained in place until 1923, when the Government abolished the monopoly. An interesting political fact is that the INA was created by the left-liberal Gilotti government and was abolished by the Fascists as an early action of the Mussolini cabinet.33

After World War II, nationalization efforts intensified in many European countries. In 1946, 34 insurance companies were nationalized and a state-owned reinsurance company was created in France. However, no attempt was made to establish a state monopoly on (re)insurance.34 These measures were proposed to the parliament by the three-party Gouin government of Socialists, Communists, and Christian Democrats.

As is perhaps not surprising given the size of the country, the largest nationalization program outside of Europe took place in India. The Life Insurance Corporation Act of 1956 nationalized all life insurance companies operating in the country and established a single monopolistic company.35 This was in line with the mixed-economy policy of the Nehru cabinet. In 1972, all non-life companies became state-owned. More than 100 insurers ceased to exist, and the General Insurance Corporation of India was founded.36

Central and Eastern Europe

In the Central and Eastern European region, in the so-called people’s de­mocracies, Soviet practice set the model for the insurance industry, like in many other sectors of economic and political life.

After the October Revolution, the local Soviets took control of the mutual associations in the zemstvos37 and cities in Soviet Russia.38 At the time, private insurance companies were still allowed to continue operating. On March 23, 1918, the Council of Insurance Affairs was set up with the task of overseeing “the overall management, coordination, and proper control”39 of all insurance organizations. The council, which consisted of 40 members, included representatives of the state and trade unions as well as representatives of the joint-stock insurance companies. On September 17, 1918, the Council decided that dividends of joint stock companies were to be paid into the Treasury. On November 28, 1918, the state monopoly on insurance was declared and private insurance companies were liquidated. (Only insurance cooperatives which insured movables and goods on a mutual basis were allowed to survive.) Interestingly, insurance and fire services were placed under joint management, although these activities were separated in 1920. During the civil war and “war communism,” insurance became irrelevant. State-owned companies had to give up insurance, and private capitalist ownership either ceased or became illegal. This left only private individuals as a market, who in turn were hit by inflation and impoverishment. On November 18, 1919, life insurance was abolished, and the reserves were transferred to the State Treasury. In October 1921, the General Directorate of State Insurance was set up under the People’s Commissariat of Finance. The 1936 Constitution of the the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics, USSR (the so-called Stalin Constitution) in Article 14 (o) placed insurance under federal jurisdiction. The further history of the Directorate and its successor, the insurance monopoly company Gosudarstvennoe Strakhovanie (Государственное Cтрахование, State Insurer), is beyond the scope of this article.

Since the establishment of the Ingosstrakh (Главное управление иностранного страхования СССР, Chief Directorate of International Insurance of the USSR) in 1947 there was a duopoly in the USSR, but each company had a monopoly in its respective market (Gosstrakh in the internal market and Ingosstrakh in the international direct and reinsurance business).

The process of the nationalization of the insurance sector differed in:

  • the victorious countries (Czechoslovakia, Poland), which were brought under Soviet influence,
  • Yugoslavia and Albania, which were also on the victorious side but which did not have the Soviet army on their territories,
  • Hungary, Romania, and Bulgaria, which had lost the war but formally remained independent,
  • East Germany, later the GDR, which was under Soviet occupation.

In Czechoslovakia, all private insurers were nationalized by Presidential Decree 103/1945 of October 24, 1945 (one of the so-called Beneš Decrees).40 Expropriation was in principle carried out by means of compensation, but owners who were German or Hungarian by nationality as well as alleged collaborators and their companies were excluded from compensation (§ 19). The only company not nationalized was the First Czech Reinsurance Bank (První českou zajišťovací banka) (§ 17). In January 1947, the nationalized joint stock companies, mutuals, and branches were merged into five state-owned insurance companies. In 1948, the nationalized companies were merged into the Československa pojišťovná (Czechoslovak Insurer).41 In 1969, with the transformation of Czechoslovakia into a federal state, two entities were established, the Česká státní pojišťovna (Czech State Insurer) and the Slovenská štátna poisťovňa (Slovak State Insurer), each with a monopoly in its respective market.42

Poland also nationalized its insurance industry in 1946. At the beginning of 1947, the government established the General Mutual Insurance Company (Powszechny Zakład Ubezpieczeń Wzajemnyh, PZU) by decree.43 This was a state-owned insurance company, and it became the basis of the monopolization of the market. The process of monopolization was completed only in 1952, when the PZU became the only insurer in the country.

In Yugoslavia, all insurance companies were nationalized in March 1945, and their portfolios were merged into the National Insurance and Reinsurance Institute. It enjoyed a monopoly until 1961.44

During the communist era, there was no insurance company in Albania. The first state-owned one was established in 1991 as a monopoly, and the state opened the market only in 1999.45

Romania nationalized its insurers and the banks in June 1948. However, within a year, the portfolios of the insurance companies were transferred to the Sovrom Asigurare (Sovrom Insurer), a Soviet-Romanian joint venture.46 The company ceased to exist in 1953, when the ADAC, a Romanian state insurer, was established.

In June 1948 all Bulgarian insurance enterprises were nationalized by an Act of the National Assembly.47 The portfolios of the companies were merged into the National Insurance Institute (DZI), which had a monopoly in the insurance business.

In the GDR, the Soviet Military Authority banned all private insurance companies48 and the state established separate insurance firms in five different Ländern (territorial units) and one for East Berlin. These firms were later merged into a single company in two steps. The process was completed in 1969 with the establishment of the Staatliche Versicherungen der DDR (State Insurer of the GDR).49

As this brief summary shows, in all the so-called people’s democracies except the GDR, the process of the creation of state-owned insurance monopolies was similar: the government nationalized the insurance industry and eventually merged the companies. The Hungarian case was somewhat different and, therefore, merits study.

The Nationalization Process of Other Economic Sectors in Hungary

Nationalization in Hungary was the result of a relatively long process that lasted from 1946 to 1952. It started with the nationalization of the coal mines and ended with the nationalization of the tenement houses. The Communist Party, in many cases together with the left-wing social-democrats and the National Peasant Party, used a step-by-step process. In the first period, they forced the nationalization of the natural monopolies, such as the coal mines, and they asserted exclusive state control over the biggest heavy-industry companies. Until the end of 1947, they used the aforementioned “dry” methods, based (as explained earlier) on the experience of the Soviet NEP.

At the end of 1947 and the beginning of 1948, the government adopted a new strategy, the direct nationalization of almost all the companies in the banking sector and in the sectors of industry. This more direct process might not have been independent of overall political developments in Central and Eastern Europe. The communist parties started to accelerate the takeover process of power in every Central and Eastern European country. They established the Komintern, a common platform to coordinate their efforts. The Czechoslovak party made a coup-d’état in February 1948. In every country, the communist parties eliminated the social democratic parties in the name of the “unity of the working classes.” This process began in East-Germany in 1946 and continued in every country of the region in 1948.

The long transition period originally envisaged was replaced by almost immediate action, and as I show in the next chapter, this change had an effect on the insurance sector as well, although at a slower pace.

The Insurance Industry:
A New Beginning for a Short Period after World War II

In 1938, there were 43 insurance companies and local branches in the Hungarian insurance market. A further company from Sudetenland was established in 1942. During the war, three smaller insurers merged with larger companies so that by the end of the war there were 41 companies.

The war had an enormous impact on the insurance companies. In addition to the loss of employees, many companies had substantial investments in properties in the city of Budapest, which had suffered a 51-day-long siege (much longer than Vienna or Berlin, where the sieges lasted nine and sixteen days respectively). Because of the intense street fights, 15 percent of the buildings were destroyed and 59 percent were damaged,50 including the tenement houses of the companies. Some companies lost their archives as well.51

After the war, the eight local branches of UK companies (which as enemy properties had had to transfer their portfolios to Hungarian firms during the war) decided to discontinue operations in Hungary.

The remaining 33 insurers tried to restart operation after the war, but hyperinflation made it almost impossible. The real developments started after the introduction of a relatively stable currency, the forint, in the middle of 1946.

Based on the Potsdam declaration and the Hungarian Peace Treaty of Paris, all German assets in Hungary became the property of the Soviet Union as part of the war reparation claims against Germany. As a consequence, the Soviet Union became the owner of two insurance companies and nine branches of German, Austrian, and Sudeten-German origins operating in Hungary. The Soviets merged most of them into one company, the so-called Central-European Insurance Company (KEBIR). One specialized baggage insurer remained independent.

The state had dominant ownership in three groups of companies. In total, nine different legal entities belonged to these conglomerates. One of them was an agriculture-based mutual insurer (Gazdák Biztosító Egyesülete, the Farmers Insurance Association). The state owned the majority of its shares even before the war. The two others, including the biggest Hungarian insurer, were partly owned by banks. Due to the nationalization of the banks and the firms belonging to their spheres of interest in 1947, these companies were not nationalized directly, but the state gained a considerable stake in them. These companies were called “state-interested” insurers (állami érdekeltségű biztosítók). They started to cooperate vigorously in the market, including product harmonization and the establishment of a common commission system. The Ministry of Finance established the Central Insurance board (CIB), which worked as a common board for these companies. Despite their close ties to the state, they were not nationalized, which is one distinct feature of the Hungarian process of monopolization.

In 1948, the government decided to establish only one (or two, the second for reinsurance purposes) state insurers. It set up a so-called “committee of six members” to organize the process. The committee members represented the General Council for Economic Affairs (the apex body for economic governance), the Ministry of Finance, and the General Council of the Trade Unions.52 The committee also dealt with issues of other insurance companies. Based on the notes of the committee meetings (which are part of the document collection I mentioned at the beginning of this article), it is clear that their goal was to force all the companies not related to the state (apart from those owned by the Soviets and Italians) to cease operations and transfer their portfolios to one of the state-interested insurers. In the process, the government used the method of “dry” nationalization effectively.

It is worth presenting some typical cases. The Astra Insurer was Italian owned. Its main shareholder was the INA (Istituto Nazionale delle Assecurazioni), a state-owned insurer. In October 1946, INA sold its shares to the Helvetia Feuerversicherung AG, a Swiss firm.53 This could be interpreted as the Swiss trusting that private insurance could be a good business in Hungary in the long term. The company had also used this Swiss connection in its marketing. According to an article written by the CEO Lajos Bokor:

The private insurance companies… ask only for ideological, moral, and legislative support from the government, because the private insurance institutions are not expected to play a capital-demanding role in the reconstruction but a capital-producing role, and they intend to play this role to the full.54

The demands of Bokor and the private insurers were not heard, so after a year, the owners gave up, and in October 1948, a liquidation proposal was submitted to the General Assembly.55 The parent company moved Bokor to the Belgian Congo, and the company’s portfolio was transferred to one of the state-interested insurers, the Farmers Insurance Association. The last information I have about Bokor is from an advertisement in the Dél Keresztje (The Southern Cross), a Hungarian-language newspaper published in Sydney, Australia in 1952. He offered his brokerage services as “former CEO of Astra.”56 Another Swiss entity, the branch of the Baseler Versicherung gegen Feuerschaden (Basler), also merits discussion. As was the case with many other insurers, the government appointed a caretaker to run the branch in 1945.57 The caretaker was the previous representative in Hungary, so this was not a hostile move. Rather, it was justified by the communication difficulties at the time.58 Later, the caretaker became a representative again.59 The branch restarted operations, and in 1947, it was also authorized to enter the burglary insurance market.60 While the available sources reveal little about the details, the branch asked for permission to transfer its portfolio to the Farmers Insurance Association two years later.61

By 1948–1949, all seven independent companies had ceased to exist and had transferred their portfolios to one of the state-interested companies. Finally, the state established the state-owned company (legally from scratch) called Állami Biztosító (State Insurer) on May 5, 1949 and transferred the portfolios of the state-interested insurers to it. At the time, there were still eight companies in the Hungarian market, five Italian and two Soviet, in addition to the State Insurance Company.

Before the war, an important part of the market had been dominated by Italian companies (Generali, Foncière and Riunione Adriatica). As a possible part of Italian war reparations for the Soviet Union,62 they came under Soviet supervision and could continue their operations until 1950–1951. The history of their liquidation will be the subject of further research.

The heritage of the Soviet companies, especially the portfolios and agent networks of the Anker Group (Vienna), the Victoria Insurers (Berlin), and the Duna-Concordia, was significant. Out of the two companies, the KEBIR was far more important, so I focus on its history. The company was owned by three Soviet entities: Soviet State Insurer (Gosstrakh), which owned 70 percent, the Foreign Trade Bank of the USSR, which owned 15 percent, and the Institute of Transport of the USSR, which also owned 15 percent. The sources do not explain the rationale for this structure.

The Soviets held the first assembly under their control on November 28, 1946. A new board of directors and a supervisory board were elected. There was only one Hungarian member on the board of directors: Imre Váradi, the CEO, and the supervisory board consisted exclusively of Soviet citizens.

It is interesting to note that some vestiges of the rule of law continued to function under Soviet occupation even under increasing communist political influence. The Commercial Court required the election of at least one Hungarian citizen to the board of directors of the KEBIR. The registration of the company’s new name did not go smoothly either. The Ministerial Commissioner in charge of the registration of commercial companies objected to the fact that the company was using the name “Keleteurópa” (Eastern Europe), though its activities were limited to Hungary. He made registration conditional on the company proving its commercial links with Eastern Europe. In its reply, the company argued that one of its owners and its sole reinsurer was the “Russian (sic!) State Insurance Institute” and that it planned in cooperation with the parent company to enter the Eastern European markets after the conclusion of the peace treaty. In a later letter, it also referred to the fact that some members of the Soviet Union were themselves considered independent states. To some extent, this argument may have been supported by the fact that not only the Soviet Union but also Belarus and Ukraine became members of the United Nations when it was founded.

The lifecycle of the company can be divided into two phases. Between 1947 and 1950, the company experienced dynamic development, with a compound annual growth rate of 32 percent, and became an important player in the Hungarian market. In 1951, however, there was a significant decline, mainly due to the loss of active reinsurance.

The Soviet authorities used their power to avoid Hungarian regulations. As the company’s activities generated solid profits throughout 1947–1949, profit repatriation became an important issue. There was a regulation for the Hungarian companies according to which they were permitted to pay dividends on their profits only up to four percent of the share capital. However, the two Soviet companies were allowed to pay a much higher dividend based on their 1947 results. In the case of KEBIR, this was 1,550,000 forint, or 52 percent of the share capital.

Their presence in the market after 1949 constitutes another distinct feature of the Hungarian situation. They and the Hungarian State Insurer were competitors. The agent networks in particular fought against each other. The six-member committee and later the Ministry of Finance had to discuss the conflicts and the Soviet claims in many cases. This happened in a period of strict central planning. I am not aware of this type of competition taking place in other industries in the same period. This question offers an interesting path for further research.

The Hungarian Government wanted to establish a monopoly, but it was not easy to drive out the Soviet companies, as Soviet influence remained very significant in Hungary even after the Paris Peace Treaty.

The Soviets probably found the Hungarian idea of creating an insurance monopoly promising. They could get rid of a declining business where the Hungarian state stood behind the competitor firm, the Hungarian State Insurer. As the state became the owner of almost all Hungarian industries, it could easily deprive KEBIR of most of its businesses. During the negotiations, the Soviets tried to take advantage of the situation, always using data from an earlier period when estimating the value of portfolio and ignoring the fact that the portfolios were in decline.

Finally, the Hungarian government bought the Soviet-owned insurers at the end of 1952, together with many other Soviet companies. Only then did it manage to establish a monopoly. The agreement was reached after long and sometimes heated discussions. These debates and the activities of Soviet insurers in Hungary in general will be the subject of a separate article.

One main question remains open: why were the processes of nationalization so different in the Hungarian insurance sector compared to the nationalization of this sector in other socialist countries and also to the processes of nationalization in other branches of industry in Hungary? In the current phase of research, there is no clear answer to this question, and there is probably no single answer either. One explanation could be that an important part of the Hungarian insurance industry was owned by foreign investors, which made the government cautious. Second, the strong Soviet presence also complicated the situation. A third factor may simply have been the fact that in Hungary the insurance industry was never as important as the banking sector, and therefore, it was not important for the political leadership to resolve such a relatively complicated issue.

Archival Sources

Endre Boross bequest. (Privately owned.)

Bibliography

Primary Sources

103. Dekret presidenta republiky ze dne 24. října 1945 o znárodnění soukromých pojišťoven [Decree of the President of the Republic of October 24, 1945 on the nationalisation of private insurance companies]. 103/1945 Sb. Dekret presidenta republiky o znárodnění soukromých pojišťoven. Last accessed August 21, 2024. (Czechoslovakia)

Dekret z dnia 3 stycznia 1947 r. o Powszechnym Zakładzie Ubezpieczeń Wzajemnych [Decree of January 3, 1947 on the Universal Mutual Insurance Company].

The General Insurance Business (Nationalisation) Act, 1972 (India)

The Life Insurance Corporation Act, 1956 (India)

Loi no 46-835 du 25 avril 1946 relative à la nationalisation de certaines sociétés d’assurances et à l’industrie des assurances en France

Magyar Közlöny [Hungarian Official Gazette], 1945, 1947, 1949

Zakon za nacionalizacia na zastrakhovatelnite druzhestva i za dherzhavnia monopol v zastrakhovaneto = Закон за национализация на застрахователните дружества и за държавния монопол в застраховането [Act on nationalisation of insurance companies and state monopoly in insurance]. June 27, 1946. Bulgaria

Zákon ze dne 19. prosince 1968, kterým se mění zákon č. 82/1966 Sb., o pojišťovnictví [Act of December 19, 1968 amending Act No 82/1966 Coll., on Insurance]. Last accessed August 21, 2024. https://www.zakonyprolidi.cz/cs/1968–162

Secondary Literature

“25 éve államosították a biztosítót” [The insurance company was nationalized 25 years ago]. Új szó, Bratislava, October 16, 1970. 2.

“25 Jahre Mauerfall, das Ende der Staatlichen Versicherung der DDR.” Versicherungsbote, November 9, 2014. Last accessed October 30, 2024. https://www.versicherungsbote.de/id/4807250/Mauerfall-Staatliche-Versicherung-DDR-25-Jahre/

Balogh, Sándor. “Népi demokratikus örökségünk: Parlamentáris és közvetlen demokrácia Magyarországon 1944–1948” [Our peoples’ democratic heritage: Parliamentary and direct democracy in Hungary, 1944–1948]. Századok 119, no. 2 (1985): 385–420.

Bejtja, Merita. “Albanian Insurance Market Analyses and their Business Model.” Academic Journal of Interdisciplinary Studies 7, no. 3 (2018): 157–77. doi: 10.2478/ajis-2018-0067

Berend, T. Iván. “A stabilizáció megvédése és a tőkekisajátítás ‘száraz’ államkapitalista útja Magyarországon (1946–1947)” [Defending stabilization and the “dry” state-capitalist path of capital appropriation in Hungary (1946–1947)]. Századok 96, no. 1–2 (1962): 98–149.

Berend, T. Iván. Újjáépítés és a nagytőke elleni harc Magyarországon 1945–1948 [Reconstruction and the fight against big capital in Hungary, 1945–1948]. Budapest: KJK, 1962.

Berend T. Iván. “A gazdaságpolitika két évtizedének történetéhez” [The history of two decades of economic policy]. Századok 99, no. 4–5. (1965): 805–32.

Berend, T. Iván. “Contribution to the History of Hungarian Economic Policy in the Two Decades Following the Second World War.” Acta Historica, no. 1–2. (1967): 3–47.

Berend, T. Iván. “Székfoglaló” [Inauguration speech]. Az MTA Filozófiai és Történet­tudományok Osztályának Közleményei [Publications of the Department of Philosophy and History of the Hungarian Academy of Sciences], no 1. (1974): 27–47.

Berend, T. Iván. A szocialista gazdaság fejlődése Magyarországon 1945–1975 [Development of the socialist economy in Hungary, 1945–1975]. Budapest: KJK, 1979.

“Bokor Insurance Broker.” Dél Keresztje, Sydney, November 1, 1952.

Borhi, László. “Az amerikai diplomácia és a szovjet politikai-gazdasági térnyerés Magyar­országon” [American diplomacy and Soviet political-economic expansion in Hungary]. Történelmi Szemle 35, no. 3–4 (1993): 339–60.

Büky, József. “A jegybankok államosítása” [Nationalization of the central banks]. Magyar–­Szovjet Közgazdasági Szemle 11, no. 1 (1948): 13–17.

Csabay, Dezső. Általános biztosítástan [General insurance theory]. Budapest: KJK, 1971.

Csury, Jenő, and Imre Marosi. A magyar biztosításügy története [History of the Hungarian insurance industry]. Budapest: Gyarmati Ferenc, 1931.

Dobossy, Imre. “A csehszlovák tervgazdálkodás eredményei és az új ötéves terv” [The results of Czechoslovak planned economy and the new Five-Year Plan]. Magyar-Szovjet Közgazdasági Szemle 10, no 6. (1947): 35–38.

Gáti, Charles. “Demokratikus átmenet a háború utáni Magyarországon” [Democratic transition in postwar Hungary]. Történelmi Szemle 29, no. 1 (1986): 125–39.

“Gazdasági hírek – Astra Biztosító RT.” [Economic News – Astra Ins. Co.]. Magyar Nemzet, October 2, 1948. 2.

“History of Triglav Insurance Company.” Triglav. Last accessed September 20, 2024. https://www.triglav.eu/en/about-us/history

Honvári, János. “Pénzügyi és vagyonjogi tárgyalások és egyezmények Magyarország és az Egyesült Államok között, 1945–1978” [Financial and property negotiations and treaties between Hungary and the United States, 1945–1978]. Századok 143, no. 1 (2009): 37–82.

“Infiinţarea societ de ‘Sovromasigurare’” [Establishment of the “Sovromasigurare”]. Adevěrul, July 30, 1949. 3.

Karczag, Imre. “Tervgazdaság és ipar: A népi demokrácia nemzetgazdaságának döntő tényezői” [Planned economy and industry: The decisive factors of the national economy of people’s democracy]. Magyar–Szovjet Közgazdasági Szemle 3, no. 1–6 (1949): 111–24.

Kováts, Antal András. “Svájciak a magyar történelem sodrában 1867–1990” [The Swiss in the maelstrom of Hungarian history 1867–1990]. Történelmi Szemle 59, no. 4 (2017): 563–67.

Kovácsy, Tibor. “Az utasításos gazdaságról” [On the command economy]. Történelmi Szemle 24, no. 2 (1981): 191–202.

“A magánbiztosítás és a hároméves terv” [Private insurance and the three-years plan]. Képes Figyelő, September 6, 1947. 41.

Nemény, Vilmos Béla. “Gondolatok korunk társadalmi átalakulásának kérdéséhez” [Reflections on the social transformation of our time]. Közgazdasági Szemle 71, no. 1–4 (1948): 115–28.

Pásztory, Levente. “A ‘Kreuger birodalom’ Magyarországon” [The Krueger empire in Hungary]. Századok 150, no. 1 (2016): 47–83.

Potito, Serena. “The Italian State Monopoly in Life Insurance: The Organisational and Management Model of the INA (1912–1923).” Review of Economics and Institutions 13, no. 1–2 (2022). doi: 10.5281/zenodo.7550802

Rákosi, Mátyás. “Népi demokráciánk útja” [The road of our peoples’ democracy]. Századok 86, no. 1 (1952): 24–55.

Ránki, György. “Küzdelem a tervgazdaságért” [Fight for the planned economy]. Századok 97, no. 1 (1963): 68–104.

Ránki, György. “The Socialist Reorganisation of the National Economy and the Five-Month Plan.” Acta Historica 10, no. 3–4 (1964): 273–305.

Raykher, V. K. Gosudarstvennoe strakhovanie v SSSR = Райхер, В. К. Государственное страхование в СССР [State Insurance in the USSR]. Leningrad–Moscow: Gosfin­izdat, 1938.

Rockenbauer, Zoltán. “Egy gyűjtemény élete” [The life of a collection]. Európai Utas 14, no. 1 (2003): 37–43.

“Staatliche Versicherung der DDR.” Last accessed October 30, 2024. https://www.reve24.de/versicherungen/staatliche-versicherung-ddr/

“Svájci érdekeltség Magyarországon” [Swiss interest in Hungary]. Közgazdaság, October 13, 1946. 12.

Tamás, Gábor Zoltán. “Az Első Magyar Biztosító Társaság története 1858–1949” [History of the First Hungarian Insurance Company]. PhD thesis, EötvösLoránd University, Budapest: 2023.

Voszka, Éva. Az állami tulajdon pillanatai [Moments of the state ownership]. Budapest: KJK, 2018.

Weber, S. Zipser Geschichts- und Zeitbilder: Ein Beitrag zur vaterländischen Geschichte. Leutschau, 1880.


  1. 1 The State Insurer (Állami Biztosító) was a state-owned insurance company in Hungary between 1949 and 1992. It had a monopolistic position during 1952–1985. I refer to this collection of documents as the “Boross bequest.” Electronic copies of these documents are available from me. I have also done the numbering of the documents. The collection contains different internal and external documents, insurance policies, drafts of articles, etc.

  2. 2 Dobossy, “A csehszlovák tervgazdálkodás eredményei.”

  3. 3 Büky, “A jegybankok államosítása.”

  4. 4 Nemény, “Gondolatok.”

  5. 5 Joseph Alois Schumpeter (1883–1950) was an Austrian-American economist and served as minister of finance in Austria in 1919. In 1932, he became a professor at Harvard University. He emphasized the role of innovation in economics and is associated with the twentieth-century formulation of “creative destruction,” partly inspired by Marx and Werner Sombart.

  6. 6 Nemény, “Gondolatok,” 128.

  7. 7 Mátyás Rákosi (1892–1971) was a prominent Hungarian communist politician in 1945–1948 and served as General Secretary of the Hungarian Communist Party. In 1948–1956, he was general and later first secretary of the Hungarian Working People’s Party.

  8. 8 Rákosi, “Népi demokráciánk útja.”

  9. 9 Karczag, “Tervgazdaság és ipar.”

  10. 10 For details, see Berend, Újjáépítés.

  11. 11 Berend, “A stabilzáció megvédése.”

  12. 12 Ránki, “Küzdelem a tervgazdaságért.”

  13. 13 Ránki, “The Socialist Reorganisation of the National Economy.”

  14. 14 Berend, “A stabilizáció megvédése.”

  15. 15 Berend, “A gazdaságpolitika két évtizedének történetéhez.”

  16. 16 Berend, “Contribution to the History of Hungarian Economic Policy.”

  17. 17 Berend, “Székfoglaló.”

  18. 18 Kovácsy, “Az utasításos gazdaságról.”

  19. 19 Ibid., 195.

  20. 20 Kominform: Information Bureau of the Communist and Workers’ Parties, a body of Marxist-Leninist parties (1947–1956). They held their first meeting on September 22–23, 1947 in Poland.

  21. 21 Gáti, “Demokratikus átmenet,” 138.

  22. 22 Balogh, “Népi demokratikus örökségünk.”

  23. 23 Borhi, “Az amerikai diplomácia.”

  24. 24 Zoltán Vas (1903–1983) communist politician, general secretary of the General Council of Economic Affairs (1945–1949)

  25. 25 Honvári, “Pénzügyi és vagyonjogi tárgyalások.”

  26. 26 Pásztory, “A Krueger birodalom.”

  27. 27 Kováts, “Svájciak a magyar történelem sodrában.”

  28. 28 Voszka, Az állami tulajdon pillanatai, 75–93.

  29. 29 Csabay, Általános biztosítástan, 60–61.

  30. 30 Csury and Marosi, “A magyar biztosításügy története,” 19.

  31. 31 It is interesting that this debate is still going on in some Christian denominations.

  32. 32 For the first case, see Weber, Zipser Geschichts- und Zeitbilde, 287.

  33. 33 Potito, “The Italian State Monopoly in Life Insurance.”

  34. 34 Loi no 46-835 du 25 avril 1946 relative à la nationalisation de certaines sociétés d’assurances.

  35. 35 The Life Insurance Corporation Act, 1956. (India)

  36. 36 The General Insurance Business (Nationalization) Act, 1972. (India)

  37. 37 Local self-governance bodies in the late Czarist period.

  38. 38 I describe the development of the Russian monopoly according to Raykher, Gosudarstvennoe strakhovanie, 33–36.

  39. 39 Ibid., 33.

  40. 40 103. Dekret presidenta republiky ze dne 24. října 1945 o znárodnění soukromých pojišťoven.

  41. 41 “25 éve államosították a biztosítót.”

  42. 42 Zákon ze dne 19. prosince 1968, kterým se mění zákon č. 82/1966 Sb., o pojišťovnictví.

  43. 43 Dekret z dnia 3 stycznia 1947 r. o Powszechnym Zakładzie Ubezpieczeń Wzajemnych.

  44. 44 History of Triglav. Chapter “Central Governance.”

  45. 45 Bejtja, “Albanian Insurance Market,” 161.

  46. 46 “Înfiinţ area societ de “Sovromasigurare.”

  47. 47 Zakon za nacionalizacia na zastrakhovatelnite druzhestva.

  48. 48 “25 Jahre Mauerfall.”

  49. 49 “Staatliche Versicherung der DDR.”

  50. 50 Berend, A szocialista gazdaság fejlődése, 13.

  51. 51 Tamás, “Az Első Magyar Biztosító Társaság,” 192.

  52. 52 Boross bequest, no. 227, March 12, 1948. Minutes of the inaugural meeting of 6-member committee.

  53. 53 “Svájci érdekeltség Magyaroszágon.”

  54. 54 “A magánbiztosítás és a hároméves terv.”

  55. 55 “Gazdasági hírek – Astra Biztosító RT.”

  56. 56 “Bokor Insurance Boker.”

  57. 57 Lajos Fruchter (1882–1953). See Rockenbauer, “Egy gyűjtemény élete.”

  58. 58 Magyar Közlöny, July 1, 1945. 1.

  59. 59 Magyar Közlöny, November 4, 1945. 3.

  60. 60 Magyar Közlöny, June 5, 1947. 1.

  61. 61 Magyar Közlöny, April 20, 1949. 2.

  62. 62 Boross bequest, no. 171, June 23, 1948. Minutes of the meeting of 6-member committee.

2024_4_Smiljanic

The Politics of Business: (Failed) Economic Initiatives ofpdf
Slovene Liberals in the First Decades of the Twentieth Century

Ivan Smiljanić

Institute of Contemporary History, Ljubljana

This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.

Hungarian Historical Review Volume 13 Issue 4 (2024): 559-574 DOI 10.38145/2024.4.559

Slovenian politics in the late nineteenth and early twentieth century was strongly divided along ideological lines, with the conservative and liberal camps in particular engaging in never-ending cultural struggles through their various outlets. This was also evident in the economic sphere, where the conservative camp held a strong position with a network of cooperatives across the predominantly agricultural areas of Slovenia. The liberal camp tried to gain greater influence and also founded a number of cooperatives in order to exert greater economic and thus also political influence. For reasons such as rashness, inexperience, negligence, and outright corruption, these projects were mostly unsuccessful and ended in a series of bankruptcies or financial scandals.

Keywords: economic nationalism, Slovenia, liberals, Kulturkampf, bankruptcy.

The economy is often understood as an area that moves, changes, fluctuates, and morphs according to its own internal laws, which can only be understood rationally to a certain extent and over which other areas have only a marginal influence. However, there are unquestionably some external forces that can be of great importance to the state of the economy, politics being one of the most important. Political decisions can have a short-term or long-term impact on the state of the economy. One of the most important factors that can arise from this direction is the concept of economic nationalism, which aims to protect the interests of a particular national group as opposed to other groups, which are usually seen as competitors if not outright enemies.1 This approach may run counter to some basic axioms of economics, but it was and still is a strong doctrine in many regions. A similar situation, which can perhaps be considered a subset of economic nationalism (although its name and status are not yet clearly defined in the relevant literature), is the case of economic competition within the same nationality when political and ideological differences exist.

While the Slovenian territory, which belonged to Austria-Hungary until 1918 and was then largely part of the Kingdom of Serbs, Croats and Slovenes, was characterised by strong nationalist Slovenian-German struggles until the collapse of Austria-Hungary, divisions also emerged within the Slovenian group, and these divisions became increasingly pronounced over time. In the second half of the nineteenth century, there was a political and ideological stratification among Slovenian politicians. Although attempts had been made in previous years to stand shoulder to shoulder and face the common enemy (German liberalism) together, the differences proved too great. In 1892, a Catholic party was officially founded with the name Catholic National Party, which has been known as the Slovenian People’s Party since 1905. The Liberals also founded their own party in 1894, the National Progressive Party, followed by a socialist party (the Yugoslav Social Democratic Party) in 1896. The newly founded parties proved divided. They sharply criticised the views and actions of each other. As in other parts of Austria-Hungary and in many other European countries, a veritable Kulturkampf ensued, in which not only the political representatives but also the general public were divided into political camps. The most important Slovenian newspapers, each closely associated with one of the parties, published foul-mouthed articles about their political opponents, harsh condemnations of the opinions and actions of others, and sharply satirical, if not insulting, texts. It was not uncommon for public debates, whether in the newspapers, in the general public or in the Carniolan regional assembly, to become extremely offensive on a personal level. This political reckoning in extremis was an important feature of the (not only) Slovenian political landscape of the fin de siècle.

The party leaders realised that political influence could be strengthened by a strong position in the economy, and every party did its best to establish its dominance in the economic field. They had to take into account the strongly agrarian character of the Slovenian economy. The vast majority of Slovenians, up to 90 percent, belonged to the peasantry. The small percentage of the local economy that did not fall under the agricultural umbrella was mainly based on small family businesses and craft enterprises. Therefore, any group that wanted to increase its political power had to appeal primarily to the peasantry. An important part of the Slovenian peasant economy was the cooperative system, in which peasants, craftsmen, and workers contributed their savings to local cooperatives, which helped them with cheap loans, the purchase of tools and crops, and so on. At the beginning of the twentieth century, the cooperative network spread throughout Slovenia, but it was mainly under the influence of the Catholic conservative party, despite its earliest beginnings being overseen by liberal politicians.2 The liberal party, unable to come to terms with the strong influence of the Catholic Church in the rural parts of Slovenia, tried to establish its own parallel economic institutions in order to increase its own influence, even though its ideology was certainly closer to a (comparatively small) group of the Slovenian bourgeoisie.3 Therefore, in many towns it was not uncommon for there to be two Slovenian cooperatives with different political orientations. The Liberals founded the Association of Slovenian Cooperatives (Zveza slovenskih zadrug), which in a short time included around 130 new member cooperatives. Most of these cooperatives were newly founded, but about a third were taken over from the existing conservative cooperatives. The projects with which the Liberals wanted to achieve increased influence were ambitious, but in their quest for quick success and due to management errors, they often collapsed on themselves.

The Old Liberals’ First Attempt: The Glavna Loan Company

There were two factions within the Liberal Party, the more conservative Old Liberals and the more radical Young Liberals. The two groups differed both in their political-ideological and economic views. At the beginning of the twentieth century, both tried to prove their competence in the economic field by founding two large cooperatives, both of which came to an unfortunate end.

The Old Liberals were the first to try their luck. They founded the Glavna loan company (Glavna posojilnica) in Ljubljana in 1899, although they were generally opposed to the establishment of cooperatives,4 which Glavna officially was. Glavna was intended to be a serious competitor to the Catholic cooperatives, as its name indicates (“Glavna” means “the main one”), but throughout its existence it exerted only a limited influence.5 The institution was plagued by financial problems early on, as several of its main debtors failed and were unable to repay their debts. The director of Glavna, the lawyer Matija Hudnik, got involved in speculative transactions to earn the money he needed and then, in desperation, made an agreement with the auditor of the Cooperative Association in Celje. The auditor touted the strength of the Glavna loan company to the members of the association so that the cooperatives would invest more money in the company, and the auditor then received a commission from this money.6 The scam could not and did not last long.

As soon as the financial problems became known to the public, German agitators allegedly appeared and called on investors to withdraw their money from the collapsing Slovenian savings banks and deposit it in the Carniolan savings bank,7 an old, respected institution that was publicly associated with the German camp. The Catholic camp also allegedly spread disturbing rumors about the state of the Glavna. The liberal press was initially calm and said that there was no need to panic, but the tides soon changed and even the liberal press began to warn that everyone, whether liberal, Catholic, or German, had savings accounts and thus shares in the loan fund and should therefore contribute to its reorganization.8 But it was too late. Glavna had losses of several million crowns (later sources speak of 3.6 million crowns),9 and in February 1911, it went bankrupt.

The news landed on the front pages of Slovenian newspapers10 and caused public outcry. The bankruptcy was a catastrophe for around 500 investors who, mostly without realizing the true significance and extent of their commitment, had pledged the credit company all their assets in case disaster struck. There were hundreds of other investors who had wisely avoided this type of guarantee. “The common good demands that an institution that relies on an unlimited commitment fulfils every penny of its obligations,” the Catholic press insisted.11 The liberal press, on the other hand, was more cautious:

According to the strict wording of the law on cooperatives with unlimited commitments, they would have to cover the entire loss of the institution, which was borne by the members of the cooperative, the vast majority of whom did nothing other than borrow small amounts from this cooperative at a clearly usurious interest rate at the time and, if necessary, return them soon.12

The collapse of the credit society frightened savers in Carniola and Styria and led to a decline in lending in both regions. The Catholic newspaper Slovenec gave the following warning:

The collapse of the Glavna loan company in Ljubljana has affected many loan offices in southern Styria; the Cooperative Association in Celje is writhing in agony; private individuals who are investors in Glavna are cursing this institution and its leaders.13

Many cooperatives and credit companies had to publish reassuring announce­ments in the newspapers that they were not doing business with Glavna and that they would not lose a penny as a result of its collapse. The possible reorganization of the credit institution was discussed at the regional summit chaired by regional governor Fran Šuklje,14 and the delegation of the loan company was also to meet with the Austrian prime minister and finance minister in Vienna.15

In a heated exchange that lasted for weeks, the liberal and conservative political camps accused each other of being responsible for the bankruptcy of the loan company. The Catholic press reported extensively on the disaster and blamed the incompetent and deceitful leadership of the Liberals. It emphasized that the event, which was caused specifically by the Liberal leadership of the loan company, was extremely unpleasant for the Liberals, as it clearly proved their corruption and incompetence, which they are trying to hide as much as possible in anticipation of the upcoming elections. According to Slovenec, this did not mean that the Conservatives were happy about the disaster, as hundreds of innocent investors had lost their money.16 However, they vehemently rejected any claim that Glavna was in any way connected to the conservative camp. The liberal press, on the other hand, was convinced that the declaration of bankruptcy had been a quick procedure due to the involvement of the Catholic camp,17 which had sought to blame it on the Liberals. The Liberals repeatedly warned that the merchant Tomaž Pavšlar, whose large unpaid debts were fatal to the collapse of the loan company, was also a conservative, and information began to spread that Matija Hudnik was also secretly a conservative sympathizer who had been expelled from the liberal party.18 The Old Liberals defended themselves by claiming that Glavna had been sunk by conservative debtors who had not repaid their debts on time. The discussions were interrupted, albeit rather late, by the liquidation committee, which claimed that it was not “one political party or another” that had been responsible for the disaster, but the board of directors and the supervisors, who had been “reckless and unscrupulous” in their handling of the cooperative’s assets.19

The entire press agreed, however, that the bankruptcy was “one of the saddest facts in the history of our country’s economic independence.”20 There was also clear consensus that it would have serious consequences:

On the Slovenian money market, this bankruptcy is one of the worst blows that has directly affected our trade, our crafts, our private companies and even reaches deep into the conditions of private life. […] It is true that the catastrophe of the Glavna loan company has also caused much hardship and misery in private life and many economic disasters on Slovenian soil.21

The former director Hudnik and the auditor with whom he had committed fraud were arrested and sentenced to several years’ imprisonment at the court hearing in June 1911.22 The bankruptcy proceedings dragged on for several years until a reorganization cooperative was founded in 1914 to help the investors settle their debts.23 The proceedings were halted by World War I, as the bankruptcy trustee was drafted into the army. The proceedings were not officially concluded until 1926,24 so they lasted 15 years and are one of the longest documented Slovenian bankruptcy proceedings. The debtors received 52 percent of the amounts they had claimed.25

The Attempt by the Young Liberals: Agro-Merkur Cooperative in Ljubljana

Thus, the attempt by the Old Liberals to found their own cooperative ended ingloriously. The Young Liberals, who also wished to take over the influence in the Slovenian cooperative system from the Catholics, tried their luck at practically the same time. In autumn 1908, the Agro-Merkur cooperative was opened in Ljubljana, which traded in agricultural products26 and was to become the central trading office of the Association of Slovenian Cooperatives.27 Just over a year after it was founded, Agro-Merkur ran into difficulties. Dr. Gregor Žerjav, its unofficial manager and also a prominent figure of the Liberal group, had no experience running a business,28 and many machinations took place in the cooperative under his management. Agro-Merkur’s debts were far in excess of the officially authorized 50,000 crowns, and Žerjav tried to hide this fact. He did not convene any board meetings and merely noted in Agro-Merkur’s accounts that the debt had been repaid by other loan companies.29 The final sum of Agro-Merkur’s debts, most of which had been accumulated at the Association of Slovenian Cooperatives, exceeded half a million crowns.30 By October 1910, Žerjav’s inexperience and dishonesty had driven Agro-Merkur into bankruptcy.

The reaction of the press was once again stormy. Reporters agreed that Žerjav had wanted to turn the cooperative into an economic giant or that he had wanted “immediately to pin the cooperative to the sky.”31 There was also controversy in the exchange of blows between the young-liberal daily Jutro and the old-liberal Slovenski narod. The Old Liberals were annoyed by the serious consequences of the cooperative experiment and tried to distance themselves from Agro-Merkur by claiming that it had been Žerjav’s private company. Jutro defended Žerjav and blamed Žerjav’s Old Liberal colleagues, who allegedly had had a bad influence on him.32 Either way, in the following months the term “Agro-Merkur” was used in the Slovenian press as a synonym for the economic failure and greed of the (Young) Liberals. Žerjav had to retreat from Ljubljana to Gorizia for a while because of his tarnished public reputation. The press offered the more dramatic report that he had fled to Egypt.33 The conservative newspaper Slovenec commented, “Agro-Merkur is a huge cautionary tale, bitter but extremely instructive.”34

Similarly to the Glavna loan company, the cooperatives in Agro-Merkur were divided into members and other investors. Here too, the members who guaranteed the company with all their assets were threatened. It was alleged in the Catholic press that even when the cooperative was aware of its impending bankruptcy, it forced new members to join by selling them produce or wine so that they could cover their losses.35

There were many other lawsuits in which Agro-Merkur usually lost against the plaintiffs. Slovenski narod tried to relativize the defeats:

Busts are a natural consequence of bankruptcies. What is now being done in Ljubljana is now also being done in Klagenfurt. As is well known, the priests’ cooperative there went bankrupt, and the result was a legal dispute. But there is a big difference. ‘Glavna’ and ‘Agro Merkur’ went bankrupt due to unfortunate speculation. Mishaps in speculation can happen to anyone. Right now, there is talk of a large loss of the church ‘Volksanleihe’ in Styria, which was caused by unfortunate speculation. So ‘Glavna’ and ‘Agro-Merkur’ were destined for disaster because of unfortunate speculation, and the clerical cooperative in Klagenfurt suffered because the Catholic prelates stole millions.36

The criminal investigations following the Agro-Merkur bankruptcy proceedings attracted a great deal of public interest. Those responsible were sentenced to several months in prison, including Žerjav, who was not sent to prison due to his poor health and the outbreak of World War I. The court issued the following statement:

The reasons for the bankruptcy of Agro-Merkur lie primarily in the fact that the loans from the Slovenian Cooperative Association were used in an illegal and irregular manner. The management was not up to the tasks assigned to it, and it deployed staff who were not up to their tasks either. The events that were labelled an accident are of minor

importance, as this accident was related to the overstepping of the client’s scope of work. They were aware of the passivity even before they announced the bankruptcy.37

The bankruptcy proceedings were interrupted by World War I and only continued after 1918. In the new Yugoslav country, where he was also a minister, Žerjav had to deal with old accusations of embezzlement and prison sentences, which were brought up in anti-liberal newspapers. Jutro responded to the accusations with a reinterpretation of past events, namely that Žerjav had been sentenced to prison primarily because of his political and economic activities against the Germans.38 Slovenec saw through Jutro’s revisionist tactics and wrote that the liberal newspaper was using a well-known argument, according to which every act of a Slovene convicted in a court under Austria-Hungary should be understood as an act of “national merit,” and the person convicted should be seen as graced with the halo of martyrdom.39 The proceedings were summarily discontinued around 1928 (without being officially recognized by a public final declaration), with creditors receiving just over six percent of their claims.

Banking Experiments in the New State: Jadranska and Slavenska Banks

Despite these setbacks, the Slovenian Liberals remained influential in the economy even after the collapse of Austria-Hungary and the founding of the Kingdom of Serbs, Croats and Slovenes in 1918. While their cooperative experiments largely faded into the background following the dramatic and costly bankruptcies of two of their supposed flagships, they were still active in the economic sector, but they gradually turned more towards their original bourgeois roots, as reflected in their newfound interest in banking. The spread of influence, whether official or unofficial, was also characterized by exploitation. One of the first scandals to rock the young Yugoslav economy was related to the Jadranska bank (Jadranska banka), the director of which was the influential yet controversial banker, industrialist, and liberal Avgust Praprotnik.40 Praprotnik began his banking career at Jadranska bank, where he quickly rose to leading positions and was appointed general director in 1920. Two years later, when Praprotnik had already left the bank, it turned out that during his time as director, he had secretly transferred around three million crowns intended for political propaganda in Carinthia and the founding of the University of Ljubljana to his political friends, in particular Gregor Žerjav.41 Because he had left the bank in time, Praprotnik, who claimed that he was innocent,42 was not held responsible for the affair in front of the court, but he did gain notoriety. In a later public letter to his successor as the head of Jadranska bank, Praprotnik did almost outright admit to having committed fraud:

But what does my opponent accuse me of? Of having transferred large sums from the profits of Jadranska bank to the Yugoslav Democratic Party? Should I be ashamed of this offence? Have I really committed a crime against the country and the homeland by supporting the cultural, social, national economic, and political actions of the YDP? All banks support political and cultural endeavors with their profits.43

The affair was one of the first major economic disappointments in the newly founded kingdom, but it did not prevent Praprotnik from being appointed director of the Maribor escompte bank.

Soon Praprotnik was involved in the next sensational story. In 1918, Slavenska bank (Slavenska banka) was founded in Zagreb. It quickly developed into one of the largest Yugoslav banks.44 It took over the property of other banks, opened branches at home and abroad, and attracted many customers who were lured by the high interest rates.45 The influence of Slovenian businessmen and bankers, especially the Liberals, on Slavenska bank was great, if not decisive, as they owned the majority of shares and capital.46 Praprotnik was appointed vice-president of the bank in 1923. The largest shareholders wanted to control the bank’s work closely and therefore formed special interest groups from 1922, which influenced the bank’s activities from the background. Žerjav was one of the members.47

In 1924, the bank showed the first signs of difficulties. An inconsistent business policy, excessive lending, and extensive debt cancellation led to a deficit. Žerjav left the interest group and sold his stake in the bank for a large sum, while Praprotnik resigned from his position as vice-president.48 Investors became suspicious and withdrew their deposits en masse. In September 1926, the bank had to stop paying out deposits, and in May 1927 it went bankrupt.49 The bank’s collapse caused a great stir. It was one of the biggest financial upheavals in the country’s history, and the investors, 3,210 in total, ultimately only received 22 percent of their claims back after the bankruptcy proceedings,50 even though the liquidation process dragged on until 1947. Due to his another timely exit, Praprotnik did not have to answer for his actions in the bankruptcy proceedings, though he was identified by the majority of the Slovenian press as one of the main culprits in the bankruptcy. Newspapers that were not favorable to the Liberals wrote that the influence of Žerjav’s group on Praprotnik had merely shifted from Jadranska bank to Slavenska. Jutro tried to deny any connection between Žerjav and Slavenska, but this did not help much.51 Praprotnik was never brought to justice for his role in the affair, but in 1942, he was shot dead on a street in Ljubljana by members of the Partisan Security Service.

A Local Crash: The Kajfež Company in Kočevje

The shadow of the collapse of the liberal economic institutions haunted Žerjav until his death in 1929. The Catholic press always pointed out when a member of the liberal party experienced an economic collapse. The biggest scandal occurred in 1928, when a large timber and catering company owned by Anton Kajfež in Kočevje went bankrupt.52 Kajfež established himself as the richest and most influential Slovenian entrepreneur in Kočevje, which was predominantly inhabited by Gottscheers of German descent. From the Austro-Hungarian period onwards, Kajfež systematically promoted the economic development of the Slovenes and tried to limit German influence. He invested his money in the establishment of Slovenian economic and cultural institutions in the region, employed Slovenian workers, and tried to overcome the strong German influence in the region. As he personally, together with his family, had great influence on these institutions, he began to exploit this influence and accumulated considerable debts to the local bank he had helped to found. When the Kajfež company finally went bankrupt in 1928 due to unwise management53 (although the owner tried to hide the true extent of his debts through false accounting54), its considerable influence on the local economy had a noticeably negative impact on the Slovenian economy in the entire region. The Gottscheer community took the initiative again and remained there until the outbreak of World War II.

What About the Catholic Camp?

The focus of this paper has been on the Slovenian liberal camp, and it might seem that their fiercest ideological enemies in the Catholic camp were flawless by comparison. In fact, the Catholic group did not need to try to boost the economy because they already had the advantage when it came to exerting influence in the Slovenian economic sphere, especially in the agricultural sector. The Catholics’ pride and joy, the well-developed network of cooperatives, was based on the logic that the members controlled one another and focused on supporting the peasants rather than making profits. As a result, financial misdeeds and scandals or cooperative failures were a rare sight, but that doesn’t mean they never happened. When they did occur, the liberal camp, for a change, had a field day in the press.

It is worth considering two such cases from the early twentieth century. In Poljane nad Škofjo Loko, the local Catholic elite founded a cooperative called the Associated Peasants’ Society, which at the same time established a local savings bank which gave generous loans. The people who guaranteed the debts of the savings bank were recruited from Poljane and the neighboring valley and mountain villages, and apparently many of them did not know what they were getting into. The unsustainable cooperative model finally collapsed in 1903 and the company went bankrupt, much to the chagrin of the local peasantry.55 The liberal camp, which had insisted for years that the widespread network of Catholic cooperatives was rotten from within and only served to ensure that the exploitative local clergy received money from the peasants, immediately began to write about the incident:

So another church cooperative has died, while the Catholics of Poljane claimed from the beginning that the association was flourishing and spreading the fame of the parish of Poljane for miles! But now this marvelous growth is showing! In the last nine months, these misguided poor people have lost 4,500 crowns!56

Slovenec was more reserved than usual this time and vaguely blamed an undefined, unhealthy state of the cooperative for the financial collapse.57 It seems that despite the liberal press emphasizing the guilt of the Catholic representatives, the official view was similar, because a court case was organized in which seven of the peasants who had (presumably unwittingly) guaranteed the bank’s liquidity were charged, but they were sentenced to very light prison terms because the court decided that they had not understood what they had signed or what they had been offering a pledge to guarantee.58

The second major Catholic affair took place at a similar time and not far from Poljane. This time it was connected with the peasant society in Dolenja Dobrava, a small village near Gorenja vas. This society was founded in 1899 by local landowners, but mainly by those who had no experience in trade or bookkeeping and many of whom were not entirely literate. They succeeded in recruiting a number of members, but there were disruptions in the society’s operations from the outset.59 The first president therefore resigned, and his successor began to support the liberals. It is hard to say what followed, but apparently his conversion was so unwelcome that he was framed for fraud for allegedly having stolen from the cooperative. He was arrested, but the court proceedings revealed that he was most likely not guilty, and he was released. Due to his tarnished reputation, he left Dolenja Dobrava and went to the United States.60 Despite his departure, the unrest in the cooperative did not stop, and it seemed to have fewer and fewer resources. The disheartened and disappointed peasant members of the cooperative demanded the closure of the cooperative and bankruptcy, but the leadership only supported liquidation and was unwilling to recognize the debt. Tensions were high, and although liquidation was initially declared, bankruptcy was finally declared in 1909.61 Slovenski narod printed the following victorious declaration: “So this is the famous clerical economy. One bankruptcy after another!”62 The bankruptcy proceedings lasted until 1913, and the liberal regional newspaper Gorenjec summarized the affair in the following words:

One thing remains clear: the clerics wanted to use the agricultural association in Dolenja Dobrava to build their fortress against the progressives, especially the progressive merchants, but they failed. With their reckless economics, they plunged many people into misfortune.63

Some of the high-profile affairs presented above show that the Slovenian liberal camp was prepared to go to great lengths to secure economic influence, which they saw as a means of gaining support for their political activities and strengthening their position vis-à-vis the Slovenian Conservatives. To achieve this, their leading members often acted boldly, unwisely, or even illegally. The Liberals therefore experienced a series of successes and failures, with the latter often becoming notorious public scandals due to their scale and the number of victims. The situation can be summarized as follows: the Catholic camp operated with smaller institutions and more modest sums of money, and it invested cautiously and in fairly safe investments which did not bring it great wealth but contributed to its firm anchoring among the Slovenes. The liberal camp, on the other hand, tried to catch up with the established Catholic influence in the economy with bold economic projects that promised immediate high profits. In this sense, the liberal project was not successful, as the conservative party always remained the most influential Slovenian party in the interwar period. Economic influence, at least in the rural parts of the country, remained firmly in the hands of the Conservatives up until the political changes during the war and postwar times.

Archival Sources

Arhiv Republike Slovenije [Archives of the Republic of Slovenia], Ljubljana

SI AS 307, Deželno sodišče v Ljubljani [Regional Court in Ljubljana]

S 11/10, Agro-Merkur.

Bibliography

Primary sources

Gorenjec, 1909, 1910.

Jutro, 1910, 1911, 1926.

Kramer, Albert. “Resnica o Agro-Merkurju” [The truth about ‘Agro-Merkur’]. Jutro, March 25, 1925.

Narodne novine, 1927.

Praprotnik, Avgust. “Poslano. Odgovor na poziv” [Sent. Response to invitation]. Jugoslavija, June 7, 1922.

Praprotnik, Avgust. “Zoper klevete” [Against defamation]. Tabor, June 1, 1922.

Slovenec, 1903, 1910, 1911, 1914, 1925, 1927, 1929, 1932.

Slovenski narod, 1902, 1904, 1910, 1911, 1912, 1923.

Secondary literature

Koch, Natalie. “The Political Geography of Economic Nationalism.” In Handbook of Economic Nationalism, edited by Andreas Pickel, 14–28. Cheltenham, Northampton: Edward Elgar Publishing, 2022.

Kofman, Jan. Economic Nationalism and Development: Central and Eastern Europe Between the Two World Wars. Oxford: Westview, 1997.

Lazarević, Žarko. “Economic Concepts of Slovene Liberalism before WW II.” Slovene Studies 31, no. 1 (2009): 21–30.

Lazarević, Žarko. “Economy and Nationalism in Yugoslavia.” In History and Culture of Economic Nationalism in East Central Europe, edited by Helga Schultz, and Eduard Kubů, 265–77. Berlin: Berliner Wissenschafts-Verlag, 2006.

Lazarević, Žarko. “National and Economic Features of Slovene Cooperatives.” In Cooperatives in Ethnic Conflicts: Eastern Europe in the 19th and Early 20th Century, edited by Torsten Lorenz, 251–62. Berlin: Berliner Wissenschafts-Verlag, 2006.

Lazarević, Žarko, and Jože Prinčič. Bančniki v ogledalu časa [Bankers in the mirror of time]. Ljubljana: Združenje bank Slovenije, 2005.

Lazarević, Žarko, and Jože Prinčič. Zgodovina slovenskega bančništva [History of Slovenian banking]. Ljubljana: Združenje bank Slovenije, 2000.

Lazarević, Žarko, Marta Rendla, and Janja Sedlaček. Zgodovina zadružništva v Sloveniji (1856–1992) [History of cooperatives in Slovenia (1856–1992)]. Ljubljana: Zadružna zveza Slovenije, 2023.

Mohorič, Jakob. O zgodovini slovenske krščanske demokracije: spominski zapisi dr. Jakoba Mohoriča (1888–1976) [On the history of Slovenian Christian democracy: memoirs of Dr. Jakob Mohorič (1888–1976)]. Ljubljana: Založba ZRC, ZRC SAZU, 2019.

Perovšek, Jurij. “Afera Jadranska banka” [The Jadranska Bank Affair]. In Slovenska kronika XX. stoletja: 1900–1941 [Slovenian chronicle of the 20th century: 1900–1941], edited by Marjan Drnovšek, and Drago Bajt, 272. Ljubljana: Nova revija, 1995.

Schultz, Helga. “Introduction: the Double-Edged Sword of Economic Nationalism.” In History and Culture of Economic Nationalism in East Central Europe, edited by Helga Schultz, and Eduard Kubů, 9–25. Berlin: Berliner Wissenschafts-Verlag, 2006.

Smiljanić, Ivan. “ ‘Erased from the Face of God’: Slovene Economic Nationalism in Press Reports on A. Kajfež & Co. in Kočevje.” Historical Studies on Central Europe 3, no. 1 (2023): 122–43.

Tršan, Lojz. “Propad Slavenske banke – največji finančni šok med obema vojnama v Sloveniji” [The collapse of Slavenska bank – the biggest financial shock in Slovenia between the two world wars]. Borec: revija za zgodovino, literaturo in antropologijo 46, no. 529–31 (1994): 368–74.


  1. 1 For more on economic nationalism see e.g. Koch, “The Political Geography”; Schultz, “Introduction”; Kofman, Economic Nationalism. On this topic on the territory of Yugoslavia, see Lazarević, “Economy and Nationalism.”

  2. 2 Lazarević, “National and Economic Features.” Lazarević et al., Zgodovina zadružništva, 14–42, 66–77.

  3. 3 For an overview of the economic thought of Slovene liberals see Lazarević, “Economic Concepts.”

  4. 4 Mohorič, O zgodovini, 113.

  5. 5 “ ’Glavna posojilnica’.” Slovenec, December 24, 1910.

  6. 6 “Glavna posojilnica pred poroto (2)” [‘Glavna’ before the jury]. Jutro, June 6, 1911.

  7. 7 “Agitatorji ‘Kranjske šparkase’” [Agitators of the “Kranjske šparkase”]. Jutro, January 20, 1911.

  8. 8 “Timeo Danaos et dona ferentes.” Jutro, January 24, 1911.

  9. 9 “Glavna posojilnica.” Slovenski narod, October 25, 1923.

  10. 10 “ ‘Glavna posojilnica’ v Ljubljani v konkurzu!“ [‘Glavna’ in Ljubljana in bankruptcy]. Slovenski narod, February 14, 1911.

  11. 11 “ ’Glavna’ posojilnica.” Slovenec, January 5, 1911.

  12. 12 “Glavna posojilnica.” Slovenski narod, December 24, 1910.

  13. 13 “Gosp. Ivan Hribar v brezdelju” [Mr. Ivan Hribar in idleness]. Slovenec, July 12, 1911.

  14. 14 “O ‘Agro-Merkurju’.” Slovenski narod, June 22, 1911.

  15. 15 “Deputacija ‘Glavne posojilnice’ na Dunaju” [Deputation of ‘Glavna’ in Vienna]. Slovenec, March 10, 1911.

  16. 16 “Polom liberalne ‘Glavne posojilnice’” [The collapse of liberal ‘Glavna’]. Slovenec, January 21, 1911.

  17. 17 “Kako delajo klerikalci za Glavno posojilnico v Zvezdi” [How do clerics work for ‘Glavna’ in Zvezda]. Jutro, February 11, 1911.

  18. 18 “Klerikalni značaji” [Clerical characters]. Jutro, February 12, 1911.

  19. 19 Likvidacijski odbor ‘Glavne posojilnice’ [Liquidation Committee of ‘Glavna’], “Poslano” [Sent]. Slovenec, January 30, 1914.

  20. 20 “ ‘Slovenčeva’ infamija javno obsojena” [“Slovenec’s” infamy publicly condemned]. Jutro, June 8, 1911.

  21. 21 “Glavna posojilnica pred poroto (1)” [‘Glavna’ before the jury]. Jutro, June 4, 1911.

  22. 22 “Glavna posojilnica pred poroto (3)” [‘Glavna’ before the jury]. Jutro, June 12, 1911.

  23. 23 “Iz seje kranjskega deželnega odbora dne 27. junija 1914” [From the session of the Carniolan Provincial Committee on June 27, 1914]. Slovenec, June 30, 1914.

  24. 24 “Konkurz Glavne posojilnice končan” [Bankruptcy of ‘Glavna’ completed]. Jutro, September 30, 1926.

  25. 25 “Glavna posojilnica.” Slovenski narod, October 25, 1923.

  26. 26 “Agro-Mercurjeve manipulacije pred sodiščem (1)” [The manipulations of ‘Agro-Mercur’ before the court]. Slovenec, March 30, 1914.

  27. 27 Lazarević et al., Zgodovina zadružništva, 111–17.

  28. 28 Mohorič, O zgodovini, 113.

  29. 29 Archiv Republike Slovenije SI AS 307, S 11/10, no. 45. Agro-Merkur.

  30. 30 “Agro-Mercurjeve manipulacije pred sodiščem (2)” [The manipulations of ‘Agro-Mercur’ before the court]. Slovenec, April 6, 1914.

  31. 31 “Nekaj za mladine” [Something for the youth]. Slovenec, July 14, 1910.

  32. 32 “Agro-Merkur.” Jutro, November 10, 1910.

  33. 33 “Agro-Merkur.” Slovenski narod, November 9, 1910.

  34. 34 “Agro-Mercurjeve manipulacije pred sodiščem (1)” [The manipulations of Agro-Mercur before the court]. Slovenec, March 30, 1914.

  35. 35 “Iz liberalnega zadružnega delovanja” [From liberal cooperative action]. Slovenec, April 6, 1911.

  36. 36 “Klerikalna škodoželjnost” [Clerical malice]. Slovenski narod, March 16, 1912.

  37. 37 “Agro-Mercurjeve manipulacije pred sodiščem (1)” [The manipulations of ‘Agro-Mercur’ before the court]. Slovenec, March 30, 1914.

  38. 38 Kramer, “Resnica o Agro-Merkurju.”

  39. 39 “ ‘Agro-Merkur’ – narodno herojstvo” [‘Agro-Merkur’ – national heroism]. Slovenec, March 28, 1925.

  40. 40 Lazarević and Prinčič, Bančniki, 80–85.

  41. 41 Perovšek, “Afera Jadranska banka.”

  42. 42 Praprotnik, “Zoper klevete.”

  43. 43 Praprotnik, “Poslano. Odgovor na poziv.”

  44. 44 Tršan, “Propad Slavenske banke,” 368.

  45. 45 Lazarević and Prinčič, Zgodovina slovenskega bančništva, 49–50.

  46. 46 Tršan, “Propad Slavenske banke,” 371.

  47. 47 Ibid., 368–69.

  48. 48 Ibid., 369–70.

  49. 49 “Stečaj” [Bankruptcy]. Narodne novine, May 20, 1927.

  50. 50 “100 Din = 22 Din.” Slovenec, November 29, 1929.

  51. 51 “SDS – odločilni faktor v ‘Slavenski banki’” [SDS – the decisive factor in ‘Slavenska Bank’]. Slovenec, January 22, 1927.

  52. 52 For a more detailed overview of this case see Smiljanić, “ ‘Erased from the Face of God’.”

  53. 53 “Odmevi Kajfeževega konkurza” [Echoes of Kajfež’s bankrupcy]. Slovenec, October 26, 1929.

  54. 54 “Proces o Kajfeževi imovini” [The assets of Kajfež]. Slovenec, March 15, 1932.

  55. 55 “Sadovi klerikalne gospodarske organizacije” [The fruits of clerical economic organization]. Slovenski narod, July 27, 1904.

  56. 56 “Kmetijsko društvo v Poljanah nad Škofjo Loko” [Agricultural Society in Poljane nad Škofjo Loko]. Slovenski narod, September 25, 1902.

  57. 57 “Zvezno kmetijsko društvo v Poljanah” [Federal Agricultural Society in Poljane]. Slovenec, July 27, 1903.

  58. 58 “Sadovi klerikalne gospodarske organizacije” [The fruits of clerical economic organization]. Slovenski narod, July 27, 1904.

  59. 59 “Kmetijsko društvo na Dolenji Dobravi v Poljanski dolini nad Šk. Loko (1)” [Agricultural Society on Dolenja Dobrava in the Poljanska Valley above Šk. Loka]. Slovenski narod, April 22, 1910.

  60. 60 “Kmetijsko društvo na Dolenji Dobravi v Poljanski dolini nad Šk. Loko (2)” [Agricultural Society on Dolenja Dobrava in the Poljanska Valley above Šk. Loka]. Slovenski narod, April 25, 1910.

  61. 61 “Kmetijsko društvo na Dolenji Dobravi v Poljanski dolini nad Šk. Loko” (3) [Agricultural Society on Dolenja Dobrava in the Poljanska Valley above Šk. Loka]. Slovenski narod, April 26, 1910.

  62. 62 “Škandalov še ni konec” [The scandals are not over yet]. Gorenjec, June 26, 1909.

  63. 63 “Iz Poljanske doline” [From the Poljanska Valley]. Gorenjec, February 19, 1910.

2024_4_Kubu_Stolleova

Živnostenská Banka (Trades Bank) and Its Participation in the Banking pdfConsortia/Syndicates of Interwar Czechoslovakia*

Eduard Kubů and Barbora Štolleová

Charles University

This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.; This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.

Hungarian Historical Review Volume 13 Issue 4 (2024): 533-558 DOI 10.38145/2024.4.533

One of the characteristic features of the development of the Czechoslovak economy in the interwar period was its progressive concentration and increasing organization, whether initiated from above (the persistence of a higher degree of state interventionism) or from below in the sense of voluntary cooperation and clustering across the business environment. In addition to the traditional associations for carrying out business, such as joint-stock companies, public companies, limited liability companies, and others, which were legal entities and were usually established for an unlimited period of time, new instruments of cooperation were becoming more and more common. These were networks of cartels, conventions, gentlemen’s agreements, and syndicates which restricted the free market. The study sheds light on characteristic forms of bank-to-bank cooperation, namely consortia/syndicates, using the example of the largest and most important Czechoslovak bank of the interwar period, Živnostenská Banka pro Čechy a Moravu v Praze (the Trades Bank for Bohemia and Moravia in Prague). It points out the relatively large number of consortia and offers a typology derived from their functions.

Keywords: banking consortium/syndicate, Czechoslovakia, interwar period, Živnostenská Banka (Trades Bank)

Until the end of World War I, the economies of the Bohemian lands and Upper Hungary were firmly embedded in the Danube monarchy. Their development and modernization were closely linked to economic, social, cultural, and, last but not least, political developments. A key milestone was the abolition of serfdom in 1848 and the gradual opening of space for the formation of civil society and entrepreneurial activity. A further impetus to the dynamics of development in the Bohemian lands was given by the Austrian defeat in 1859, which meant the loss of the advanced northern Italian provinces and accelerated the transfer of the industrial core of the monarchy to the Bohemian lands. Hand in hand with this was the move towards the adoption of the February Constitution (1861) and the strengthening of the development of representative institutions of the legal order, both in the field of civil law and the legal regulation of the business environment. Viewed from the perspective of big business, economic modernization was a matter for the national German and, hence, Jewish-German elites. At the end of the nineteenth century, the Czech elites were only just beginning to play a more prominent role.1

The predominance of the German-speaking business milieu in the Bohemian lands was not only marked in traditional industries but also in industries characterized which were part of the so-called Second Industrial Revolution (the second wave of industrialization). The basis of the capital market in its large business segment developed in the same way. It was characterized both by the establishment of branches of big Viennese banks and by the formation of joint-stock financial institutions linked to private banking. A smaller but later nevertheless extremely important stream of financial institutions in the Bohemian lands was represented by the concentration of the national Czech capital. Its key source was the Schulze-Delitzsch type credit cooperative movement, which gained strength in the 1860s. In 1868, Živnostenská Banka was founded as their central financial institution. In the first decade of the twentieth century, although it still retained its provincial character and headquarters, it was one of the six largest Austrian big banks. In contrast to the Viennese institutions (and this was also true of other Czech national banking institutions), Živnostenská Banka (Trades Bank), despite its generally high turnover, financed mainly medium-sized and smaller businesses. Before the fall of the monarchy, even the nascent Czech national business was, for the most part, dependent for its financing on the Viennese big banks, which had a dense network in the Bohemian lands and were able to offer bigger loans on more favorable terms.

The establishment of the Czechoslovak Republic in 1918 dramatically changed the nature of the capital market in the Bohemian lands. Rapidly increasing inflation in Austria and Hungary, together with monetary reform in Czechoslovakia which pushed towards deflation, effectively cut domestic large firms off from their traditional financial connections in Vienna and Budapest. At the same time, the domestic capital market was insufficiently linked to the foreign capital markets of Western Europe or markets overseas. The significance of the various types of financial institutions and, above all, the significance of the individual national segments changed dramatically. The national Czech segment, led by Živnostenská Banka, gained the upper hand. The national German segment and the Viennese segment, in particular, were significantly weakened. The latter was partly dissolved in the national Czech environment through the nostrification of companies,2 which were partly “transformed” into commercially interesting and relatively strong segment of multinational financial institutions, both mixed (i.e. Czech-German) and financial institutions with foreign participation (mainly British and French capital).3

The redefinition of the capital market in the new republic had major consequences for its functioning. It reduced the power of the financial institutions. The Czechoslovak big banks were incomparably weaker and less experienced than their Viennese predecessors in terms of their potential and also in terms of their management skills. Moreover, in the early years of the republic, they concentrated on building and developing their industrial concerns by making large-scale investments in stock portfolios on their own account, which subsequently limited or even ruined their ability to offer companies credit. A new situation arose for the Czechoslovak industry in the sense that large-scale credit was more difficult to obtain and more expensive. The weakness and undercapitalization of the market became a characteristic attribute of the interwar period, undermining the modernization of industry and business in general.

The Capital Market and the Term Consortium

The transformation of the capital market also led to changes in the business strategies used by banks and the firms they financed. The new conditions generated new problems and in many ways changed the nature of cooperation. On the one hand, the efforts of large financial institutions to build their concerns as an exclusive sphere of influence of the banking institution and to define sharply themselves against the competition were strengthened. On the other hand, the limited amount of capital on the market created conditions for the expansion of existing and the formation of new or until then only infrequently used manners of cooperation, even of a relatively long-term nature. The tendency to establish closer cooperation was also supported by the development of the economic cycle, especially its protracted periods of depression, which was characteristic of most of the interwar period.

A signal of a higher or even new stage of cooperation among banks in the Bohemian lands and then Czechoslovakia was the establishment in 1917 of the Association of Czech Banks, which later became the exclusive professional association of the large joint-stock commercial banks in Czechoslovakia, including the domestic German banks. It was on the basis of this association that coordinated banking procedures concerning credit and other matters were developed, in particular the creation of a Czech and then Czechoslovak banking cartel (analogous to the Austrian cartel of 1907), which determined the conditions of capital and money trade, employment issues, and last but not least consultations on cooperation with the state (internal loans, nostrification of companies, etc.).4

One important form of cooperation was the so-called banking consortia. These associations were formed for a “temporary period” to carry out one or more transactions on a “joint account.” The legal regulations varied largely from country to country. In Cisleithania, they were based on the General Commercial Code of December 17, 1862,5 which was later incorporated into the legal system of the Czechoslovak Republic. The term “consortium” referred to a non-commercial company governed by commercial law, which wasn’t a legal entity, was not entered in the commercial register and did not necessarily require a written agreement (contract). The established terminology of the time referred to “occasional companies” or partnerships and “a metà” company. The term “syndicate” was also used in the literature of the time.6 The reason for entering into consortium agreements was usually the considerable size of the planned transaction and the possibility of distributing the risks associated with a particular deal among several parties.7 Consortium deals were often associated with the banking business. The expression “banking cooperative”8 or “association of banks”9 was also used at the time to describe the function of a banking consortium.

The number of consortium/syndicate-type agreements, which had been common in the Austro-Hungarian Monarchy before World War I, grew in Czechoslovakia in the 1920s and especially in the 1930s to such an extent that special units were set up in the large banks to manage them and keep separate accounts for these transactions.10 These units were referred to as consortium/syndicate departments. There were several reasons for their establishment, including perhaps most importantly the sheer number of contracts but also the specifics and complexity of keeping the agenda. This type of business was classified in contemporary manuals and textbooks as “more difficult” from the accounting point of view,11 and it was also demanding in terms of the actual negotiation and conclusion of deals and the calculation of profits and benefits achieved. Moreover, the data on consortium transactions were considered very “sensitive.”12 Essentially, they were to remain hidden from the staff of other departments of the bank.

Consortia of banks are subjects touched on only marginally in the older and contemporary literature as well.13 The discussion below outlines the mechanisms of these agreements and their economic impacts in the specific case of Živnostenská Banka as the most important financial institution in Czechoslovakia in the interwar period. It offers a typology of consortia according to the purposes and functions for which they were established as a starting point for further research. Specifically, it focuses on consortia that were founded (1) with the purpose of establishing a company or taking over and selling off shares, (2) to guarantee and place public loans and bonds of public corporations or the state, (3) to intervene in some fashion in market affairs, (4) to ensure the influence of the group of shareholders in the company (so-called blocking consortia), and (5) to secure business and credit connections of companies (credit). Last but not least, the discussion below also considers the roles of the consortium of banks for state credit operations as a specific consortium of this type. Some questions fall outside the scope of the study, including the banks’ arrangements arising from ordinary banking transactions (i.e. agreements on foreign currency transfers, etc.), as well as “syndicates” in the sense of a higher organizational level of the cartel, which were legal entities (e.g. import and export syndicates, cartel sales offices), and the forced syndication of smaller firms in the 1930s for the purpose of their rational state-directed concentration.

A Typology of Consortia with Participation of Živnostenská Banka
(According to Their Functions and Purpose)

As already indicated, Živnostenská Banka was the leading actor in the Czecho­slo­vak financial sector in the interwar period. In 1919, its share capital amounted to 200 million Czechoslovak crowns (by 1937, it had risen to 240 million), and its reserves amounted to 97 million crowns. The bank formed a concern that included a wide range of diverse Czech/Czechoslovak enterprises, including agriculture, sugar, engineering, textile, chemical, electrotechnical, commercial, and other companies. In principle, the bank aimed for proportional representation of all major sectors of the national economy. Živnostenská Banka benefited from its close ties to the state apparatus, to which many of its senior executives as well as middle-ranking officials moved. In the 1920s, its exponents repeatedly held the post of Czechoslovak economic minister, most often the post of finance minister. At a critical time in the birth of the state, the bank provided financial backing for its administration, direct loans and underwriting/arranging long-term public loans (see below). The extraordinary influence of Živnostenská Banka on state economic policy derived from these facts.

Type 1. Among the most frequent consortium agreements with bank participation in the period under review were consortia to establish a company or to take over and sell off an issue of company shares.14 The “textbook” examples, manuals, and dictionaries of the time are based on this type of consortium agreement. A 1913 handbook of bank accounting gives the hypothetical example of Živnostenská Banka initiating the formation of a consortium to sell shares of an unnamed company.15 Two other credit institutions, namely the Česká průmyslová banka (Bohemian Industrial Bank) and Pozemková banka (Land Bank), joined as members of the consortium. Each of the members of the newly formed consortium participated in the project with one-third, with Živnostenská Banka managing the project. The consortium took over the shares of the unnamed company at a predetermined price (216 crowns per share) and subsequently provided for subscription at a price above the acceptance price (230 crowns per share). The project was settled in a joint consortium account held by the gerent (bank in charge), in this case Živnostenská Banka, which included expenses, interest, and commissions. Once the transaction was closed, the profit shares were transferred to the individual consortium members.16

The importance of consortium agreements in the context of the founding activities of banks before World War I was captured by Czech historian Ctibor Nečas, who analyzed the activities of Czech banks in southeastern Europe. Živnostenská Banka, like some other domestic banks, apparently participated in several agreements established outside the Bohemian lands. It participated, for example, in the consortium for the increase of the share capital of the Trieste steamship company, in the arrangement for the transformation of the Split marble mining company into a joint-stock company, in the consortium for the establishment of the Herceg-Bosna joint-stock insurance company, and in particular in the consortium for the establishment of sugar factories (Osijek, Vrbas, Szolnok).17 When issuing, buying, or selling shares, the consortium agreements did not always have to be large-scale funding projects. An example of a smaller consortium with the participation of Živnostenská Banka in the Czechoslovak environment (its other members were the Spolek pro chemickou a hutní výrobu or United Chemical and Metallurgical Works Ltd. and “Solo” Czechoslovak United Match and Chemical Works) include the sale consortium of “Solo” shares (“Solo” was both an object and a member of the consortium), which was established in the autumn of 1937 to place only 10,075 Solo shares on the market (i.e. approximately three percent of the company’s capital).18

In practice, the simple examples presented in the manuals took on different variations, sometimes highly sophisticated, and the agreements could display various asymmetries and specificities. During its existence, the consortium typically had a gerent, either permanent or it was administered on a parity basis, meaning that the participants rotated in leadership positions at set intervals (usually after a year). The shares of securities taken over were not always equal. Each of the participating banking institutions could participate with a predetermined quota. The circumstances of the issue, purchase, or sale of corporate shares could be (and in practice were) linked to other organizational actions of the bank (such as shareholding and financing).

Type 2. Another type of consortium agreement involving banks was consortia to guarantee and place public loans and bonds of public corporations or the state. For example, a consortium of banks could be formed to underwrite municipal loan bonds.19 An example of wide-ranging cooperation is the agreement of 13 national Czech joint-stock commercial banks (including Živnostenská Banka), four public financial institutions, and one Slovak bank with the Czechoslovak National Committee of November 8, 1918, i.e. only five days after the establishment of the Czechoslovak state. The subject of the arrangement was a state loan of “National Freedom” in the amount of one billion crowns. Based on this loan, debentures were issued bearing interest at four percent and maturing within four years. The loan was of great symbolic significance and the banks waived their usual remuneration and only claimed reimbursement of the costs of securing the loan, in addition to providing the state with an advance of 100 million crowns.20

Type 3. Consortia of banks could be set up to support the price of certain securities on the stock exchange. An example of an intervention consortium is the consortium referred to as “B” in the internal documentation of Živno­stenská Banka. Five leading Czechoslovak joint-stock commercial banks and one private bank agreed to form it in 1920, namely on December 24, 1920. These were the Agrární banka československá (the Czechoslovak Agrarian Bank, or simply the Agrarian Bank), the Česká průmyslová banka (Bohemian Industrial Bank), the Böhmische Eskompte-Bank und Credit-Anstalt (BEBCA), the Pražská úvěrní banka (Prague Credit Bank), and Živnostenská Banka, which were supplemented by the private banking house of Bedřich Fuchs.21 The purpose of the consortium was to carry out intervention purchases and sales of securities on the Prague Stock Exchange. For this purpose, each bank deposited three million crowns in the syndicate account and the firm of B. Fuchs deposited two million crowns. A total of 17 million crowns was to be used for the intervention purchases and sales of the thirty companies defined in the agreement. These were companies in which the participating banks had a special interest and which were included in their concerns. Purchases of shares were to be made for shares with a quotation value of up to 1,000 crowns if they had fallen by ten percent, for shares with a quotation value of up to 2,000 crowns if they had fallen by seven percent, and for shares with a quotation value of over 2,000 crowns if they had fallen by five percent compared with the last exchange rate. Other provisions of the consortium agreement specified the aforementioned basic key. The consortium was managed by Prague Credit Bank and the account was held by Živnostenská Banka. The agreement was not limited in time. The members agreed later to terminate it on June 8, 1926. The account had a passive balance of 7.3 million crowns at that time. However, the securities depot in whose favor the intervention was made showed a lot of shares of 13 companies with an exchange rate value of 13.4 million crowns. The result of the consortium was therefore positive.22

Type 4. In terms of consequences, shareholder consortia or blocking consortia were among the most important. František Špička, the procurer of the Bohemian Industrial Bank and author of a comprehensive manual on bank organization and the technique of bank transactions from 1926, paid considerable attention to consortium agreements in the context of the interpretation of the tasks and activities of the industrial departments of banks, which “were intended to ensure that groups which individually do not have a majority in the company have a decisive influence on the company.”23 A characteristic attribute of this type of consortium agreement was that it was backed by the holding of an inalienable block of shares by the consortium members. The shares tied by the agreement served as a guarantee of the functionality of the consortium (the principle of exercising voting rights at general meetings of the companies was included in the consortium agreement). The consortium with the participation of banks and also often industrial or commercial capital (mixed consortium) served to ensure medium-term or even long-term influence on the company and was usually signed for five to ten years with an automatic renewal clause. It was also commonly referred to as a “blocking” consortium.24 Its primary function was to create a controlling block of shares, thereby “blocking” the influence of other minority shareholders. It often created its own specific institutional structure, consisting of a negotiating board the function of which was to decide on the course of action within the respective firm. In essence, this was a structure analogous to the organizational structures of individual firms. The consortium was an expression of the concentration of industrial and commercial capital and the concentration of banking power. Groups of banks could seek to influence or control a key group of producers in a particular branch, or in other words, to gain a monopoly or oligopoly advantage.

One example of a blocking consortium with the participation of Živnostenská Banka is the consortium of shareholders of the Akciová společnost pro průmysl mléčný (Dairy Produce Company or simply Radlice Dairy). The agreement was concluded on June 28, 1935 on the basis of 27,587 shares of the company, which at that time represented over 78 percent of its share capital.25 Participating in the agreement were Cukrovary Schoeller a spol, a.s. (Schoeller Sugar Factories and Co., Ltd., with 4,200 shares), the Bohemian Sugar Industry Company (with 4,800 shares), BEBCA (with 5,000 shares), the Ústřední jednota hospodářských družstev (Central Union of Agricultural Cooperatives, or ÚJHD, with 12,587 shares), and Živnostenská Banka (with 1,000 shares). The management of the consortium consisted of seven representatives, with each member-entity sending one representative and the ÚJHD (given the number of shares contributed) sending three representatives. The most important position within the consortium was held by Živnostenská Banka, despite the fact that it had the lowest stake. It asserted its influence through sugar companies and also through BEBCA. The consortium shares were placed in the custody and administration of Živnostenská Banka and the members committed not to sell or otherwise transfer their ownership rights during the term of the agreement without the express consent of the other members. Ownership transfers “within the consortium” were the exception. The purpose of the consortium was “to secure for its members a permanent influence over the management and administration of the Radlice Dairy, as well as to secure for its members proper representation in all the statutory bodies of the company and to secure the joint action of the members of the syndicate in all matters concerning the Radlice Dairy.”26

The representation of the members of the consortium on the Board of Directors, the Executive Committee, and the Board of Auditors of Radlice Dairy was in proportion to the shares bound by agreement, with the position of chair­man belonging to the “group” of Živnostenská Banka and the position of vice-chairman to the ÚJHD. The consortium agreement included a specific arrangement regarding the appointment of the top management of Radlice Dairy. The deliberations within the consortium were conducted by voting in proportion to the shares bound by agreement (with one share being equal to one vote). This was done by majority vote, with matters requiring unanimous approval being explicitly named (pricing strategy, payment of dividends, amendments to the consortium agreement, including the purchase of shares for the consortium, entering into cartel agreements, reducing or increasing share capital). Externally, the members of the consortium committed to exercising voting rights in the statutory bodies of Radlice Dairy in accordance with the consortium’s resolutions. The agreement was non-terminable for five years and was to be automatically renewed for one year each time thereafter unless terminated by a member.27

The blocking consortium could be formed with the participation of domestic and foreign interest groups. This was the case with the Pražská železážská společnost (Prague Ironworks Company, PŽS), which had its main plant in Kladno. The consortium agreement concluded in the 1930s between Živnostenská Banka and the Mannesmann concern, represented by its plants in Chomutov (Mannesmannröhren-Werke), expressed the cooperation between the Reich-German capital group, which primarily sought to secure some influence on the company’s production profile and the supply of materials (ingots) for the Chomutov plant, and Živnostenská Banka group, which expressed the growing share of national Czech capital in the company and, above all, its interest in financing the company. The agreement, backed by 45.6 percent of the capital of PŽS (Mannesmannröhren-Werke providing 25.6 percent and Živnostenská Banka providing 20.21 percent), gave its participants a comfortable voting majority at the general meetings of PŽS.28

The consortium agreement was also adopted as a tool for coordination to regulate relations in the Prague company Philips Ltd. The agreement concluded on February 3, 1937 between the Dutch Philips (N. V. Philips Gloei­lampenfabrieken in Eindhoven), Ringhoffer-Tatra, and Živnostenská Banka bound all the shares of the company (in the ratio 40:35:25) for ten years.29 The shares with a total nominal value of three million c­rowns were deposited in Živnostenská Bank’s depot. The agreement explicitly defined the motivations of the parties involved. The Dutch company was interested in “ensuring that the management of the Prague company bearing its name is in line with the Group’s business and technical principles.”30 Živnostenská Banka pursued the objective of maintaining a banking relationship with the company (specifically, the agreement stipulated a minimum scope of 80 percent financing on the relevant terms of the major banks in Prague). Ringhoffer-Tatra wanted to develop technical cooperation with Philips, and the agreement stipulated that “this effort should be taken into account to the maximum extent possible without disadvantaging Philips.”31 Živnostenská Banka and Ringhoffer-Tatra were guaranteed in writing a minimum yield on the shares tied up by the consortium (a net dividend of six percent). The Dutch company or a third party appointed by it was given the option of buying the shares belonging to the other members of the syndicate (within four weeks). A further agreement stipulated, within the same time frame, that the Dutch company would be obliged to take over the shares of Philips Ltd. from Živnostenská Banka and Ringhoffer-Tatra if they were offered to it.

Consortia of shareholders involving banks could in some cases bind blocks of shares in several different companies at the same time. This was true in the case of the shareholders’ agreements of Czechoslovak distilleries signed in the wake of the completion of the process of the so-called repatriation of Austrian capital following the financial collapse of the Österreichische Creditanstalt für Handel und Gewerbe (1931). In 1932, with the participation of the Agrarian Bank, the Družstvo hospodářských lihovarů pro prodej lihu v Praze (Cooperative of Agricultural Distilleries for the Sale of Spirit in Prague), the ÚJHD, and Živnostenská Banka, the Czech distillery consortium was established, the purpose of which was to “ensure a permanent influence on the management and administration” of the six explicitly named Czechoslovak distillery companies and to “ensure a uniform approach by the members of this consortium in all matters.”32 Later, the consortium was extended and included another banking institution (BEBCA) and, temporarily, the Vienna-based A. G. für Spiritusindustrie.33 The agreement provided for the establishment of a special “consortium leadership” to secure the agreement, to which the consortium members sent two representatives each. Later, detailed rules were drawn up specifying the roles of the “consortium leadership” and the “board of directors” and other mechanisms for the functioning of the syndicate.34

Type 5. Agreements to secure commercial and credit links of companies were also made in the form of consortia. These agreements involved the exclusive provision of the firm’s banking operations, including the direct financing by the consortium banks of capital-intensive operations that were beyond the realistic capacity of a single credit institution, either because of insufficient funds or because the amount of funds committed was so large that it created an increased risk of loss. The agreements on the provisioning of the commercial and credit link were separate contracts, and in cases of the formation of a “blocking consortium,” they could also be a direct part of the agreement.35 An example of banks acting jointly in the provision of credit can be seen in the draft credit agreement between Živnostenská Banka with BEBCA and the Kolin spirit potash factory and refinery from 1937. The banks established a credit framework of four million crowns. The first half could be drawn down without further conditions, while guarantees were required for the second half. For the duration of the agreement (five years), the company was obliged to concentrate all its credit and banking transactions exclusively with the participating financial institutions. The banks were to rotate in charge every year. They also stipulated that they would be the place for the deposit of shares for general meetings and the payout point for dividend coupons, for which they charged a quarter percent commission on the amount paid out. The agreement specified the loan guarantees (insurance). On request, the company was obliged to provide information on the employment of the company and the running of its business, as well as a balance sheet and an account of profits and losses.36

The Consortium Department at Živnostenská Banka had been in existence since January 14, 1921, and on that date, the credit affairs of 17 companies had fallen under it. The number of firms subsequently fluctuated. The department dealt with dozens of firms continuously,37 and in 1938, according to a uniquely preserved inventory, there were 32 firms. The size of credits ranged from hundreds of thousands of crowns to millions of crowns, mainly. Most of the organizational schemes of Živnostenská Banka were preserved after the war, but all indications suggest that the Consortium Department of Živnostenská Banka was organized directly under the General Secretariat of the Bank.38

There were essentially two techniques according to which consortium transactions were conducted. The first is of the type indicated above. The firm’s/subject’s overdraft account was held with only one bank, which handled all the firm’s transactions and at the same time set up share accounts for the other participating banks. “Turnover settlement” was carried out at regular intervals according to agreed quotas. The management of the account could belong to one of the banks for the entire duration of the agreement, or it could be rotated at agreed times. The second way of carrying out credit consortium transactions was for the firm to set up overdraft accounts with all the participating banks, which had the advantage of enabling it to carry out transactions with several institutions and thus benefit from the flexibility of one bank for certain operations. At fixed dates, the banks would then settle the balances between the accounts, bringing the account totals into balance with the agreed quotas. There were also cases when fixed quotas were set for particular types of operations and transactions (foreign exchange operations, etc.).39

If we focus on the specific banks with which Živnostenská Banka cooperated in the area of securing financing between the wars, we can say that the range varied and evolved over time. The preserved records of the consortium department show that Viennese banks were still frequent partners for Živnostenská Banka in the interwar period, especially in the early 1920s. Živnostenská Banka shared its clients in particular with the Österreichische Creditanstalt für Handel und Gewerbe, Bodencreditanstalt, and the Niederösterreichische Escompte Gesellschaft. The counterbalance to these gradually fading links was cooperation between Živnostenská Banka and domestic Czechoslovak banks. The most frequent were the alliances of traditional national Czech banks (Živnostenská Banka, the Agrarian Bank, the Bohemian Industrial Bank, and the Prague Credit Bank) and, less frequently, the cooperation of Živnostenská Banka with domestic German institutions, such as Böhmische Union-Bank and Böhmische Escompte-Bank. Cooperation with the latter German bank grew significantly only after its transformation into BEBCA, when Živnostenská Banka became directly involved in its capital.

KUBU FIG1

Figure 1. Banking consortia providing business and credit connections between companies with the participation of Živnostenská Banka as of 1938 (in percent)
Explanatory note: ŽB = Živnostenská Banka
Source: AČNB, fund ŽB, sign. ŽB/3959/1, list of consortium companies (undated).

The post-1945 record of how consortium accounts were settled back to 1938 provides evidence of the nature of the cooperation between Živnostenská Banka and other financial institutions at the end of the First Czechoslovak Republic.40 For this year, as mentioned above, 32 companies are listed, which may seem like a low number, but the volume of transactions behind it is undeniably large. In most cases, these were profiling entities in their field of business with many dependent companies: PŽS, Explosia, Synthesia, the distillery complex, Poldina huť (Poldihütte/Poldi steel factory), Ringhoffer-Tatra, Vítkovické horní a hutní těžířstvo (Vítkovice Mining and Metallurgical Mining), Králodvorská cementárna (Königshofer Cement Factory), etc. In terms of the technique according to which consortium transactions were made, 17 companies were represented on the principle of a single account with an additional settlement between the participants (in nine cases Živnostenská Banka had the leadership position and in eight cases the leadership rotated). For 11 companies, parallel accounts were held with the participating banks, and the balances were settled according to quotas. For four companies, quotas were specified according to the type of transactions. The consortia in which Živnostenská Banka par­ticipated consisted of two to five banks. In 15 cases, Živnostenská Banka pro­vided services in cooperation with one other banking institution, in 11 cases with two, in four cases with three, and in two cases with four other banking institutions (see Fig. 1). The most frequent partner of Živnostenská Banka in the provision of consortium loans was BEBCA (in 14 cases), in eight cases it was an alliance between Živnostenská Banka, BEBCA, and the Agrarian Bank (e.g. in the financing of distillery enterprises), in four cases Živnostenská Banka participated alongside the Agrarian Bank, the Prague Credit Bank, and the Bohemian Industrial Bank, and in two cases Živnostenská Banka coordinated with BEBCA and the Böhmische Union-Bank. The broad-based coalitions were rather unique and were based on the needs of the specific project. The specific configurations applied are shown in Figure 2.

KUBU FIG2

Figure 2. Formations under banking consortium agreements providing business and credit connections between companies with the participation of Živnostenská Banka as of 1938 (in percent)
Explanatory notes: ŽB = Živnostenská Banka; BEBCA = Böhmische Eskompte-Bank and Credit-Anstalt; AGB = Agrarian Bank; BUB = Böhmische Union-Bank; Anglo-PÚB = Anglo-československá a Pražská úvěrní banka (Anglo-Czechoslovak and Prague Credit Bank);
ČPB = Bohemian Industrial Bank; VDB = Všeobecná družstevní banka (General Cooperative Bank); ÚJHD = Central Union of Agricultural Cooperatives
Source: AČNB, fund ŽB, sign. ŽB/3959/1, list of consortium companies (undated).

A variation in the context of credit consortia was also a consortium that did not directly provide the funds but served as an intermediary and guaranteed credit from third-party entities (including another consortium of banks) with its assets.

Type 6. The consortium of banks for state credit operations was a unique type of banking consortium in interwar Czechoslovakia. This consortium was to act as an advisory body to the Czechoslovak government in financial policy, especially in its lending, either by banks directly or by intermediating loans and purchases on foreign markets. These roles were later supplemented by other roles, such as guaranteeing domestic and foreign loans and providing advances to the state, for example, for the purchase of grain. The consortium operated on the principle of quotas. In the autumn of 1919, the Czechoslovak Minister of Finance and the directors of nine Czechoslovak banks, six banks with Czech-language administration (the Agrarian Bank, the Bohemian Industrial Bank, the Moravian Agrarian and Industrial Bank, the Prague Credit Bank, the Central Bank of Czech Savings Banks, and Živnostenská Banka), two banks with German-language administration (the Böhmische Escompte-Bank and Böhmische Union-Bank), and one bank with Slovak administration (the Slovak Bank in Ružomberok/Rózsahegy), took part in the preparatory work for the establishment of the consortium.41 The consortium was thus the result of cooperation among a very broad spectrum of Czechoslovak financial institutions which were highly divergent in terms of their objectives and national profiles and fiercely competitive on the capital and money markets. The number of banks in the consortium was increasing, thus the quota of individual institutions decreased. The quota of Živnostenská Banka, which was set at 27.06 percent in the first year of the consortium’s operation, had fallen to 15.9 percent by the mid-1930s. Even so, the role of this banking institution remained exceptional, with by far the highest quota in the group of joint-stock commercial banks (other banks had a quota in the range of 0.4 to 6.6 percent). The most significant increase in the period under review was recorded by the public-law institutions, which negotiated fixed quotas (the highest was Postal Savings Bank with a quota of 20 percent, followed by Land Bank with a quota of 6 percent).42

The Consortium/Syndicate Transactions in the Balance Sheets of Banks and Živnostenská Banka in Particular

Published balance sheets of banks in interwar Czechoslovakia give only an idea of the importance of consortium deals in the context of their other business activities. On the asset side of the balance sheet, there was a separate column/item for “Participation” or “Consortium/Syndicate Participation,” which, according to contemporary interpretations of banking, was supposed to be a cumulative expression of the bank’s consortium/syndicate participations as well as participations in the basic capital of non-joint-stock companies,43 or a column summarizing all “financial participations in companies with which [banks] are linked by granting them credit, reserving influence on management.”44 According to data from 1922, this item cumulatively amounted to only 395.7 million crowns for all joint-stock banks in the Bohemian lands and 1.29 percent of their balance sheet total.45 In 1929, the item is represented by the amount of 1,054.2 million crowns (see Table 1). This indicates the growing importance of consortium transactions, though compared to other asset items, their share in the bank’s business activities still appears to have been relatively low. The dominant item on the side of officially reported assets for banks in the Bohemian lands was clearly the item “debtors” (65.86 percent of the balance sheet in 1929), followed by the items “bills of exchange” (8.70 percent) and “securities” (8.69 percent).46 The latter item also indicated the increasing involvement of banks in industrial and commercial business.

Table 1. Consortium and syndicate participation in the balance sheets of joint-stock banks in the Bohemian lands (Bohemia, Moravia, and Silesia) in 1929 (in thousands of crowns)

 

Banks with national Czech administration  

Banks with national German administration  

Banks with national mixed administration  

Banks in the Bohemian lands  

Consortium/syndicate participation

445,560

158,165

450,437

1,054,162

Total assets

13,930,371

6,276,616

11,138,301

31,345,288

Share of consortium/syndicate participation in total assets

3.20 percent

2.52 percent

4.04 percent

3.36 percent

Source: Statistická příručka republiky Československé. vol. 4, 260.

As mentioned above, consortium agreements were among the types of deals that were considered highly sensitive (even classified). Antonín Pimper, an expert on the development of Czech banking at the time, drew attention to the fact that banks’ shares in industrial and commercial businesses often tend to be weighed differently in accounting and “usually represent secret reserves for the institutions in question.”47 In some banks, it has become common for these shares to be balanced at the nominal share value and not at the current rate. The current rate could have been several times higher, but the nominal share value was given instead to reduce the figure shown in the final balance sheet. As a specific case of a bank that proceeded in this manner, he chose Živnostenská Banka, on which we have focused in this study. Under the item of consortium participations in 1928, Živnostenská Banka only showed a round figure of 160 million crowns, and Pimper noted in this context that “it is known to insider circles that the actual figure of Živnostenská Banka’s participation must be disproportionately larger.”48 It is archivally documented that Živnostenská Banka maintained double balance sheet, an official one for the public and for review bodies, and a real one (which gave more accurate figures concerning the values of its assets) for internal use.

Table 2. Consortium/syndicate participation in the balance sheet of Živnostenská Banka by year (1921–1937), rounded to the nearest thousand crowns

 

Consortium/syndicate participation  

Total balance sheet assets  

Share of consortium/syndicate

participation in total assets

1921   

21,790

5,269,744

0.41 percent

1922

26,790

4,845,008

0.55 percent

1923

51,745

4,907,020

1.05 percent

1924

51,758

4,588,810

1.13 percent

1925

50,025

4,597,858

1.09 percent

1926

150,000

4,888,009

3.07 percent

1927

160,000

5,040,327

3.17 percent

1928

190,000

5,296,753

3.59 percent

1929

217,000

5,675,660

3.82 percent

1930

217,000

5,690,956

3.81 percent

1931

217,000

5,174,312

4.19 percent

1932

217,000

4,923,228

4.41 percent

1933

217,000

4,904,853

4.42 percent

1934

217,000

5,039,139

4.31 percent

1935

217,000

5,206,099

4.17 percent

1936

217,000

5,250,292

4.13 percent

1937

217,000

5,362,328

4.05 percent

Source: Compass. Finanzielles Jahrbuch Tschechoslowakei, vol. 1922–1940.

In this sense, the information on consortium/syndicate business in the balance sheet of Živnostenská Banka should be understood as indicative only, or as a “minimum figure.” However, the development trend is indisputable. In the year of establishment of the consortium department (1921), the amount of 21.79 million crowns (i.e. 0.41 percent of the balance sheet total) is stated, which gradually increased in the 1920s. In 1925, consortium/syndicate transactions amounted to 50.03 million crowns. Starting in 1926, the bank began to present a rounded figure, and from 1929, it was a fixed sum of 217 million crowns. In relation to the balance sheet total, this was approximately four percent each year (see Table 2). What the actual share of consortium transactions in the balance sheet was, however, is beyond the scope of this study and requires further research, including a detailed analysis of the bank’s books.

Conclusion

The capital market of interwar Czechoslovakia had weak links to the world market, and it would not be an exaggeration to claim that it was almost entirely isolated. At the same time, it was fragmented and very complicated, both in the segments determined by the typologies of financial institutions and in the segments of big business, where there were necessarily many conflicts of interest between firms and especially between financial institutions. The intense competition in a relatively small market reached a critical stage where competitive tensions in predefined areas were declining in favor of a significant new type of cooperation. This brought cost reductions and greater efficiency. Thus, the crowded market of individual financial institutions led to another specific characteristic phenomenon, a paradox characteristic of Czechoslovakia, namely the formation of an unusually dense network of consortia.

In interwar Czechoslovakia, banking consortia formed one of the organiza­tional components in the network of links and relationships in business. Consortium agreements were used to launch interest groups/partnerships, which were initially related to the issuing activities of banks but were subsequently applied in new contexts, especially in connection with the implementation of projects with large credit frameworks and also with efforts to coordinate the actions of interest groups within a firm or company. This was a win-win instrument for both banks and companies. Consortia allowed banks to participate in operations and transactions that would have been unaffordable or too risky for an individual bank. They were, thus, a tool to bridge market fragmentation. Consortia supported existing close links in the capital market (coalitions of friendly banks) and sometimes acted as a catalyst, opening up possibilities for otherwise unthinkable links (cooperation among domestic German and domestic Czech banks).

In relation to the company, which was the subject of the consortium agreement, the consortium represented a tool for a stronger anchoring or multiplication of banking influence. In exchange for increased bank influence or reduced freedom of strategic decision-making, the firm increased the prospects for placing its shares on the market, gained stability in terms of financing, and, in the case of a consortial credit, achieved the necessary framework for operations and investments. Moreover, the consortium’s recovery of debts was often reported to have been more benevolent than in a bilateral relationship.49 The economic scope of consortium agreements in interwar Czechoslovakia, especially from the 1930s onwards, grew to such an extent that it can be said to have been an important market instrument which regulated and sometimes even monopolized entire industries. Each individual consortium agreement was to a large extent specific in its motivations, parameters, and consequences and must therefore be examined on its own. There can be no doubt, however, that the significance of bank consortium agreements cannot be measured by their statistical share in the transactions of each bank alone but rather must be assessed in the context of the growth of its influence in the cartelized sectors of the economy, the increase in trade guarantees, the increase in the volume of transactions, the tighter binding of companies, etc. Consortium transactions were an expression of the gradual modernization of the capital market, including its concentration, unification, and tendencies towards monopolization.

Archival Sources

Archiv České národní banky [Archive of Czech National Bank] Prague (AČNB)

Fund Živnostenská banka [Trades Bank] (ŽB)

Bibliography

Primary Sources

Československé banky v roce 1922. Statistika ministerstva financí o obchodní činnosti bank podle účetních zpráv k 31. prosinci 1922 [Czechoslovak banks in 1922. Statistics of the Ministry of Finance on the business activity of banks according to accounting reports as of December 31, 1922]. Prague: Ministerstvo financí, 1924.

Compass. Finanzielles Jahrbuch Tschechoslowakei. Vols. 1922–1940.

Ottův slovník naučný [Otto’s encyclopedia]. 24 vols. Prague: Jan Otto, 1906.

Statistická příručka republiky Československé [Statistical handbook of the Czechoslovak Republic]. Vol. 4. Prague: Státní úřad statistický 1932.

Všeobecný zákonník obchodní ze dne 17. prosince 1862 se zákonem úvodním doplněn všemi zákony a nařízeními naň se vztahujícími: ku potřebě obchodníků a obchodních škol [The General Commercial Code of December 17, 1862, with the Introductory Act, supplemented by all the laws and regulations relating thereto: for the use of traders and commercial schools]. Písek: Jaroslav Burian, 1900.

Secondary Literature

Balcar, Jaromír. Tanky pro Hitlera, traktory pro Stalina: Velké podniky v Čechách a na Moravě 1938–1950 [Tanks for Hitler, tractors for Stalin: Large enterprises in Bohemia and Moravia 1938–1950].Prague: Academia, 2022.

Bull, John. “O slávě bankéřské” [On the glory of bankers]. Přítomnost 22, no. 1 (1925): 28–30.

Eichlerová, Kateřina. “Konsorcium – základní vymezení” [Consortium – basic definition]. In Rekodifikace obchodního práva – pět let poté: Pocta Ireně Pelikánové [Recodification of commercial law – five years on: Tribute to Irena Pelikánová], vol. 2, 461–66. Prague: Wolters Kluwer, 2019.

Fousek, František. Příručka ku čtení bursovních a obchodních zpráv v denním tisku [A guide to reading stock exchange and business news in the daily press]. Prague: Pražská akciová tiskárna, 1922.

Gruber, Josef. Hospodářská organisace úvěru [Economic organization of credit]. [Prague]: Všehrd, 1920.

Heyd, Oskar Ferdinand. Repetitorium obchodních bank: Nauka o podniku, obchodní nauka, kupecká aritmetika, účetnictví, obchodní korespondence [Repetitorium of commercial banks: The science of business, business science, merchant arithmetic, accounting, business correspondence]. Prague: Československá grafická unie a.s., 1936.

Jančík, Drahomír, and Eduard Kubů, eds. Nacionalismus zvaný hospodářský: střety a zápasy o nacionální emancipaci/převahu v českých zemích (1859–1945) [Nationalism called economic: conflicts and struggles for national emancipation/superiority in the Bohemian lands, 1859–1945]. Prague: Dokořán, 2011.

Karásek, Karel et al. Obchodník ve styku s bankou čili Výhody a služby, jež poskytuje banka obchodu a průmyslu a všem činitelům národohospodářsky činným [Businessman in dealings with the bank or benefits and services provided by the bank to trade and industry and to all the agents of the national economy]. Prague: Merkur, 1925.

Klier, Čeněk. Veřejné peněžnictví [Public money system]. Prague: Česká grafická unie, 1925.

Koloušek, Jan. Národní hospodářství [National economy]. Vol. 3. Prague: Česká matice technická, 1921.

Kubů, Eduard. “Za sjednocenou nacionálně českou bankovní frontu: Založení Svazu českých bank a jeho činnost v období rakousko-uherské monarchie” [For a united national Czech banking front: Founding of the Association of Czech Banks and its activities during the Austro-Hungarian Monarchy]. Z dějin českého bankovnictví v 19. a 20. století [From the history of Czech banking in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries]. Acta Universitatis Carolinae. Philosophica et historica. Studia historica XLVII, no. 5 (1997): 139–61.

Kubů, Eduard, and Jiří Šouša. “Die Nostrifizierung von Industrie- und Handelsfirmen in der Zwischenkriegs-Tschechoslowakei: Nationale Dimension und langfristige Auswirkungen.” In Eigentumsregime und Eigentumskonflikte im 20. Jahrhundert, edited by Dieter Gosewinkel, Roman Holec, and Miloš Řezník, 45–77. Essen: Klartext Verlag, 2018.

Kunert, Jakub. “Cesta ke koruně – Půjčka národní svobody.” Parlamentní listy [Parliamentary Papers]. December 4, 2018. Last accessed on December 29, 2023. https://www.parlamentnilisty.cz/arena/nazory-a-petice/Jakub-Kunert-Cesta-ke-korune-Pujcka-Narodni-svobody-561892

Kunert, Jakub. “Průmysl a banky: Archiv České národní banky jako fundament pro výzkum historie českého a československého průmyslu 19. a 20. století” [Industry and banks: Czech National Bank Archives as a foundation for research on the history of Czech and Czechoslovak industry in the 19th and 20th centuries]. In Průmysl – město – archiv. Archivy a dokumentace průmyslového dědictví [Industry – city – archive. Archives and documentation of industrial heritage], 125–50. Prague: Česká archivní společnost, 2013.

Nečas, Ctibor. “Organizační síť a obchodní činnost českých bank v jihovýchodní Evropě (ve čtvrtstoletí před rokem 1918)” [Organisational network and business activities of Czech banks in South-Eastern Europe (in the quarter century before 1918)]. Sborník prací Filozofické fakulty brněnské university. Studia minora Facultatis Philosophicae Universitatis Brunensis 48, no. C46 (1999): 97–112.

Novotný, Jiří and Jiří Šouša. “Změny v bankovním systému v letech 1923–1938” [Changes in the banking system in 1923–1938]. In Dějiny bankovnictví v českých zemích [History of banking in the Bohemian Lands], edited by František Vencovský et al., 238–54. Prague: Bankovní institute, 1999.

Novotný, Jiří et al. “Úsilí českého finančního kapitálu o repatriaci akcií a monopolizace v lihovarském průmyslu v letech 1932–38” [Efforts of Czech finance capital to repatriate shares and monopolize the distillery industry in 1932–38]. Slezský sborník 76, no. 3 (1978): 201–10.

Pátek, Jaroslav. “Československo-rakouské kapitálové a kartelové vztahy v letech 1918–1938” [Czechoslovak-Austrian capital and cartel relations in 1918–1938]. Acta Universitatis Carolinae. Philosophica et Historica. Studia historica XL, no. 3 (1994): 127–52.

Pimper, Antonín. České obchodní banky za války a po válce: nástin vývoje z let 1914–1928 [Czech commercial banks during the war and after the war: an outline of the development from 1914 to 1928]. Prague: Zemědělské knihkupectví A. Neubert, 1929.

Pospíšil, Petr. “Emisní obchody bank” [Emission transactions of banks]. In Obchodník ve styku s bankou čili Výhody a služby, jež poskytuje banka obchodu a průmyslu a všem činitelům národohospodářsky činným [Businessman in dealings with the bank or Benefits and services provided by the bank to trade and industry and to all the agents of the national economy], edited by Karel Karásek et al., 50–54. Prague: Merkur, 1925.

Preiss, Jaroslav. Průmysl a banky: z cyklu průmyslových přednášek, ve dnech 22. až 27. dubna 1912 [Industry and banks: from a series of lectures on industry, April 22–27, 1912]. Prague: Ústav ku podpoře průmyslu, 1912.

Rosík, Bohumil. Bankovní účetnictví [Bank accounting].Prague: Otakar Janáček, 1927.

Růžička, Otakar. Organisace bank [Organization of banks]. Prague: Růžička, 1925.

Šikýř, Karel. Bankovní účetnictví [Bank accounting]. Prague: Sdružení českoslovanského úřednictva ústavů peněžních, 1913.

Slovník obchodně-technický, účetní a daňový [Business-technical, accounting and tax dictionary]. Edited by Josef Fuksa. Vol. 9. Prague: Tiskové podniky Ústředního svazu československých průmyslníků v Praze, 1937.

Špička, František. Organisace bank a technika bankovních obchodů [The organisation of banks and the technique of banking transactions]. Prague: Spolek posluchačů komerčního inženýrství, 1926.

Teichová, Alice. Mezinárodní kapitál a Československo v letech 1918–1938 [International capital and Czechoslovakia in 1918–1938]. Prague: Karolinum, 1994.

Tóth, Andrej. “K počátkům a vývoji cukrovarnického průmyslu v Uherském království do rozpadu habsburské monarchie” [On the origins and development of the sugar industry in the Kingdom of Hungary until the dissolution of the Habsburg Monarchy]. Listy cukrovarnické a řepařské 134, no. 12 (2018): 424–27.


  • 1 Jančík and Kubů, Nacionalismus zvaný hospodářský, continuously in the text.

2 The so-called Nostrification Act No. 12/1920 of the Sbírka zákonů a nařízení republiky Československé [Collection of Laws and Regulations of the Czechoslovak Republic] authorized the Ministry of Industry and Trades to order companies with production plants in the Czechoslovak Republic but with their seats outside the Czechoslovak Republic to transfer their seats to the territory of the new republic. The main objective was to avoid tax losses (companies officially registered outside Czechoslovakia paid a share of their taxes to the countries in which they had their seats). However, other motives were also important. First and foremost, the act was intended to ensure the state’s influence on strategic enterprises. Nostrification was seen as one of the means of strengthening the economic independence of the new state. The nostrification process became a welcome opportunity to increase the economic influence of Czechoslovak banks, especially the national Czech banks, which took over the lending of nostrified companies. In total, over 200 large companies were nostrified with state assistance.

3 Kubů and Šouša, “Die Nostrifizierung von Industrie- und Handelsfirmen.”

4 Kubů, “Za sjednocenou nacionálně českou bankovní frontu.”

5 Všeobecný zákonník obchodní, 117–18.

6 Ottův obchodní slovník, vol. 2, 1045; Slovník obchodně-technický, účetní a daňový, vol. 9, 1402–4; Heyd, Repetitorium obchodních bank, 16–17, 127. See also Eichlerová, “Konsorcium.”

7 Pospíšil, “Emisní obchody bank,” 50–51; Růžička, Organisace bank, 100.

8 Ottův slovník naučný, vol. 24, 25.

9 Koloušek, Národní hospodářství, vol. 3, 40.

10 Kunert, “Průmysl a banky,” 137–44.

11 Rosík, Bankovní účetnictví, 248–69. For variations of accounting methods, see in detail Slovník obchodně-technický, účetní a daňový, vol. 9, 522–64. 

12 Rosík, Bankovní účetnictví, 183.

13 Novotný and Šouša, “Změny v bankovním systému,” 245–46.

14 On consortia in the context of banks’ emission operations, see Pospíšil, “Emisní obchody bank,” 50–54; Rosík, Bankovní účetnictví, 263–68; Gruber, Hospodářská organisace úvěru, 26; Fousek, Příručka ku čtení bursovních a obchodních zpráv v denním tisku, 27.

15 Šikýř, Bankovní účetnictví, 58–59.

16 Ibid.

17 Nečas, “Organizační síť a obchodní činnost českých bank”; Tóth, “K počátkům a vývoji cuk­ro­varnického průmyslu.” 

18 AČNB, fund ŽB, sign. ŽB/154/1, Sale consortium of Solo shares, contract dated October 25.

19 Rosík, Bankovní účetnictví, 263–68; Slovník obchodně-technický, účetní a daňový, vol. 9, 554–64.

20 Kunert, “Cesta ke koruně.”

21 When the consortium agreement was signed, Bedřich Fuchs was the owner of a private banking house and a speculator who had significant influence in the informal background of the Prague Stock Exchange (trading also in less frequently traded stocks), and from this point of view, he was a welcome partner who could help influence the exchange rate. The press of the time referred to him as “the master of the Prague Stock Exchange.” Bull, “O slávě bankéřské.”

22 These included shares in Škoda Works, Česká společnost pro průmysl cukerní (Bohemian Sugar Industry Company), Česká obchodní společnost (Bohemian Trading Company), Rakovnické a poštorenské keramické závody a.s. (ceramic factories in Rakovník and Unter-Themenau, Ltd.), Západočeské továrny kaolinové a šamotové a.s. (West-Bohemian Kaolin and Chamotte Factories, Co. Ltd.), Breitfeld-Daněk (engineering works Breitfeld-Daněk), Českomoravské elektrotechnické závody Fr. Křižík, a. s. (Bohemian-Moravian Electrotechnical Works), Spojené továrny hospodářských strojů Fr. Melichar-Umrath a spol., a.s. (United Factories of Agricultural Machinery Fr. Melichar-Umrath and Co., Ltd.), etc. For detailed documentation on the consortium, see AČNB, fund ŽB, sign. ŽB/183/2, folder Syndicate “B”.

23 Špička, Organisace bank, 377–79.

24 Karásek et al., Obchodník ve styku s bankou, 89–90; Špička, Organisace bank, 377–78; Preiss, Průmysl a banky, 9–10.

25 AČNB, fund ŽB, sign. ŽB/178/1, convolut of documents – Radlická mlékárna syndicate.

26 Ibid., syndicate agreement of June 28, 1935.

27 Ibid.

28 Balcar, Tanky pro Hitlera, 38–39; Teichová, Mezinárodní kapitál a Československo, 89.

29 AČNB, fund ŽB, sign. ŽB/ 49-10, convolut of documents (Philips syndicate).

30 Ibid., Gedenkprotokoll aufgenommen am 3. Februar 1937 in den Lokalitäten der Živnostenská Banka in Prag über den Abschluss eines Syndikatsvertrages. 

31 Ibid.

32 For a transcript of the agreement, see AČNB, fund ŽB, sign. ŽB/665/2, syndicate agreement “Czech Distillery Syndicate” of December 15, 1932 with amendments of October 23, 1936. 

33 Pátek, “Československo-rakouské kapitálové a kartelové vztahy,” 137–40; Novotný et al., “Úsilí českého finančního kapitálu.”

34 For a collection of documents on the activities of the distillery consortium, see AČNB, fund ŽB, sign. ŽB/32/1, Rules of Procedure for Companies Included in the Action Distillery Syndicate; Organizational Rules for Companies Controlled by the Action Distillery Syndicate.

35 In the case of the aforementioned Radlice consortium, previously concluded parameters regarding the business and credit connections were addressed in the agreement. AČNB, fund ŽB, sign. ŽB/178/1, syndicate agreement of June 28, 1935. 

36 AČNB, fund ŽB, sign. ŽB/150/1, draft agreement (1937).

37 Ibid., sign. ŽB/3959/1, list of consortium companies (undated).

38 Ibid., sign. ŽB/398/1, undated scheme of the structure of Živnostenská Banka.

39 For a detailed explanation, see ibid., sign. ŽB/3959/1, Technique of conducting consortium transactions (undated typescript). 

40 Ibid., list of consortium companies (undated). 

41 AČNB, fund ŽB, sign. ŽB/103/1, minutes of the meeting on November 7, 1919.

42 For a detailed overview of the participation key, see Novotný and Šouša, “Změny v bankovním systému,” 248. 

43 Rosík, Bankovní účetnictví, 206–9, 213, 218.

44 Klier, Veřejné peněžnictví, 218–19. 

45 Československé banky v roce 1922, 94.

46 Statistická příručka republiky Československé, vol. 4, 260. 

47 Pimper, České obchodní banky, 459–60.

48 Ibid., 460.

49 Novotný and Šouša, “Změny v bankovním systému,” 245–46.

* The study was carried out under the Cooperatio program, provided by Charles University, History, at the Faculty of Arts. The text is a revised version of the chapter “V napětí konkurence a spolupráce. Bankovní konsorcia/syndikáty v meziválečném Československu (angažmá Živnostenské banky)” [In the tension of competition and cooperation. Banking consortia/syndicates in interwar Czechoslovakia (Engagement of Živnostenská Banka)] published in the collective monograph Miloš Hořejš, Eduard Kubů, Barbora Štolleová, eds., Podnikatel versus kapitál – kapitál versus podnikatel. Dvě tváře jednoho vztahu ve střední Evropě 19. a 20. století [Entrepreneur versus capital – Capital versus entrepreneur. In the tensions of competition and cooperation], Prague: NTM, 2023, 100–14.

More Articles ...

  1. 2024_3_Bagdi
  2. 2024_3_Schlett
  3. 2024_3_Kwiatkowski
  4. 2024_3_Hegyi
  5. 2024_3_Demeter corr
  6. 2024_3_Romhanyi
Page 4 of 51
  • Start
  • Prev
  • 1
  • 2
  • 3
  • 4
  • 5
  • 6
  • 7
  • 8
  • 9
  • 10
  • Next
  • End
  1. You are here:  
  2. Home
  3. Articles

IH | RCH | HAS

Copyright © 2013–2026.
All Rights Reserved.

Bootstrap is a front-end framework of Twitter, Inc. Code licensed under Apache License v2.0. Font Awesome font licensed under SIL OFL 1.1.